[Plaintext beta, 23 September 1999] TO THE READER Scientology is a religious philosophy containing pastoral counseling procedures intended to assist an individual to gain greater knowledge of self. The Mission of the Church of Scientology is a simple one-to help the v individual achieve greater self confidence and personal integrity thereby enabling him to really trust and respect himself and his fellow man. The attainment of the benefits and goals of Scientology requires each individual s positive participation as only through his own efforts can he achieve these. This is pan of the religious literature and works of the Founder of Scientology L. Ron Hubbard. It is presented to the reader as part of the record of his personal research into Life and should be construed only as a written report of such research and not as a statement of claims made by the Church or the author. Scientology and its sub study Dianetics as practiced by the Church address only the spiritual side of Man. Although the Church as are all churches is free to engage in spiritual healing it does not, as its primary goal is increased knowledge and personal integrity for all. For this reason the Church does not wish to accept individuals who desire treatment of physical illness or insanity but refers these to qualifies specialists in other organizations who deal in these matters The Hubbard Electrometer is a religious artifact used in the Church confessional. It in itself. does nothing and is used by Ministers only to assist parishioners in locating areas of spiritual distress or travail. We hope the reading of this book is only the first stage of a personal voyage of discovery into the positive and effective religion of Scientology. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS Church of Scientology This book belongs to_____ Date_____ THE ORGANIZATION EXECUTIVE COURSE The Organization Executive Course AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SCIENTOLOGY POLICY by L. Ron Hubbard FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY HCO DISSEMINATION DIVISION 2 SCIENTOLOGY PUBLICATIONS ORGANIZATION Published by AOSH DK Publications Department A/S Jernbanegade 6 1608 Copenhagen V Denmark Publishers for Dianetics(R) and Scientology Copyright (c) 1971, 1973 1956, 1957, 1958, 1959, 1960, 1961, 1962 1963, 1964, 1965, 1966, 1967, 1968, 1969, 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED No part of this book may be reproduced without permission of the copyright owner. First printing 1971 Second printing 1973 HCOB 22 Feb. 1957, page 247, and HCO PLs 30 Oct. 1959, page 131, 17 June 1968 issue 11, page 11, and 3 Aug. 1970, page 346, have been added in this edition. The E-Meter is not intended or effective for the diagnosis, treatment or prevention of any disease. Dianetics and Scientology are the trademarks of L. Ron Hubbard in respect of his published works. Printed in Denmark by Permild & Rosengreen CONTENTS HCO DISSEMINATION DIVISION 2 26 Oct. 1956 Gradient Scale of Personnel Procurement (HCOB reissued as HCO PL 7 Jan. 1964) 1 21 Jan. 1965 Vital Data on Promotion (revised 5 Apr. 1965) 4 17 Nov. 1965 The Basic Principles of Promotion 7 HCO Dissemination Division 2 Org Board Outline 8 2 Nov. 1967 Dissemination Division, Departments of Promotion, Publications and Registration 9 17 June 1968 ARC Break Registrars and Auditors (corrects 2 Nov. 1967) 11 30 Sept. 1965 Statistics for Divisions - HCO Dissem Division 2 (excerpt) 12 19 Feb. 1968 Stats Dissem 12 25 May 1968 GDS - Dissem Division 12 5 June 1968 Stats Dissem (addition to 19 Feb. 1968) 13 5 Feb. 1971 Org Gross Divisional Statistics Revised HCO Dissem Division 2 (excerpt) 13 20 Nov. 1965 The Promotional Actions of an Organization HCO Dissemination Division 2 (excerpt) 14 25 Jan. 1957 Concerning the Separateness of Dianetics and Scientology 15 26 Mar. 1959 Dissemination Secretary Hat 18 27 Apr. 1959 Why New Books are Few 20 26 June 1959 Dissemination Secretary Hat 22 15 Mar. 1960 Hat Co-ordination: Dissemination of Dianetics and Scientology Materials 24 25 Apr. 1960 PRR Promotion (HCOB) 25 24 Jan. 1964 Enrollment Division (excerpt) 28 25 Jan. 1964 Department of Enrollment 29 29 Jan. 1964 Charts, Routings and Publications - The Enrollment Department 31 21 Feb. 1964 Department of Enrolment 34 7 Mar. 1964 Director of Enrolment - The Letter Registrar - Administration 36 11 Mar. 1964 Departmental Changes - Auditors Division 39 11 Mar. 1964 Auditors Division - New HCO WW Organization 40 23 Sept. 1964 Policies: Dissemination and Programmes 41 31 Dec. 1964 Use of Dianetics, Scientology, Applied Philosophy 49 28 Feb. 1965 Deliver 50 5 Apr. 1965 Legal and Promotion 52 7 Apr. 1965 Book Income 53 16 Apr. 1965 Handling the Public Individual 56 18 Apr. 1965 Prices Lowered Because of New Organization Streamline 60 27 Apr. 1965 Price Engram 62 5 May 1965 Classification, Gradation and Awareness Chart 64 18 June 1965 Areas of Operation 67 27 Aug. 1965 Dissem Sec Hat 68 30 July 1968 Gross Income Senior Datum 68 10 Aug. 1968 Legal and Dissemination 69 24 Aug. 1968 Dissemination 69 HCO BOOK ACCOUNT 3 Sept. 1959 HCO Book Account 70 14 Jan. 1964 Continental and Area HCO Finance Policies 71 30 Nov. 1964 HCO Book Account 72 11 May 1965 HCO Book Account Policy 74 6 Oct. 1966 Addition to HCO Div Account Policy 77 9 Dec. 1965 HCO Income - Memberships - Congresses - Tape Plays 78 28 May 1968 Books 79 17 June 1968 HCO Book Account (corrects 23 May 1968) 79 DEPARTMENT FOUR DEPARTMENT OF PROMOTION 2 May 1957 Dissemination 80 18 May 1957 Policy on Signatures in Publications (reissued 8 May 1959) 82 17 Nov. 1958 HCO Project Engineer: "Have You Lived Before?" 83 14 Apr. 1959 New Book 85 16 Apr. 1959 Books, Cost of 86 22 May 1959 Advertisement for Field in Certainty, Ability, etc. - Minor Issues 87 6 June 1959 "Have You Lived Before This Life" 87 28 Apr. 1960 Books are Dissemination (HCOB) 88 21 Nov. 1962 Re-issue of Materials 92 2 Aug. 1963 Public Project One 93 21 Aug. 1963 Change of Organization Targets - Project 80 - A Preview 95 10 Apr. 1964 Balancing Income - Outgo - Paper, Postage and Printing 98 12 Aug. 1964 Policy on Technical Information 92 8 Oct. 1964 Artistic Presentation 99 10 Feb. 1965 Ad and Book Policies 101 4 Mar. 1965 Technical and Policy Distribution 103 27 Apr. 1965 Book Promotion Design 108 28 May 1965 Some Allowed Ads - Book Ads 109 30 Aug. 1965 Art (HCOB) 110 31 Jan. 1966 Compilations Section, Department 21, Office of LRH (reissued 8 Aug. 1966) 113 14 Feb. 1966 Doctor Title Abolished 119 3 Apr. 1966 Dianetic Auditors Course 120 12 July 1966 Legal Aspects of Success Material Publications 121 15 Aug. 1966 Information Packets 122 11 Nov. 1966 Postal Economy 123 21 Nov. 1966 Ideas and Compilations Branch WW (amends 31 Jan. 1966, reissued 8 Aug. 1966) 124 10 Jan. 1968 Politics, Freedom from (reissued from LRH Sec ED 56 INT) 125 22 May 1968 Translations 126 3 Dec. 1969 Issue Authority for Translations of Dianetics and Scientology Materials 126 MAGAZINES 24 Nov. 1958 Magazine Policy 127 24 Oct. 1958 Ability Magazine 128 15 June 1959 PAB Liaison 129 2 July 1959 Scientology Magazines 130 6 Oct. 1959 Two Fine Magazines 130 30 Oct. 1959 Magazine Arrangements 131 31 Oct. 1959 Magazine Mailings 131 15 Mar. 1960 Disseminating Scientology (HCOB) 132 20 June 1960 Rush Magazine Note 133 3 Aug. 1960 Magazine Advert Policy 133 13 Sept. 1961 Photostats (excerpt) 134 17 Aug. 1964 Technical Info for Continental Mags 134 17 Apr. 1965 Additional Mag Policy 135 16 July 1965 Continental Magazines to Model after Certainty 136 1 Sept. 1965 Publications 137 13 Oct. 1966 Advertisements, Continental Magazines and Auditor 138 7 Dec. 1966 Magazines Permitted All Orgs 139 2 Apr. 1969 Routine Congress Promotion 141 14 Dec. 1969 Magazines (LRH ED 59 INT) 142 1 Apr. 1970 Magazine Layout and Pasteup (Dissem Div Advice Letter) 145 1 Apr. 1970 PAB Magazines (Dissem Advice Letter) 147 vi THE AUDITOR MAGAZINE 11 Mar. 1964 Auditors Division - New HCO WW Organization 40 7 July 1965 Photos, News and Statistics for Mags and Auditor (reissued 9 July 1967) 167 17 Mar. 1966 Promotion of Saint Hill - Auditor Issue Frequency 149 15 Oct. 1967 Auditor Magazine Success 150 24 Nov. 1968 Auditor Correspondents 151 25 Nov. 1968 Saint Hill Income Peaks~Reinforcement of Auditor Promotion 154 26 Nov. 1968 The Original Auditor Journal Policy 155 27 Nov. 1968 The Standard Auditor Journal 157 29 Nov. 1968 Standard Actions, Office of The Auditor Journal 161 10 Aug. 1970 The Auditor: Org Magazines and Comm Lines 166 PHOTOS 7 July 1965 Photos, News and Statistics for Mags and Auditor (reissued 9 July 1967) 167 28 July 1965 Handling of Photographs 168 31 Oct. 1968 Photographers, Of Interest to 169 21 Nov. 1968 Photo - Policy for Magazines 170 COPYRIGHT 15 Nov. 1958 The Substance and First Duty of HCO Vol. 1 - 13 15 Nov. 1958 Outstanding Copyrights and Marks 172 15 Nov. 1958 Legal Aid - HCO Vol. 1 - 16 22 Nov. 1958 Owner of Materials - The Legal View Vol. 1 - 17 20 Jan. 1959 When in Doubt about Copyrighting 172 29 May 1959 Technology Vol. 1 - 24 16 Dec. 1965 Copyright: U.S.A. 173 27 Oct. 1969 Registration of SO Insignia 174 PRINTING 17 Sept. 1958 Who Can Order Printing 175 31 Oct. 1958 Use of Mimeo Restricted 175 12 Feb. 1959 Book Administrator (previous printing hat) 176 7 May 1964 Rights to Print or Re-print Scientology Books and Materials 177 21 Dec. 1969 Guide to the Function of Printer Liaison 178 19 Apr. 1970 Mimeo (LRH ED 98 INT) 181 2 Mar. 1971 Mimeo Section 182 ISSUE AUTHORITY (See also ISSUE AUTHORITY in the Executive Volume) 23 Dec. 1958 Quality of Presentation 183 22 Apr. 1965 Booklets, Handouts, Mailing Pieces 184 22 July 1965 Dissemination Materials to Saint Hill 186 vii DEPARTMENT FIVE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLICATIONS BOOKS 27 Aug. 1958 The Washington DC central organization... 187 25 Mar. 1959 Book Policy 187 29 Apr. 1959 Defacing Books and Proper Addresses on Them 188 4 June 1959 Sale and Handout of Certainty Minors 188 3 Nov. 1959 Re-organization of Book Supplies 189 18 Mar. 1960 "Have You Lived..." Sales 192 6 July 1960 LT Membership Privileges 195 28 July 1960 Book Administration 193 28 July 1960 International Membership Privileges 195 2 Aug. 1960 Book Supplies 196 14 Oct. 1960 Book Department Procedure 197 20 Oct. 1960 PAB Magazine Supplies 198 9 Jan. 1961 Book Administration (cancels 28 July 1960) 194 9 Aug. 1961 Book Sales 198 10 Apr. 1962 Supplies of Books from HCO WW 199 22 June 1962 Autographed Free Books 199 13 May 1963 Supplies of Books to Scientology Organizations 200 21 Nov. 1964 Discounts - Central Orgs - Books 201 19 July 1965 Discounts - Central Orgs - Books (corrects 21 Nov. 1964) 202 23 Sept. 1965 Keeping Stocks Up (reissued 14 Sept. 1967) 203 28 Oct. 1965 Discounts (Additions to 19 July 1965) 204 7 Nov. 1965 Autographed Copies of Books by LRH 204 9 May 1966 Publication Copies to WW 205 23 May 1968 All Scientology Orgs can buy books 206 23 May 1968 Book Purchase from WW 206 23 May 1968 Purchasing from Pubs Org WW (revised 10 Sept. 1968) 207 5 June 1968 Weekly Book Stock Report Required 208 Weekly Book Stocks and Sales Report Form 1B 209 9 Oct. 1969 Publications Depts and Orgs - How to Straighten Out 210 9 Dec. 1969 Purchasing from Pubs Org (cancels 23 May 1968, revised 10 Sept. 1968) 212 TAPES 9 Mar. 1959 Tapes and Records 213 10 Mar. 1959 BScn/HCS Course Tapes 213 8 Apr. 1959 New HPA/HCA Tapes 214 14 May 1959 How to Establish Price of Books and Tapes 215 5 Oct. 1959 Tape and Record Production Hat 216 23 Oct. 1959 Recording of Taped Lectures at 1st Melbourne ACC and Pre-ACC Congress 217 8 Apr. 1960 Tapes of Washington Congress 218 15 July 1960 Congress Tapes 218 4 Jan. 1961 Tape Copying Changed 219 4 Jan. 1961 Tape Leader Colour Codes 219 5 June 1962 Class II Training Only by Academies and Saint Hill 220 16 Aug. 1962 HCO Electronic Consultant Hat 220 1 Nov. 1962 Tapes, Student Purchase of 221 18 June 1963 Tape Release 221 24 Feb. 1964 S.L.R. Ltd - Tape Copying 222 11 June 1964 Central Organization & City Office Tape Service 222 17 Dec. 1964 Tape Prices 223 31 Dec. 1964 Tape Availability 224 13 May 1965 Sale of Bulletins & Tapes Forbidden 224 7 Dec. 1965 Tape Colour Flash Code 225 24 Oct. 1966 Blank Tape Reels 226 18 Apr. 1970 Tapes (cancels 31 Dec. 1964, amends 13 May 1965) 227 viii E-METERS 30 Jan. 1961 British E-Meter Breakage 228 23 Oct. 1961 E-Meters to be Approved 228 19 Dec. 1961 E-Meter Supplies 229 15 Feb. 1962 Supply and Servicing of the Mark IV E-Meter 229 10 Apr. 1962 E-Meters 230 11 Apr. 1962 Supply of E-Meters to Central Orgs 230 12 July 1962 The British Mark IV E-Meter 231 25 July 1962 Supplies of E-Meters via and for Central Orgs 232 22 Nov. 1962 Prices of the British Mark V E-Meter 233 23 Nov. 1965 Mark V and Listing E-Meters 234 9 July 1969 Confessional Aids 234 22 Mar. 1970 E-Meter Discount Policy - Purchasing E-Meters from Pubs Org 234 INSIGNIA 30 Oct. 1959 Blazer Badges 235 25 Nov. 1959 HCO and HASI Blazer Badges 235 13 Nov. 1965 Release Pins 236 9 Jan. 1968 House Flags 237 SHIPPING 29 July 1959 Sending Certificates by Mail 238 circa 1960 Book Orders (LRH Despatch) 238 23 Jan. 1961 Shipping of Books 238 13 Sept. 1961 Boxes and Cardboard (excerpt) 241 30 Aug. 1962 Shipping Rundown 239 15 Jan. 1965 No Charge Invoices (HCO Admin Ltr) 241 29 Dec. 1965 Shipping Material to South Africa 242 11 Feb. 1966 Shipping Charges 243 15 Feb. 1966 Bulk Mail Packages to Washington DC 244 DEPARTMENT SIX DEPARTMENT OF REGISTRATION (A study of this Department should include POLICIES ON "SOURCES OF TROUBLE" - Volume 1, pages 510-529, and the policies on the FIELD STAFF MEMBER SYSTEM in the Distribution/Public Divisions Volume.) 21 Sept. 1965 Purposes of the Department of Registration 245 25 Jan. 1957 Referrals to Field 247 22 Feb. 1957 Policy of Mail Handling for Prospective Preclears & Students (HCOB) 247 6 Apr. 1957 Central Files and Procurement (HCOB) 248 16 June 1957 People's Questions (HCOB) 256 27 Sept. 1957 Quoting Prices 256 2 Oct. 1958 Sale and Conduct of Academy Courses 257 26 Aug. 1959 Promotional Functions of Dept of PrR (excerpt) 259 23 Oct. 1959 Attention Registrars and Book Administrators 259 27 Oct. 1959 Processing of Children on the HGC 260 29 Mar. 1960 HGC and Academy Prices for Minors 260 14 Nov. 1960 Urgent PR R 261 12 Jan. 1962 Comments on Letter Reg Department 262 30 Aug. 1962 General Form of Release Contract 263 5 Feb. 1964 Founding Scientologist Certificate 264 10 Feb. 1964 Enrolment on Self Determinism (reissued 23 June 1967) 266 15 Mar. 1965 Registrars, CF and Address 266 9 May 1965 Auditing Fees - Preferential Treatment of Preclears Scale of Preference 268 21 May 1965 Memorandum of Agreement 270 23 May 1965 Rebates 271 ix 23 July 1965 Priority of Power Processing 272 1 Sept. 1965 Legal Aspects of Sign Ups (excerpt) 273 20 Sept. 1965 Power Processing for the Public (corrected per 30 Nov. 1965) 272 21 Sept. 1965 Memorandum of Agreement (amends 21 May 1965) 274 24 Sept. 1965 Free Release Check 275 25 Oct. 1965 Saint Hill Solo Audit Course 276 6 Jan. 1966 Credit and Discounts 278 1 Aug 1966 Sign Ups and Discounts 280 13 Sept. 1966 Requirement for Termination on the SHSBC and Enrolment on Solo Course 281 18 Mar. 1968 Dianetics in Organization 282 23 Apr. 1968 Parent or Guardian Assent Forms 283 29 June 1968 Enrollment in Suppressive Groups (amends 28 Dec. 1965) 284 6 Apr. 1969 Dianetics 285 19 May 1969 Hubbard Standard Dianetics Course Policy (cancels 7 May 1969) 286 23 May 1969 Dianetic Contract 287 23 May 1969 Parent or Guardian Assent Forms 289 3 June 1969 Dianetic Course Pricing 290 12 June 1969 Dianetic Registration 291 2 Sept. 1969 Old ACC Students 293 2 Sept. 1969 Triple Grades 294 3 Sept. 1969 Former HDAs, HPAs 295 3 Sept. 1969 Successful Class VIIIs 296 26 Oct. 1969 Class VIII & HDG 296 17 Nov. 1969 Dianetics and Scientology Services 297 11 Dec. 1969 Training of Clears 299 11 Jan. 1970 Pricing - Rescue Intensives 300 12 Jan. 1970 Pricing - Singles and Triples 300 30 July 1970 Registration Breakthrough (includes Clarifications per 1 Dec. 1970) 301 BODY REG (A study of this Section should include INVOICING - Volume 3.) 26 Sept. 1956 Registrar (HCOB) 309 1 Apr. 1957 Always Register and Invoice 309 21 Apr. 1957 Income (Staff Notice) 309 7 May 1957 Assignment of Auditors, Rooms, Students 310 16 May 1957 Invoicing Items 309 8 Feb. 1958 Since people will begin to expect being cleared 311 4 Mar. 1958 Addition to HASI P/L of 8 Feb. 1958 311 17 Mar. 1958 Body Routing in a Central Organization 312 23 Apr. 1958 Vital Training Data for Training Hats and Registrar 313 6 May 1958 Modified Procedure for Signing Up Prospective Students & Pcs 314 7 Nov. 1958 Registrar 314 17 Nov. 1958 Free Clear Estimates - Free Clear Tests 315 15 Dec. 1958 Registrar Hat (See ED FCDC No. 2) 316 7 July 1960 Training Applicants 318 19 Aug. 1960 Registrar Lost Line 319 19 Nov. 1960 Pc Scheduling 320 14 Feb. 1961 The Pattern of a Central Organization - Dept of Promotion and Registration (excerpt) 321 3 May 1961 Registration 322 6 Mar. 1963 Selling Techniques Forbidden 325 21 June 1965 Orgs are SH FSMs 325 12 July 1965 Release Policies - Starting the Pc 326 19 July 1965 Release Checks, Procedure for 328 15 Sept. 1965 Only Accounts Talks Money Vol. 0 - 275 16 Dec. 1966 Registration Disagreements 331 11 July 1969 Dianetics Auditing Completion Certificate 331 27 July 1969 Antibiotics (HCOB) 332 x 16 Dec. 1969 Used CF Folders 334 15 Jan. 1970 The Uses of Auditing (HCOB) 335 15 Jan. 1970 Handling with Auditing (HCOB) 336 19 Jan. 1970 Registrars' Advice Form (HCOB) 339 4 Feb. 1970 Pc Application Form for any Major Auditing Action 341 4 Feb. 1970 Pe Application for Major Actions (HCOB) 343 16 May 1970 Institutional and Shock Cases, Petitions from 345 14 July 1970 Registrar Statistic 346 3 Aug. 1970 Registrars May Now Talk Money 346 13 Oct. 1970 Assent Form 347 26 Oct. 1970 Institutional and Shock Cases - Posting of Bonds 348 11 Mar. 1971 Registrar Invoicing Line 349 LETTER REGISTRAR ADVANCE SCHEDULING REGISTRAR 6 Apr. 1965 Letter Reg Hat 352 29 Nov. 1968 Enrollment Cycle 358 3 June 1957 Letter Writing 361 7 Nov. 1958 Letter Output 361 15 Nov. 1958 How to Procure People 362 4 June 1959 Definition of a Hot File 364 19 Aug. 1959 Writing of Letters by Staff Auditors 365 20 Nov. 1959 Validation of Franchises 366 9 Apr. 1960 Outflow (HCOB) 367 12 Apr. 1960 An Analysis of Promotion (HCOB) 369 3 Nov. 1960 Promotional Letters 370 15 Nov. 1960 Modern Procurement Letters 371 14 Feb. 1961 The Pattern of a Central Organization - The Letter Registration Section (excerpt) 377 21 Nov. 1961 Letter Writer's Code 378 13 Sept. 1962 Comments about Letter Registrar 379 7 Apr. 1965 Book Auditor 380 17 June 1965 Scientology Pins 381 1 July 1965 Letter Reg - Body Reg 383 8 Sept. 1965 Dissemination Division - Registration Packet (See ED 89 SH) 384 12 Jan. 1966 Selectees Mailing - Selectee Advice Packets 385 12 Oct. 1966 Mailing of Letters 386 14 Feb. 1967 Book Buyers 387 CENTRAL FILES (See also ADDRESSO section - Volume 1, pages 266 - 291) 6 Apr. 1957 Central Files and Procurement (HCOB) 248 18 Dec. 1960 CF and Address Change 388 8 Apr. 1965 Cancellation of Mail Lists to Field Auditors 389 1 Sept. 1965 Mailing List Policies 390 2 Nov. 1965 Foundation Central Files Officer and Address-in-Charge 392 9 Jan. 1966 International Changes or Area Changes of Address 392 22 Aug. 1966 Dead File: Restoration to Good Standing 393 13 Oct. 1966 Invoice Routing 393 14 Feb. 1967 Book Buyers 387 8 May 1969 Address Lists - Addresso and Central Files 394 17 May 1969 Mailing Lists - Central Files - Addresso Basic Definitions and Policy 395 18 Nov. 1969 Central Files, Value of - The Gross Income of the Org and Why 397 16 Dec. 1969 Used CF Folders 334 5 Feb. 1971 CF and Address Pre-Sorting 399 Note: At time of publication of this volume new developments of the Organizing Board are in progress, some of which affect Division 2. The Registrar invoicing line is restored; Mimeo is returned wholly to Division 1, Addresso to Division 2; printing (internal by offset and external via Printer Liaison) comes wholly under the Department of Promotion in Division 2. Several 1970 and 1971 key policies covering these developments have been included in this volume, however a full coverage of Us evolution is to be found in policies post-1969 which is later than the scope of the OEC divisional volumes. -Editors xi HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 JANUARY 1964 Assoc Secs HCOS Dept Heads GRADIENT SCALE OF PERSONNEL PROCUREMENT The following is the text of an HCO Bulletin issued October 26, 1956, by L. Ron Hubbard. It is hereby re-issued as a policy as it should be well known and used in all orgs. It is the basic pattern for all - org procurement. It should be well learned by all procurement executives and they should follow this pattern in instructing their personnel and in the administration of their departments. Any filing system, letter writing system, address system and any other procurement system should be aligned around this basic pattern and designed to carry out these purposes. An orderly org procurement line is vital. It is secondary only in importance to tech effectiveness and service. GRADIENT SCALE OF PERSONNEL PROCUREMENT During the last six years of Dianetics and Scientology organisation, it has been discovered that the orderly administration of procurement of people directly co-ordinates and establishes the size and progress of Dianetics and Scientology, and directly establishes, rather than influences, the income level of central organisations. The backbone of procurement consists of keeping accurate files and records, and keeping them in an orderly state. The Registrar or Registrars are most vitally concerned with the central files themselves, and central files should therefore be monitored entirely by the Registrar. (See HCO Bulletin containing the Organisational Health Chart.) Executive management should concern itself primarily with the smooth handling by personnel of these communication lines, terminals and files, since the ability of the organisation to continue depends completely upon the smooth and accurate handling and execution of these various units. It will be found that a very small operation would combine several of these functions, but, in a large central organisation, it is necessary that the last four of these classifications be handled by separate persons and departments, monitored the while by executive supervision, to guarantee the smooth flow of this data. The following categories and actions are not for casual study; they are for indoctrination of personnel, which should include their complete understanding of the reasons and purposes and actions contained in these classifications. The following list should be as well known as some basic Scientology data, because it is the third dynamic inflow and outflow of the organisation. CATEGORY I: INQUIRIES. By inquiries, we mean "persons who inquire". Inquiries come from people answering advertisements, by people who have heard of Dianetics or Scientology from other people, and who then inquire, and (the weakest classification in inquiries) referred names, by which is meant names which are simply referred to the organisation as being interested. The optimum inquiry is the person inquiring, himself, in person, at the central organisation; the next most important is the person writing a letter to the central organisation, and the next most important is persons sending in inquiry post cards cut from advertisements or issued in P.E. or Basic Courses in the field. What does one do with these people? One sells them books. It is vital that, while they may be given information on three or four books, any sales approach or sales letter or literature should stress only one book; the book they should now read. A flier or advertisement for the book is included in the letter, which, in the best operation, would be a personal letter. In other words, one sends these people a personal letter, and sends them with that a flier about one book. The person's attention is thereby not dispersed on to several things that he could do, and the decision, in essence, has been made for him. What do we try to do with these people? We try to sell them books. While these 1 people may also buy, immediately, training or processing, in the main they buy books, as we have discovered. Until they have bought a book, they remain in an inquiry classification, and if they do not reply to three mailings, we then strip them from our lists. Therefore, it is necessary that any file which carries such names should be annotated any time anything is sent to them, and the file itself should be dated. By placing a piece of carbon paper back of the address, name and date line, and placing under the carbon paper a large file card, when the letter replying to inquiry is written, one achieves a date and thus can strip files of aged names. The inquiry file should be frequently co-ordinated against the book order file, and thus brought into a state of present time. CATEGORY IL BOOK ORDERERS. By "book orderers" is meant persons who have ordered books. It may be discovered, from cards placed in books in book stores, that someone has already bought a book. This person is not, then, when he sends in this card, an inquiry; he is a book orderer. This file includes cards sent in by people who have bought books in book stores, the book order sheets including the ordering letter from the shipping department, and letters from people who write in and say they have read certain books. In some instances, it may be found that these people have listened to many tapes or have ordered tapes, and therefore tape orderers are included in book orderers. What do we do with these people? We sell them processing. Even though we try to sell them more books and tapes, we still concentrate on selling these people processing from the central organisation. The fact of buying one book makes a person a "book orderer". CATEGORY III: PRECLEARS. "Preclears" are persons who have been processed at any organisation office or in the field. Anyone who has been processed is therefore classified in the Registrar files as "Preclear". The acquisition of lists of people who have been processed is relatively simple, but must be worked upon. Lists of people are obtained through testing, providing the central organisation grades the tests (in which case, in the collection of preclear lists, it would actually pay the central organisation to correct the tests at some very low fee or no fee from the field) or from new systems to be originated. Anyone who has been processed anywhere, then, is a preclear, and is included in the Registrar files under the heading, "Preclear". What do we do with a "Preclear"? We sell him training. CATEGORY IV: STUDENTS. Anyone who has ever been trained in the field or in organisational schools is classified as a "student". The classification is understood to mean people who would come up to professional practice level, and does not necessarily include Basic Course or Advanced Course students. What do we do with a student? We sell him the idea of maintaining groups, selling memberships and Basic Courses. We make him a field auditor. CATEGORY V: FIELD AUDITOR. Anyone who is active in the field, professionally, is classified as "field auditor". Lists of field auditors are obtained from membership lists, training enrolment lists, and certification files in general. We keep the field auditor sending in such lists of people, thus creating "Inquiries". Thus the action becomes circular. USES OF CLASSIFICATION These five classifications give us the graduating scale of action for our various activities. Each one of these classifications is a fait accompli. An Inquiry is a person who has inquired; a Book Orderer is a person who has ordered books, etc. The action here is quite simple. If we have an Inquiry, we then sell the Inquiry a publication. If the person buys% a publication, he is no longer an Inquiry, he is a Book Orderer. If a person is a Book Orderer and exists in our files as having bought a book, regardless of any further action in selling him books, we then sell him processing. A person who is known to have had processing, now a Preclear, we then sell him training. A person who is a student in our files, having been trained, we then classify as a Student, but we urge him to become a Field Auditor in the widest sense of that activity. 2 Now, the following would be incorrect. We get a list of preclears from somewhere, and we try to sell them processing. While we could do this, and really in a minor way should do this, it will be discovered however that they are now ready to buy training. Thus, obtaining a list of preclears is a statement to us and an action for us to start selling training to them. We may find it also possible or necessary to first sell them something else-such as books-but we keep trying to sell them training. The entire system will be found to be circular. A Field Auditor provides, if he is active, Basic Course certificates, associate memberships, and lists of people who are buying books from him. It is indicated that we must urge Field Auditors to give basic courses of one kind or another, and to sell them books, and we should make it very attractive to him by giving every possible discount and service, so that he will get them into further courses and issue to them basic course certificates (the holding of a basic course certificate does not make a "student", but only a "book orderer"). Therefore, by making these people active, they provide us with lists which are Inquiry or Book Orderer lists. If we receive inquiry lists from them, which do not detail whether or not they have bought books, we treat them as Inquiries, and to these lists we then sell single books. When we have been successful in this, these people of course become Book Orderers, and to Book Orderers we always sell processing. When they have been processed, either in the field or by the central organisation, they are included in the "Preclear" category, and to the "Preclear" category we always sell central organisation training. POLICY Our policy is to so rotate files as to continually provide new spheres of action for the central organisation as per this list. An additional policy is not to distribute any more information packages, since these attempt to sell too many items, and thus we disperse the interest of the person. We hit, each time, with one item or type of item only, as indicated above. This should not inhibit our continuing to sell a book orderer books, or a Preclear category processing, but it should point our interest to the next classification, whenever -we have anyone in any of the above classifications. THE ROLE OF ADVERTISING It has been discovered that book ads do sell books, but that ads relating to the efficacy of Scientology or invitations to come in for processing or training are intensely neglected. "The entire health of the organisation depends, in the final analysis, upon the distribution of books through book stores and through auditing groups. This has been found over six years to produce by far the bulk of persons for us. Thus, this whole system more or less depends upon the distribution of books out to the public. Word of mouth promotes book orders; advertisements about books promote inquiries about Scientology in general. Standing above this list, we must remember, is the entire population of Earth, and by following this circulatory type of dissemination, we will gradually extend our dissemination to include this target. RESPONSIBILITY FOR FILING The responsibility for the neatness and good order of all files anywhere falls ultimately upon the executive management of any organisation. Below that level, files are under the immediate authority of the Registrar, since preclears and students produce the greatest revenue and dissemination of the subject. But this does not mean that inquiry files and book orderer files should not be at the disposal of other persons in the organisation, who should work in close harmony with the Registrar upon such files, and who should in their own spheres take responsibility for the neatness and good order of these files. APPROPRIATION It will be seen at once that the accuracy and neatness of the filing systems alone makes possible the exercise of skill by the persons in charge of the various divisions of this list. Therefore, money spent on keeping neat and accurate and up-to-date files is money extremely well spent. This is second only to money spent on the writing and typing of personal letters and sending them to the persons to be graduated up one step on this list. L. RON HUBBARD, October 26, 1956. LRH:jw.rd Re-issued by Peter Hemery Copyright (c) 1964 HCO Org Supervisor WW by L. Ron Hubbard Authorised by L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 3 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 JANUARY 1965 Gen Non Remimeo Sthil Board Members Sthil Executives REVISED 5 APRIL 1965 VITAL DATA ON PROMOTION Successful orgs, good dissemination, a salvaged planet, require the following basic things: I Workable Technology. This means something to offer that is desirable and will be received by individuals in the public body. 2. Good execution of the technology. This means holding a constant of application without variation in how it is done from person to person or place to place. This outlaws at once all squirrelling and individual variations even when they are good for they bring about an inconstant of execution and this can wipe out technology, leaving one with nothing to promote and a dead end of all spread of technology. Hence, no articles in magazines giving different points of view. Hence, no officially authorized books giving variant methods. Even if they were good, it would halt all promotion and end freedom for the planet. 3. Accumulation of the identities of persons. This is done by getting lists of names, by personal contact, etc. But however it is done, it is totally the accumulation of identities. 4. Offering those identities something they will buy, a book or a service. S. Delivering what is offered. That is all there is to successful promotion. There are a thousand ways to do (3) the accumulation of the identities of persons and (4) offering these identities something they will buy, so promotion looks complex. It is not. Successful promotion means continuing. One cannot continue to promote as per (3) accumulation of the identities of persons, and (4) offering these identities something they will buy, unless (1) workable technology, (2) good execution of the technology, and (5) delivering what is offered, are in place. However, (1) workable technology, (2) good execution of the technology and (5) delivering what is offered, can be wholly in place without any world beating a path to the better mousetrap maker. By the nature of the bank, collective opinion is always derogatory or bank, this being the one thing held in common by all. So the group ignores the good and embraces the bad. Thus the appeal must be to the individual for his personal use. And even then one always has to do (3) accumulation of the identities of persons, and (4) offering those identities something they will buy. No matter how good (1) workable technology, (2) good execution of the technology and (5) delivering what is offered, are, (3) accumulation of the identities of persons, and (4) offering those identities something they will buy, must always be vigorously executed continually. There is no coasting along on yesterday's steam. All tomorrows require today's heavy promotion. We call (1) Technology, (2) Good Service and (5) Ethics. We call (3) Dissemination and (4) Salesmanship. (3) Dissemination and (4) Salesmanship are really promotion. But all five must exist for promotion to be successful. So that is all there is to promotion. One contacts people by any media including word of mouth, ads, rumours, etc. In (3) Dissemination, it is enough to accumulate names and addresses of persons who have been contacted. In (4) Salesmanship, one effectively offers these individuals something they can and will buy-service, status increased potential, anything they will buy. In (5) Ethics, one delivers what is offered. If you just remember that's all there is to promotion, you will be very successful. Therefore you: (a) Never seek public or group repute or collective bank. You do not do "good will" advertising or just try to get the name about. You only accumulate identities as per (3) Dissemination and use them for (4) Salesmanshipoffering them something they will buy. (b) Never count on an individual to "spread the word if he experiences a miracle" as you can always contact more people than he can. 4 (c) Never via your comm line heavily through a "powerful person" or "authoritative group" as you can promote better directly. (d) Never seek a subsidy for what you are doing as at once you or any subsidized office will- cease to promote to the public individuals. You throw out anything or anyone who is working to make you get a subsidy or who demands a subsidy to operate an office, as there goes your public contact. It ceases to have point as there's no dependence on the public individual so he ceases to be served. Subsidy is a fine way to, fail and always leads to a dead end. A subsidized office ceases to promote as it no longer depends on doing (3) Dissemination-accumulation of the identities of persons, and (4) Salesmanship-offering those identities something they will buy, for its daily bread. So it is useless in the scheme of things and, not serving, becomes dangerous, If you don't promote, the whole effort will dead end, the individual will no longer be reached, the group bank reaction will set in and that's the end of it. Inadequate promotion, not reaching the individual, and any violation of (5) Ethicsdelivering what is offered, are the sources of all the difficulties we have experienced. Therefore adequate promotion, reaching the individual and making sure of (5) delivering what is offered, will be responsible for all the successes we will experience in the future. It is as simple as that. When you hear proposals to reduce mailing lists, know somebody is trying to kill you. When you see something being offered that the individual cannot buy, know that somebody is being silly. When you see lists of people being collected who will not buy, know somebody is being extravagant. Err on the side of too many names accumulated, however, and burn the midnight oil figuring out what they can and will buy, that you can deliver. Sell it for enough to let you keep on promoting and soon you'll, have the planet. ORGANIZATION The Earth measure of success is the amount of power, authority, people, wealth and property one controls. It is not necessary to bank it to your own name if you can dictate its expenditure. The reason we are interested in success of this kind is because it is the wherewithal to reach and got the job done. Without that, these things, except for people, are trash. It is all very well to idealize poverty and associate wisdom with begging bowls, or virtue with low estate. However, those who have done this (Buddhists, Christians, Communists and other fanatics) have dead ended or are dead ending. That route doesn't get the job done so it can't be a workable route. The hard fact of this civilization is, given enough money or control, you can usually buy or demand your way out of any game you don't want to play. Thus you can keep on playing the game you do want to play. It is always a matter of amusement to me to find out some attacker is after money. For that's an easy one. To keep going on a planetary salvage job you have to have the means to salvage in the frame of reference of the planet. Hence, we need the above things to get the job done. Therefore you have to have an organization. This makes it easy to handle the activities needful for salvage and to acquire or control the wherewithal to continue to salvage. Without power, authority, people, wealth and property you cannot make enough impact at the level of reality of the individuals you are seeking to salvage. If you only wanted salvage for one or two, then none of these would be needed in any vast amount. But large numbers being salvaged require organization. And organization requires the other things to keep operating and remain real. 5 You can therefore know your enemies by those who seek to knock out any part of your (a) Power (b) Authority (c) Personnel (d) Wealth (e) Property. As collective-think demands that these items particularly be knocked out, handling and continuing an organization is a rather arduous activity. The individual is the effect of these items, however, so if one can maintain them, one wins. One forms an organization only in order to do (1) workable technology, (2) good execution of the technology, (3) accumulate the identities of persons, (4) offer those identities something they will buy, (5) deliver what is offered, under Promotion. Because of the character of the bank and collective think, number (1) workable technology, under Promotion, is not possible to achieve by an organization or group. Group research is not merely too expensive, it is also only re-search of the work generated by an individual. New ideas never appear in group research so it merely polishes at best (and messes up at worst) what has already been done technically by an individual. Therefore organization begins at (2) good execution of the technology, exists to do (3) accumulation of the identities of persons, and (5) deliver what is offered. (4) Salesmanshipoffering those identities something they will buy, again is usually the work of an individual thinking up ideas and offerings. Therefore the central control point of an activity puts an organization there to do (2) good execution of the technology, (3) accumulation of the identities of persons, and (5) delivering what is offered, and works individually to find new ways to do (3) accumulation of the identities of persons, and originates (4) offering those identities something they will buy. Thus a central control point has a dual engagement-(a) To put and keep the broad organization there to do (2) good execution of the technology, (3) accumulation of the identities of persons, and (5) delivering what is offered, and (b) to originate better ways to do (3) accumulation of the identities of persons, and new ways to do (4) offering those identities something they will buy. Thus the relation of a central control point to the organization is very easy to understand. The hardest work consists of keeping the organization from going banky and not doing (2) good execution of the technology, (3) accumulation of the identities of persons and (5) delivering what is offered. The most brilliant work consists of better ways to do (3) accumulation of identities of persons, and effective things for (4) offering those identities something they will buy. This is the totality of action by a central control point. If done well, the whole organization achieves the final objective and if done badly the whole thing dead ends. Great pressures exist against a central control point to violate its needs for (a) Power (b) Authority (c) Personnel (d) Wealth and (e) Property under Organization above, and it is easy to surrender without realizing that surrender is fatal in our case to every one on this planet and perhaps ourselves as well. Resist these pressures successfully and the central control point then can do (2) good execution of the technology (3) accumulation of the identities of persons (4) offering those identities something they will buy, and (5) delivering what is offered, and everybody wins. And that's all there is to organization. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:mb.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [The original title of this Policy Letter was PROMOTION AND ORGANIZATION FROM A CENTRAL CONTROL VIEWPOINT - THE FUNDAMENTALS OF PROMOTION. The 5 April 1965 revised issue, VITAL DATA ON PROMOTION (above), expands it.] 6 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 NOVEMBER 1965 Remimeo Dissem Sec HCO Exec Sec Dir of Promotion Promotion Staff THE BASIC PRINCIPLES OF PROMOTION The following points are a summary of the basic principles of promotion. It is important that you understand them and apply them in your promotion. I (c) The basic principle of promotion is to drive in more business than can be driven off by a service unit or mistakes can waste. This applies to any promotion anywhere. Never allow your standard of how many people should be brought into the org to be set by any other division or part of the organization. Promote as far above as possible the present operating capacity of the organization and you will win. From this it follows that Tech or any other part of the Org can never tell the Dissemination Division when or how many customers to bring in or that "we can only handle 10 preclears this week". It is the job of promotion to drive in as many preclears as possible. It's up to Tech to find the space and the auditors. In other words, promotion must be so huge and effective so that even if other divisions are blocking the line or driving people off so many people are being crowded into the org by promotion that it makes up for any waste done by other parts of the org. You get the idea. It's not flattering but it is the stable datum that successful promotion anywhere operates on. By the way, the error does not necessarily have to be within the org, A bus strike could temporarily prevent people from across town being able to start the HRS Course. Promotion should have promoted so much the Course is still full despite such an error. The motto of promotion could be "we shall overcome-by numbers Despite any errors we bring in so many people into the org continually or sell so many books that even if the body registrar drives them off at gun point enough will get through to keep the statistics rising". 2. If a promotional programme does not seem to work find out where it is not being applied-don't Q and A and abandon the programme. Spot instead the non-compliance which is preventing it from going into operation. 3. Later promotional programmes will not work if earlier ones have not been executed. Example: the programme is to send out fliers to sell bla bla to all buyers of foo-foo's. But it turns out that the original programme to compile a list of the buyers of foo-foo's off old invoices was not done therefore a flier to sell bla bla can't be sent to buyers of foo-foo's. And since the invoices were burnt up by some long gone suppressive (let's say) the original programme can't be carried out. What to do? Don't give up or abandon the programme of selling bla bla to buyers of foo-foo's. Get clever and dream up some other way of compiling the list you want. Maybe it's as simple as a notice in your local newspaper or a questionnaire to everyone in your files: "Did you ever buy foo-foo's?" SUMMARY Having a successful promotional programme consists of getting it executed. If it seems to not be working, spot where it isn't being done. The non-execution could be years earlier in a former programme which was not executed. We have had lots of workable programmes in Scientology. It takes no cleverness to dig them up and use them. There is no need to embark on new programmes until the earlier programmes are completed. Let's take the Franchise programme as an example. The original order given to an exFranchise See years ago was to get all Franchise holders trained at Saint Hill. Years later we find that that order has only been partially carried out. The Franchise programme bogged down at exactly that point. Now, the whole matter is being handled by getting the current Franchise Officer to carry out the original order. The cleverness required in promotion is not starting a new programme or carrying out a programme. But cleverness is required in getting an old programme executed when the means to get it executed no longer exist; such as when a mailing list has been lost and you need to devise a means of re-compiling the list. Finally, promote until the floors cave in because of. the number of people-and don't even take notice of that, just keep promoting. 7 L. RON HUBBARD LRH:neg.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [org board chart] HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 NOVEMBER 1967 Remimeo HCO Exec Sec Hat Org Exec Sec Hat Dissem Sec Hat Dept of Prom Hats Dept of Pubs Hats Dept of Reg Hats DISSEMINATION DIVISION, DEPARTMENTS OF PROMOTION, PUBLICATIONS AND REGISTRATION All Organization Boards are to be posted in accordance with the following line-up which complies with HCO Policy Letter of February 28, 1966 entitled, "Danger Condition Data, Why Organizations Stay Small": DEPARTMENT OF PROMOTION Director of Promotion PROMOTIONAL ACTIONS PLANNING SECTION Promotional Actions Planning In-charge Promotional Actions Liaison Successful Promotions Liaison Approval from Exec Council Liaison PROMOTIONAL DESIGN SECTION Promotional Design In-charge Data Collection Clerk Cost Planning Clerk Design Dummy (c) Specifications Clerk Promotional Materials Files Clerk COMPILATION SECTION Compilations Officer EDITING (c) WRITING UNIT Editing (c) Writing In-charge Writers Editors Transcription Typists PHOTOGRAPHY UNIT Photographer MAKE-UP UNIT Make-up In-charge Make-up Typists Typographer Artists Lay Out Artist PROOFREADER UNIT Proofreader AUDIO AND VISUAL AIDS SECTION Audio and Visual Aids In-charge Film Projectionist Slide Projectionist Educational Aids 9 PROMOTIONAL MATERIAL LIAISON SECTION Promotional Materials Liaison In-charge Issue Authority Liaison Copyright (c) Registered Mark Liaison "The Auditor" News (c) Photo Correspondent DEPARTMENT OF PUBLICATIONS Director of Publications PRINTING AND MANUFACTURING LIAISON SECTION Printing (c) Manufacturing Liaison In-charge Printer Liaison Clerk Manufacturer Liaison Clerk Printing (c) Manufacturing Liaison to Financial Planning Printer (c) Manufacturer Files Clerk PUBLICATIONS STOCK SECTION Publications Stock In-charge Finished Product Receipt (c) Routing Clerk Publications Stock Clerk Publications Inventory Clerk Publications Delivery Clerk Publications Ordering Clerk PUBLICATIONS SHIPPING SECTION Publications Shipping In-charge Orders Assembly Clerk Packing Clerk Package Addressing Clerk Shipping Admin Clerk Back Orders Handling Clerk BOOKSTORE SECTION Bookstore In-charge Book Display Clerk Bookstore Sales Clerk Bookstore Inventory Clerk Bookstore Promotion Clerk Bookstore Ordering Clerk MIMEOGRAPH SECTION Mimeograph In-charge Mimeo Typist Mimeo Operator Mimeo Stapler Mimeo Files Clerk Bulletin (c) Policy Supply Clerk DEPARTMENT OF REGISTRATION Director of Registration BODY REGISTRATION SECTION Body Registrar Forms Clerk Selection Slip File Clerk Selection Slip Issuance Clerk Telephone Registration Promotion Clerk LETTER REGISTRATION SECTION Letter Registration Officer 10 LETTER REGISTRAR UNIT Letter Registrar In-charge Letter Registrars REGISTRAR TYPING UNIT Registrar Typing In-charge Registrar Typists ADVANCE RESERVATIONS RECORDS UNIT Advance Reservations Records In-charge Advance Reservations Logging Clerk Advance Reservations Tally Clerk Advance Registration Packet Assembly Clerk Advance Registration Stock Clerk REGISTRAR MAIL UNIT Registrar Mail Clerk ARC BREAK REGISTRATION SECTION ARC Break Registrar Accounts ARC Break Liaison Clerk Review ARC Break Liaison Clerk CF ARC Break Liaison Clerk CENTRAL FILES SECTION Central Files In-charge Central Files Clerk CF Liaison Clerk Mary Sue Hubbard. LRH:jp.rd The Guardian WW Copyright (c) 1967 for by L. Ron Hubbard, Founder L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JUNE 1968 Issue II (Corrects HCO PL 2 November 1967, Dissem Division and HCO PL 2 November 1967, Qualifications Division) Remimeo ARC BREAK REGISTRARS AND AUDITORS ARC BREAK REGISTRARS AND AUDITORS ARE RELOCATED IN QUAL TO WORK AS A TEAM. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Founder Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 SEPTEMBER 1965 Remimeo Advisory Councils All Divisions Advisory Committees STATISTICS FOR DIVISIONS HCO Dissem Division 2 - Number of new Enrollments of Students and pcs for the week, and gross Book Sales. Although this division has Registration, magazines, etc, etc, all these add up to enrollments, which of course is the final result of all magazines, letters, promotion and advanced enrollment. Book sales are our oldest index of future business. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Excerpted from HCO P/L 30 Sept 1965, Statistics for Divisions. A complete copy is in Volume 1, page 328.] HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 FEBRUARY 1968 Remimeo STATS DISSEM An enrollment means simply putting a name on a roll. The stat of the Body Reg is special type enrollment. Stat is persons signed up fully paid and arrived for service. Dir Reg stat is-number of people contacted by Registration Dept but not inclusive Div 6 stats. Dissem Sec and GDS-total number of bodies in the shop plus Advance Reg. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH.-jc.rd Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 MAY 1968 Remimeo GDS - DISSEM DIVISION The GDS of the Dissem Division is Gross Book Sales. This does not include meters or any other oddities. It is just GROSS BOOK SALES. Any interpretation of this statistic on previous policy is hereby cancelled. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:js.rd Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 12 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, Fast Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 JUNE 1968 Remimeo Dissem Sec Hat STATS DISSEM (Addition to HCO Policy Letter of 19 February 1968) The GDS of the Dissem Sec is a dual stat-"Total number of bodies in the shop plus Advance Reg/Gross book sales". GROSS BOOK SALES means the Total Sales of BOOKS. This statistic no longer includes meter or other bookstore sales, other than book sales. The term Gross Book Sales does not mean gross bookstore sales-its original and correct definition is exactly what it says, "Gross Book Sales". This statistic has been obscured as a GDS by meter and other bookstore sales being added in. Book sales are our oldest index of future business. LRH:js.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1968 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Remimeo OIC WW HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 FEBRUARY 1971 CLOs Issue V EC Hat HAS Hat ORG GROSS DIVISIONAL STATISTICS OIC Hat REVISED (Amends HCO Pol Ltr 30 Sept 65 - Stats for Divisions, HCO PL 5 June 68 - Stats Dissem) HCO DISSEM DIVISION 2 1 (c) Total number of Bodies in the Shop for the week, 2. Total number of Registrar Interviews for the week. 3. Gross Income, of the Organization. 4. Gross Book Sales. Total number of Bodies in the Shop includes the total number of preclears in the HGC, total number of students in the Dept of Training and the total number of preclears and students in Review arid Cramming and includes staff enrolled and attending, counted ONCE for the week. Gross Income is the total amount of monies received in the org for the week, either in the mail or over the counter, as collections for past credit, current receipts or advance payments of any amount for any org services or items sold, MINUS the amount of any bounced cheques that week. HCO Aide for LRH:HE:mes.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1971 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard [Note: Excerpted from HCO P/L 5 February 1971, ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Org Gross Divisional Statistics Revised.) THE PROMOTIONAL ACTIONS OF DISSEMINATION DIVISION 2 (From HCO PL 20 November 1965, The Promotional Actions of an Organization. These are given complete for all divisions in Basic Staff Volume 0, starting on page 84.) 18. HCO DISSEMINATION SECRETARY - Co-ordinates and gets done the promotional functions of Division 2 and makes the org and services known to Scientologists. 19. DEPARTMENT 4 (Dept of Promotion) - Issues magazines on schedule. 20. Properly presents services in ads in org magazines and mailings. 21. Does promotional pieces for Publications Dept. 22. Executes planned promotions as laid down in Sec Eds. 23. Compiles promotional pieces and programmes for issue to Scientologists. 24. Sees that the files, addresses and requirements of persons interested in Scientology are used to the full. 25. DEPARTMENT 5 (Dept of Publications) - Sees that good quantities of books are in stock. 26. Sees that books and mimeos look well when completed. 27. Ships swiftly on receipt of orders. 28. Issues the technical and policy materials of the org to get in Pol and Tech. 29. Gets promotional pieces printed. 30. Gets pins and insignia in stock and ensures broad issue so they will appear in the world and thus disseminate. 31. Sees that book fliers (handbills) are shipped out regularly to Scientologists and book buyers. 32. Sees that tapes are available and that presentation of them is of good tone quality. 33. Sees that any cine material is available and ready for broad use. 34. DEPARTMENT 6 (Dept of Registration) - Letter Registrar works to accumulate questionnaires and mail from those responding to promotion. Follows exact policy and gets out floods of mail to all possible proper candidates for service. 35. Keeps Central Files right up and in excellent shape and adds all new names of buyers of books and services. 36. Uses Central Files to the limit to produce business and routes everyone in it individually in accordance with the routing sheet on the back page of Auditor 10, by employing Gradation Charts and sending them out marked and devising other means of utilizing CF to produce business. 37. Sends out questionnaires with all offers which detect people's plans for training and processing. 38. Accepts Advance Registration and encourages more advance registration until her months ahead are scheduled full of students and pcs. 39. Does Phone Registration in City areas in addition to other registration actions such as Letter Registrar. 40. Registers everyone who comes in for service as pleasantly as possible with due regard for the solvency of the org. LRH:ml.rd Copyright (c) 1965 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 14 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C. HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JANUARY 1957 CONCERNING THE SEPARATENESS OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY We have now, for the first time, a complete line of books in each of Dianetics and Scientology. These are in actuality separate subjects, and we now have the material and corporations necessary to make them entirely separate. This occurred when we published SCIENTOLOGY: THE FUNDAMENTALS OF THOUGHT. This is the "Book One" of Scientology, just as DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH is Book One of Dianetics. (PROBLEMS OF WORK might also be called Book One of Scientology.) We are going to conduct a very large radio campaign throughout the Middle West concerning Dianetics only. To do this, we will probably revive the Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation of Arizona, since this is now getting cleared up all past accounts. Scientology will be exclusively handled by the Founding Church and the HASI. All training and processing is done under the Founding Church; all memberships of whatever kind or class go under the HASI. And, by the way, HASI stationery should be used wherever possible, and the name of the HASI should be used wherever possible, in Distribution Center activities. In placing "books to read" in back ads of current editions, Dianetics books should advertise only Dianetics books, and Scientology books should advertise only Scientology books, and the books recommended in these lists should be quite realistic in that they should be in the order that they should be read next by the person who has read the book. No letters or literature should cross the words Dianetics and Scientology. They should be maintained separately. It is the basic truth that Dianetics is a mental therapy which was developed out of the body of knowledge called Scientology, as fully discussed in an early Journal of Scientology (1952), but the legal position and the actual practice of these two subjects means that they must be kept -apart. From a management standpoint, these organizations are held separately, in view of the fact that they are to be managed through Scientology Consultants, Inc., which is a management corporation. Up to this time, the fact that I myself had written the books and materials and appeared in the minutes and so on of each of these organizations, held them connected in the eyes of Internal Revenue and others. This is not now such a careless representation. In fact, I have held a managing and consulting position with one or another corporation at various times, and it is not actually possible to say that as I control all these organizations they are then all the same organization; yet people have tried to demonstrate that I control them absolutely which is not a fact, and that they were the same corporation which is entirely false. But in view of the fact that people have tried to say this, we should be careful from a legal standpoint to continually assert the truth: Dianetics is a mental therapy addressing the mind, with a basic appeal to materialism, and Scientology is a subject which embraces the human spirit and has an appeal to mystic people in its first impulse. These subjects should not then be carelessly connected, and no statement should exist in our literature demonstrating that Dianetics is Scientology or Scientology is Dianetics, since this would be far from fact. We have two different publics to which we are appealing. One of these publics can 15 be counted upon as quasily indoctrinated to the slave animal psychology frame of thought imported into the United States from Europe during the past half century, and these people believe in the methodology of the mind. Their belief does not carry them forward toward any possibility that a human spirit exists. This comprises, unfortunately, the bulk of the United States. Therefore, Dianetics and its basic discussions must take up only the mind and mental therapy as such. Scientology has another appeal, both to the much higher-toned person who does have some cognizance of thetans, and to the lower-toned people who are very thoroughly stuck in mystery. In other words, here are two great spheres of interest, and unfortunately Dianetics at this time, due to psychological indoctrination at the hands of Mr. Wundt, dominates the United States. It is not particularly important whether or not these things are crossed abroad, since people abroad have a much more tolerant attitude toward studies in philosophy. We have then two lines of books, each a graduated scale of information, which take a person from basics to rather higher understanding; we have two corporations, either of which is a membership corporation; we have several campaigns of advertising, and each campaign of advertising must be clearly defined from the beginning to the end as either a Dianetics campaign or a Scientology campaign. All books should be reviewed and future editions brought out with this understanding. For instance, membership in the HDRF should be called for in all Dianetic literature; membership in the HASI should be called for in all Scientology literature. It might prove more expensive, at first glance, to continue two distinctly different lines of books which yet had a parallelism; however, you will find the bulk of interest and the volume in the United States lies in Dianetics not the field of Scientology. This therefore justifies it, since our only recourse at this time would be either to carry both or to concentrate on Scientology. All people concerned with this should understand this very thoroughly. For instance, if an inquiry is about Scientology it should be answered with Scientology literature only. An inquiry about Dianetics could be answered with DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH and a mention of the fact that membership in the HDRF was available, but this would never do with Scientology. We have ourselves been rather confused about this up to the moment when we had a Book One in Scientology. Up to this time the first book of Scientology had been DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. This is not factually true, but we continue to look at the first book as a chronological fact; it had been the first book and therefore should graduate a person into Scientology. This is not necessarily true, and Scientology now has its own basics and fundamentals. We have "books of comparable magnitude" so far as the basic fundamentals are concerned in the following: DIANETICS: THE EVOLUTION OF THE PROBLEMS OF WORK A SCIENCE DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE SCIENTOLOGY: THE OF MENTAL HEALTH FUNDAMENTALS OF THOUGHT DIANETICS 55 SCIENTOLOGY 8-8008 SCIENCE OF SURVIVAL THE CREATION OF HUMAN ABILITY ADVANCED PROCEDURE AND AXIOMS SCIENTOLOGY 8-80 There is no effort, here, to give you the entire list of books nor actually to be accurate in giving them a degree of comparable magnitude, since this will have to be worked out only with a complete list of publications before one. But when this list is worked out, it will be generally released. This material here is to give you the basic idea of what we are doing. It will be found that carrying forward an advertising campaign in two fields necessitates the use of different media for each subject being advertised. This must be 16 carefully adjudicated and thereafter that subject which was being advertised in a particular medium will have to be continued in that medium. It must be kept in mind that the Founding Church of Scientology of Washington, D.C. carries forward Scientology, does Scientology and nothing but Scientology. We are actually well possessed of communication lines on the subject of Scientology; doing what we are doing must be continued in order to continue our own success. Our letters of procurement for students and preclears, our efforts to sell books, and all other activities are concentrated from the Founding Church on the subject of Scientology. Therefore, this leaves the Distribution Center and the HCO mainly concerned with the continued advertising and handling of Dianetics materials. You will ask at once what we are going to do with people who apply for Dianetic training. This is a subject which is rather difficult to answer at this time, but it is hoped that if we are vaguely successful with the bookselling campaign for Dianetic books that this and the demand will make it necessary to erect an entirety different, new and independent structure much like the old Foundations but with our know-how as how to run one and this will be done in some nearby state, possibly Virginia or West Virginia or wherever the laws seem to be best. This new Foundation will require a full staff from top to bottom but will not require any duplication in Scientology Consultants, Inc. as the consulting management function of the Foundation will be handled from S.C. and its division the HCO. We have not yet reached the point where Dianetic training and processing is this much under demand but we will do so I am quite sure. When we do so stand by to set up a new school, clinic and their quarters totally under the HDRF. Until that time the HDRF remains alive, is being put in good order and condition and is a membership organization and membership in it should be sold exactly at the same price as the HASI memberships and conditions. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:rd Copyright (c) 1957 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (Note: Statement in parentheses at end of paragraph two was added in a Digest of Pol Ltrs issued in 1958.1 17 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 MARCH 1959 DISSEMINATION SECRETARY RAT This actually incorporates three hats, all of which are included in this write up. PURPOSE: To ensure wide dissemination of Dianetics and Scientology by efficient presentation of dissemination materials. PRINTING COMPOSITION AND MAKEUP HAT Receives material in rough form to be laid out and made up, accompanied with a purchase request OK'd by all terminals. Makes up and lays out and sends to LRH for OK to print and number of copies to be printed. Holds all make up in a pending file and sends finished copy to be printed to printing, with OK to print (purchase order). When printing department receives back from printers, printing sends OK to disbursing marked received, sends finished copies to department and sends one copy to Printing Composition and Makeup. Remove makeup and layout from pending and file with one finished copy in printing files. (Printing Dept keeps plates). MAGAZINE EDITOR HAT PURPOSE: Responsibility for copy, accuracy of copy, makeup, and execution of policy. PURPOSE OF CERTAINTY MAGAZINE: To sell books, training, processing, tapes, memberships, congresses. Its interest content is totally people, and is totally concerned with mentioning people's names. THERE SHOULD BE A VERY WIDE DISTRIBUTION OF "CERTAINTY". The more we distribute the more people come in for training and processing, the more books we sell, etc. Don't just distribute to our membership list, give them away-should have about 10,000 copies going out on each issue. Issues can be written stressing the following: Training, processing, E-Meters, memberships, books, tapes, congresses and anything else in Scientology we have to sell, any service we render. Make sure the name of L. Ron Hubbard (or "Ron") and "Scientology" are frequently placed before the reader's eye-let the reader know the source point is LRH. MAKEUP: I (c) Receive copy from "Writing". (If LRH is not writing for Certainty, select tapes or other written materials for copy. Each issue must have a message and bring that message home to the reader.) 2. Fill in a check sheet for that issue. Check sheet is to accompany the issue all the way to "Printing" hat; Printing sends the issue to be photolithoed; check sheet is then routed to the person indicated thereon until it finally reaches Certainty Editor when completed, for filing. (Note: printed issues are delivered to Shipping Department for shipping. Two copies of that issue are sent to Legal Dept for copyright, and Legal informs you when this is done; insert this info in that issue's folder in the files.) 3. Type copy on Executive IBM and determine amount of space it is to occupy in that issue. 4. Based on amount of copy (lead article) (and/or additional copy), mock up a dummy issue. (A 12-page sample is attached hereto.) Mock up ads and other insertions for that issue. When dummy is mocked up, submit to "Writing" for approval. 5. At any time, draw up on graph paper your space for pasting-size of issue is 5 1/2 x 81/2. (See Certainty files, "Composition Data" for info on setting up copy onto dummy-inches involved in drawing up the space.) 6. Thoroughly acquaint yourself with Certainty Files and their contents. 18 7. Ads: Be sure that ads punch up the lead article for that issue-plus ads for currently applicable Scientology services. 8. Use Harry Volk clip books and Fototype for headings and other face types than typewriter print. 9. When makeup is complete, proofread entire issue, making corrections where needed. 10. When proofed, submit to "Writing" for final approval. Make any changes given by "Writing". Get final approval from "Writing". 11. When final approval is had, submit the issue to Editorial Director. 12. Editorial Director sends to "Printing" hat, who sends it to be photolithoed. 13. Keep on file a copy of each Certainty filed by number. (Also keep file on that issue's dummy materials-"Certainty No.. - .-copy for".) 14. Keep makeup supplies neat and orderly. IS. Have an adequate supply of Fototype and other makeup materials on hand. 16. Keep count of number of issues: 24 per year (2 per month) (Note: Issue No. 1 started Jan 1955; No. 25 due Jan 1, 1956; No. 49 due Jan 1, 1957; No. 73 due Jan 1, 1958, etc.) 17. Advertisers in Certainty: When each issue comes back from the printers, check through and see if there are any non-organization advertisers. If so, despatch "Invoicing" to send bills to them; advise Invoicing of the cost and amount of space used. 18. Send advertisers a copy of the issue in which they ran an ad. 19. Charges for advertising; Classified only (personal). Double columns, 10/- for three lines. 10/- for each extra line. 20. All used makeups of former Certainties are sent to Certainty Editor when returned to Printing from photolithers-Certainty Editor keeps them, using Fototype and other materials when feasible. (The actual plates are kept by Printing hat.) 21. Advertise services, not high prices. 22. If there are any reader complaints about Certainty content, ask them what they would rather have appear in Certainty. But stay within Certainty Purpose and organization policy. 23. Copyright notice is to be placed on title page, under the title heading or on the first page of text of each separate issue. (Copyright notice: Copyright (c) 19- by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.) 24. Always do back page leaving the bottom half blank with mail indicia-use top part if you want, but bottom half is for mail indicia so that it will fit in addressograph machine right: PAB LIAISON HAT PURPOSE: To ensure the accuracy of PABs and that they reach the field in time. 1. Receive PAB material from Washington (or from source indicated by LRH). 2. Check PAB material for errors, etc. 3. Send to Printing hat to go to printers; send copy to S.A., N.Z. and Australia. 4. Proof read when returned from printers. 5. Check and familiarize yourself with the materials of Dianetics and Scientology so that you can obtain the material requested. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:mp.cden Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 19 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1 HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 APRIL 1959 WHY NEW BOOKS ARE FEW The income I am supposed to derive from Scientology should pay for research, investigation, my promotional time, the writing of books and my living expenses. At present it does not. We are short of new books because I haven't had the time or the place to write them and do not even have a transcription secretary. Clear results were delayed and released incomplete because research funds were missing and I had to do it all on the cuff. I couldn't pay auditors to assist me. Right now I am buying a home in England which will be a research centre and am faced with getting another house in the U.S. soon. Basically the 10% paid as royalty by Central Orgs is looked on as my income. It is not income. It pays for HCO personnel in most places who are more and more doing the administrative and promotional work vital to keep the lines flowing. HCO is worth, in income to Central Orgs an enormous amount just for these things. I have a need for help here. Research and writing, on which we exist, is not being paid for. Therefore it is very hard for me to get it done. It would not be unusual for 10% to be paid for these two items. On the contrary. But the 10% is absorbed in paying for administration-and vital administration it is! Magazines, promotion, organizational data, to name a few, come under the 10%. We are in for a boom. You may not see it in your area yet but HAS Co-audit well run has begun the project "Clear Earth". HGCs have already begun Theta Clearing. And hotter stuff is to come. But unless I can up my income for writing, research and living, we are somewhat slowed down. My program has gone as far as this: I have bought, with my own money and whatever I could gather, a place in Sussex that's quiet enough and remote enough for research and in which I can get lost enough to write. I emptied out all my loose cash, sold my boats and made my credit creak but we have a writing and research centre for the U.K. The place belonged to an important person and is itself more or less self supporting as to upkeep. I want to get a research centre for the U.S., equally remote and later on for each continent. In such places research records can be safe and the kind of research which now has to be done can be done. This will take several years. I am perfectly willing to do and finance any and all of this out of my 10% royalties from Central Orgs. If HCO personnel can be paid out of Congresses, books, tapes, records and memberships, if certain HCO services can be nominally charged for, and if Central Orgs can help out by paying HCOs where needed, then I can get every one into a position through writing, research and planning to take all the strain off by increasing book sale volume and general volume. Right now we are doing things a bit backwards. I am having to bolster and plan to keep things afloat without the whereabouts or wherewithal to do the writing and research that will make floating easy. HCO is vital to keep us going. So is writing and research. I am truly and honestly concerned with all our incomes and work ceaselessly in an effort to raise yours. Only recently did I realize that I was having a hard time raising yours because my own income was too low, despite the overall high current and steadily increasing income of Scientology, to pay for the things I have always paid for from any income or money I received-research and writing. In establishing HAS Co-audit in London I found ads to be fabulously expensive. I realized suddenly that I could get plenty of press with books and book reviews. I abruptly cognited that "Have You Lived Before this Life?" was our first new book in two years. And "All About Radiation" was our first new book for two years. As we did in AAR, we sell from 6,000 to 9,000 now books worldwide, every new one I write. The market we have is steady. Only old books reprinted cost heavily. New books get their cost out in about 80 days and make us thousands in friends and money. Our book market would take a new book every six months. These, sent to reviewers widely in every area would give us plenty of press. And we'd have data in usable form. And 9 to 25 people read every book printed! HCO has taken off a heavy administrative burden to a great extent, freeing the time. This leaves lacking (1) Finance for research (testing and leg work), (2) A place I can do research and do the actual writing, (3) Book transcription. If we want a boom, it's vital to free the income needed to create it. And this will up all our incomes, as well as get the job done. My book schedule is now I (c) Have You Lived Before this Life? (I rewrote it in the last 2 weeks amongst doing the new HCA/HPA series. It's now at the printers.) 2. The Elements of Scientology. (Needed as the new course book to fit with the tapes. It's partially compiled-has been for a year and a half but needs complete redoing.) 3. The Criminal Mind. (To give us a whole prison clearing program.) 4. The Mentally Retarded Child. (The text for the Society for Mentally Retarded Children program we are now piloting in the U.K.) 5. Great Men of the Mind. (The biographies of mental healers, a missing text in psychology courses in universities.) You maybe sometimes wonder why I don't write more new books. For a research confirmation, to whom do I say "Audit Bill on so and so" (HGC processes are too stable now for research). To whom do I say, "Run down to the local library and find out Whom do I pull off post and say "Type up these 80,000 words of dictation tapes I've done?" Why me, of course. And I just can't get it all in. So-no new books. But 10% devoted to these and the cash I need can do it easily. Any comment or suggestion any secretary or executive in Central Orgs would care to make would be very welcome. I would find your views very helpful. P.S. Only the F.C.D.C. bears the cost and more of writing and research at this time.. P.P.S. You didn't realize I too had problems, did you? Best, L. RON HUBBARD LRH:cden Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 21 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 JUNE 1959 DISSEMINATION SECRETARY HAT PURPOSE: To ensure wide dissemination of Dianetics and Scientology by efficient presentation of dissemination materials. Responsible for magazines being got out on time, for the execution of policy regarding what copy is carried by the magazine, for getting information to the public swiftly, for the accuracy of copy and for the acceptability of the format of magazines and books and printed material in general. (Acceptability of format: definition: the printing of the book or magazine in a format which will lead a member of the public to pick it up instead of letting it lie, which will not get between the reader and the message, and which the reader will be pleased to show to a friend.) Responsibility covers ethics, aesthetics, accuracy and REACH of printed matter. NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FINANCE OF PRINTING, PURCHASING, GETTING QUOTATIONS, CHECKING BILLS AGAINST ESTIMATES, OR DECIDING WHETHER WE CAN AFFORD PRINTING. CERTAINTY EDITOR PURPOSE: Responsibility for copy, accuracy of copy, supervision of makeup, and execution of policy. PURPOSE OF CERTAINTY MAGAZINE: To sell books, training, processing, tapes, memberships, special events. To tell people what we are, where we are, what we are doing, what they can do. To reach the public. THERE SHOULD BE A VERY WIDE DISTRIBUTION OF CERTAINTY. The more we distribute the more people come in for training and processing, the more books we sell, etc. Don't just distribute them to our membership list, give them away-should have about 10,000 copies going out on each issue. Issues can be written stressing the following: training, processing, E-Meters, memberships, books, tapes, congresses and anything else in Scientology we have to sell, any service we render. Make sure the name of L. Ron Hubbard and Scientology are frequently placed before the reader's eye-let the reader know the source point is LRH. PROCEDURE: 1. Receive copy from Writing. If LRH is not writing for Certainty select tapes or other written materials, edit as necessary, and use with approval of Writing. Each issue must have a message and bring that message home to the reader. Inform Writing well ahead when fresh copy is needed. 2. Fill in a check sheet for that issue. Check sheet is to accompany issue all the way through. 3. Type out copy on IBM Executive and determine amount of space it is to occupy in that issue. 4. Based on this, mock up a dummy issue, indicating ads, etc. Submit with check sheet to Writing for approval. 5. When approved, supervise layout. 22 6. Proofread or check proofreading, and correct. Get LRH ok an boards. Then deliver to Printing. 7. PRINTING MAKES OUT PURCHASE ORDER, GETS FINANCIAL OK, DELIVERS TO PRINTERS. 8. Dissemination Sec keeps an eye on the issue from then on, checking that each issue goes through promptly, is delivered, mailed, on time. Checks also standard of printing. 9. Keep file for each issue containing dummy, MSS, etc. Add check sheet for that issue when returned completed. Make file of printed copies. 10. Things to check: (a) That the ads punch up the lead article for that issue. (b) That copyright notice (Copyright (c) 19-- by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved) is always inserted, in the right place, i.e. under the title or at the bottom of the first page. (c) That one copy is sent to the British Museum to secure copyright. (d) THAT CERTAINTY MINORS ALWAYS REACH THE PUBLIC ON TIME. 11. If there are any reader complaints about Certainty content, ask them what they would rather have appear in Certainty. But stay within Certainty purpose and organization policy. 12. Become as familiar as possible with Scientology and Dianetics material, methods, etc. 13. Keep up to date always with new courses, developments-anything which requires advertisement. HCO EDITORIAL PURPOSE: To ensure that Dianetics and Scientology books get printed. To ensure accurate copy in these books, booklets, etc. To ensure an acceptable format for same. To ensure that printed matter is delivered promptly. FUNCTIONS: Editing author's MS when required and requested; deciding on format; proofreading; chasing the book through. When photo-litho, supervising layout. Approval of LRH is requisite on all points. WORLD WIDE HATS HCO DISS SEC WW PURPOSE: To ensure world-wide dissemination of Dianetics and Scientology. FUNCTIONS: Comm with other offices about their dissemination problems. Check on their magazines and dissemination in general. Help them in printing problems, etc., and help them to keep in line with the dissemination programme. HCO EDITORIAL WW PURPOSE: To monitor world-wide printing of books on Scientology and Dianetics. To avoid dearth and superfluity of book stocks. FUNCTIONS: Check printing of books world-wide, their accuracy and format. Institute and maintain a world-wide book programme of stock-keeping and supplies. Draw up printing programme. Joan Jelinek HCO Dissemination Secretary WW for L. RON HUBBARD JJ:gh.rd Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 23 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF IS MARCH 1960 CenOCon (For applicable Dissemination hats) HAT CO-ORDINATION: DISSEMINATION OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY MATERIALS For Dianetics and Scientology materials Supply and Dissemination we have three hats which work very closely together in accomplishing effective dissemination: I. BOOK, TAPE, RECORD 2. DISSEMINATION 3. PRINTING ADMINISTRATOR HAT 1. Book, Tape and Record Admin sees that books, tapes and records are in supply adequate to meet the demand. He gets ok's to reprint books, to print books, to cut records, tapes, etc. He does not let his supply become exhausted, ever. If a publication (or tape or record) is going out of print, and not to be reprinted, he sees that this fact is published in the Scientology Magazine-that Dissemination Secretary is advised-that HCO WW Book Administrator is advised. If a book is to be continued in supply, he sees that the book is reprinted, getting proper ok's to do so, that the preparation of the MSS is done, and that Printing Hat follows through on it from there. 2. Dissemination Secretary sees that the Book Administrator keeps his stocks in adequate supply-that he stays in close touch with Dissemination Secretary on all dissemination materials. Dissemination Secretary gets these materials disseminated rapidly and effectively through all available media to the public. 3. Printing hat keeps close touch on what books are at the printers, when sent, when expected, etc. He must know the status of any book at the printers, at any time. These three hats work in close co-ordination in the interest of (1) seeing that Dianetics and Scientology materials are in adequate supply; (2) that needed materials are obtained and not let to lag or supply diminish, and (3) that these materials get disseminated broadly and effectively as rapidly as possible. (For further information, see individual Hat Folders of these three hats.) Laxness of any one of these posts can slow the progress of Dissemination (and thereby Clearing). Close co-ordination and effectiveness of these three posts can speed up our goals tremendously. (Note by HCO Secretary WW: This Policy Letter was written especially for the Org in Washington and may not be exactly applicable to other Orgs.) Mildred Galusha via Peter Hemery for L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright (c) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 24 NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT GREEN ON WHITE HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 25 APRIL 1960 Central Orgs PRR PROMOTION I have asked Mary Sue to compile a bulletin taken from her advices to Washington on correct Pr R promotion. Mary Sue, long experienced as a Director of Registration, had the enviable record of the highest returns for her department that have ever yet been achieved in any Central Org. Her advice is very worth while. These programmes should be followed as high priority items by the heads of all Central Orgs, and Pr R Depts. These programmes, followed just this way, put into expert practice by good executive John Fudge, have raised the DC unit from a period of all-time low, back up to the highest in the world. Do not abandon those programmes you have which you find successful. Do not overstrain existing personnel in Pr R. Get Pr R and CF staffed well enough to get existing programmes done plus those detailed by Mary Sue. One Central Org by my reports here has only one person in Pr R. Another has only two. Is it coincidence that the first mentioned is the lowest in income and the second the next lowest? Washington left only one person on Pr R for six months-and finally dropped to zero unit. A proper number were assigned and the unit came up to 50% par in three weeks. So don't economize on personnel in Pr R. And when you get the personnel, make sure they follow exact hats and these programmes. You need no new and wonderful ideas to win. All you need is an exact Org pattern and these programmes, and then back them up with high quality service. And get the books disseminated from HCO. So I can highly recommend you follow Mary Sue's promotion for Pr R if you want a high unit. L. RON HUBBARD PROMOTIONAL PROJECTS There needs to be a more organized approach to promotional activities in all Central Organizations. The following is designed to provide this: Department of Promotion and Registration The promotion programme for this Department depends entirely upon getting all prospects for training and processing from Central Files. The definition of a prospect is this: any person who has mentioned, even vaguely, an interest in training or processing and has had neither. It does not matter how long ago such an interest was expressed, just that it was expressed. All such prospects should be listed on cards. (If your Addressograph Department has really been functioning well, these prospects should already be tabbed on the addressograph plates, but do not rely absolutely on this. Washington, DC, where I have already instituted this programme, is having their CF Promotion Liaison go through CF once again and the Director of Promotion and Registration, John Fudge, reports the finding of many, many prospects which were not tabbed.) CF Promotion Liaison, from these cards, pulls the person's CF folder and sends their folder to the Registrar to write a letter asking them when they will be coming in for training and processing. Two carbon copies of the letter written are made, one of which is, of course, put in the person's CF folder and the other is given to CF Promotion Liaison. From this carbon letter CF Promotion Liaison marks on the person's card when the letter was written. This occurs until every single prospect is written. Answers which come back to these letters which are written by the Registrar are answered by the Registrar or the Immediate Registrar if the person is actually ready to book for training or processing. Two carbons are made of these letters and handled as above. CF Promotion Liaison marks the cards with the date when the answer was received into the organization. CF Promotion Liaison will end up with a set of cards from which there were no answers. These cards from which no answers were received, are then turned over to the Assistant Registrar after a period of three months from the date the letter was 25 originally sent by the Registrar. The Assistant Registrar treats these then as ARC breaks and gets them into communication with the Central Organization. With regard to this particular promotion project, please do not forget HCA and HCS or B.Scn Extension Course students who have not as yet taken the course. The dates which I set for the writing of all the initial letters by the Registrar, is one month to get all prospects dug out and all letters to be written by the Registrar. As we will allow these prospects only a three month comm lag, that makes four months elapsed until all cards of prospects who have not answered shall be turned over to the Assistant Registrar. This is not an optimistic estimate for the time needed. When doing a project, do it and get it done. While the Assistant Registrar is awaiting the handling of these uncommunicative prospects as ARC breaks, she or he can be busy writing to current ARC break letters and more importantly, handling those people who have failed to make regular payments on their accounts with the Central Org. The Department of Accounts keeps the Assistant Registrar supplied with these monthly. These are handled as ARC breaks. Department of Processing This is a promotion project to be carried out by the Director of Processing and staff auditors. The Director of Processing shall go through the Testing files and dig out the file folders of those past preclears who did not complete the full number of weeks of processing given in their case estimates. As this is done, a card file is made of those written. CF folders for these do not need to be pulled; all the information about the case is right there in the test folder. These people can be asked specific questions about how they have progressed with particular case difficulties since their processing and about when they can come in to complete the number of weeks given in their case estimates, the number of weeks estimated and the number of weeks actually taken by the person in processing can be given in the letter. As answers come back the Director of Processing marks the cards with the date the letter was received by the organization and handles it or sees that the auditor who wrote the letter handles it. Any definite bookings are sent, after they have been answered, on to the Immediate Registrar for entering into the registration record. Again a period of four months is given for this project as above and at the end of this time all cards of past preclears who have not answered are turned over to the Assistant Registrar to handle as an ARC break. Department of Training The project for this Department is one of writing to all incomplete course students getting them to complete all necessary qualifications for getting their certificates. These persons can be located in Addressograph by the tabs if, once again, the Addressograph Department is up to nines. If not, each person can be found from the roll books. To disseminate Scientology we need auditors in the field working, and we need these auditors to be certified in order to get them working. The Director of Training makes out card files on this project and turns them over to the Assistant Registrar to handle after a period of four weeks if the student fails to answer. Let's really push these people to get their requirements completed. Another project for the Training Department is writing to all former HCA students to get them to come in for the HCS or B.Scn Course. This is handled with cards in the same fashion as previously described. Accounts Department The project for this Department is a relatively simple one. All that is done is for the Director of Accounts to write to all persons who have paid their bills in full or who are making regular monthly payments, telling them that their credit is good with the Central Org for further training or processing. Let me mention here that people who are paying regularly, but who have too large an indebtedness should not be written such letters. We don't want their indebtedness to increase beyond their ability to handle it. Department of Material This Department has the promotion responsibility of seeing to it that the premises of the Central Org are presentable to the public in appearance and cleanliness. The offices which are considered of most importance are the Reception office, the Immediate Registrar's office, where students and preclears are signed up (or the office of Promotion and Registration, if all registration work is done in one office), the 26 Assoc Sec's or Org Sec's office, and HCO offices. These can be nicely decorated at low cost. By all means the Department of Material must police these offices to see that they remain in a good state. Metal baskets in these offices should be converted to wooden trays in a finish to match the finish of the desk and other furniture. If there is not enough space on desks for these trays, they can be placed on a handy side table. Leaflets and hand out materials should be kept in a book case or cabinet, not strewn about the tops of desks, mantle pieces, or the floor, as in some cases. Cleaners should be encouraged to clean these offices first thing and then passage ways. Also as some of the offices are small in size, the common decoration fault of having the walls one colour and the wood work another should be corrected. In small spaces only one colour should be on both walls and woodwork and this colour should be a light pastel as darker colours contract space. Further the Department of Material can get the mechanical brains of the organization into shape, CF and Addressograph plate files. All tabbing for all categories should be done and CF filing and making of new folders should be complete and up-to-date. By all means get all prospects tabbed. HCO HCO Dissemination Secretaries and Book Administrators should get out a complete listing of all books and tapes to book buyers. Such listings are normally done as follows: I have this I am now I shall order Dianetics: Modern Science of book ordering this this book within Mental Health. book the next three months with instruction asking them to please check one of the following categories after each book. To get make-up on such a mailing, you can write to the HCO Dissemination Sec, Washington, DC, Mildred Galusha, and get a copy for making up a photolitho mailing. Or you can use such a mailing piece as was done in -one of the old "Journal of Scientology", listing the books and tapes with a brief description of contents and enclosing an order form. A list of book buyers can be obtained from Addressograph or from invoices over the last several years. HCO Continental Secs should do a two fold promotion task. One is writing to all Certified Auditors advising them that professional rates for processing shall in the future be given only to those certified auditors with an International or Lifetime Membership in force with the HASI. This is to encouarage all auditors to get memberships and thusly get on the communication lines of the organization for further information. The other project is to write to auditors not franchised as yet and get them to take out a franchise and to write to auditors franchised who have not been remitting their ten percent to get them to do so. If these franchise auditors do not remit their ten percent within a period of three months, we shall have to cancel their franchise and take them off the Bulletin line until they get their cases in shape to make a successful practice in the field. PE Foundation This Department already has been given a promotional project in HCO Bulletin of March 25th, 1960. Assoc Secs or Org Secs Your promotion project is to crush, crush, crush through the promotional projects moving through to completion. Do not sit at your desk and get reports on how these projects are going. Go into the Department to check up on the card files, number of letters written, etc. Now is a really good time to see how well the Addressograph section is servicing the organization. Send weekly reports to me concerning the progress made, difficulties encountered and overcome, and other information about these projects. MARY SUE HUBBARD MSH:js.rd Organizational Supervisor WW Copyright (c) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Note: This HCO B has been corrected per HCOB 29 April 1960, PRR Promotion (Corrections).] HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 JANUARY 1964 Sthil HCO (Sthil) LTD ENROLLMENT DIVISION The extreme importance of increasing enrollment and organizing the facilities to accomplish it have been a matter of some concern to me for the past many weeks. The Director of Enrollment is to organize the Administration and Promotion necessary to accomplish the desired results. A full Central Files and Address System comparable to that of a Central Organization, means of filling it with lists and providing address plates must be provided whether space exists or not. A full comprehensive and carefully cross-checked system of contacting and handling applicants must be devised and carried forward. Effective Procurement activities must be designed, executed and carried out on a continuing basis. Good files, lists and addresses, good and intelligent communication and a very large increase in enrollment are expected from the Enrollment Division. The Director of Enrollment is under the supervision of the Saint Hill Administrator and The Enrollment Division is part of HCO (Sthil) Ltd. Mary Long will continue as Course Registrar, personally handling applicants and the registration and graduation procedures and to that extent only is in the Enrollment Division, her duties beginning with the scheduling of a student to arrive and the arrival and registration of that student and ending with his or her departure. The Director of Enrollment has the full responsibility of filling up the course and keeping it full. His materiel and personnel requirements have first priority. L. RON HUBBARD Executive Director HCO (Saint Hill) Ltd LRH:dr.rd Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter of 24 January 1964] 28 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JANUARY 1964 Sthil HCO (STHIL) LTD DEPARTMENT OF ENROLLMENT The purpose of the Department of Enrollment is to contact routinely, regularly and intelligently all possible candidates for the Saint Hill Briefing Course. The steps are these: 1. Using whatever is to hand begin contacting. 2. Expand what address files are to hand and contact those. 3. Eventually have a complete and sound system of filing, addresssing and contacting candidates for the course. The purpose is to get people to take the course. To do this one must have very good files and means of address keeping use and change. To use these one must achieve and maintain a high level of ARC in all letters and releases. We already have a silk screen address file of HCAs/HPAs. We should have address screens of all former students. These should be utilized. Immediate steps should be taken to increase these files of addresses and keep them up to date. We already have many letter files from franchise and others such as Standing Order No. 1. Using these files a nucleus Central File system should be constructed and expanded. Using various means addresses should be collected until every trained Scientologist in the world is to be found in our central files and in our address plates with addresses up to date. Using this data a letter registrar can maintain consistent communication with high R with all possible applicants and regular mailings of attractive mailing pieces can be made. Book data and other materials can be carried in such mailings. Promotion Programme No. I is designed to collect all addresses and data for our CF. An offer of a certificate as a Founding Scientologist is made in all Continental Magazines and the PAB for all Scientologists who were one before 1963. They are offered a special classification and the certificate if they will fill out the questionnaire or a copy of it and send it straight to Saint Hill. An assembly line response is set up to send them their certificate, consisting of letter press signed blanks and name typed on a large Cap typewriter, all in a flat special envelope, certificate to be 5" x 7". If this application carries vital statistics, our CF is greatly enriched. Each application received is marked as answered with a certificate and is filed in our CF under the person's name. Each is given a coded system giving all data. In this way a CF is created. When needful a large metal plate addressing machine will be procured which gives 29 the full code on each plate showing what the person is, has done, etc. These are filed by name and area in their address plate boxes for use on the machine. It is up to the Enrollment Department to construct its files, etc, while actually engaging in procurement. There were 12 less course enrollments in 1963 than in 1962. Therefore the matter is a cause for crash programming. It is my full intention to convert Saint Hill into 90% effort expended on reach and income and 10% effort devoted to internal affairs and disbursement. The Enrollment Department is just one step in this direction. As a regulation of the Enrollment Department, all mailing pieces and forms to be mailed must be passed on by the Executive Director and frequent samples of letters answered Must be submitted. Quality and reality must be maintained. I wish to see a flood and flurry in this department resulting in 100 students every 20 weeks. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:jw.rd Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 30 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 JANUARY 1964 Sthil staff only HCO (Sthil) LTD. CHARTS, ROUTINGS AND PUBLICATIONS THE ENROLLMENT DEPARTMENT It must become apparent to anyone in charge of enrollment on the Saint Hill Course that Enrollment Department responsibility does not end with letters to prospects if any guarantee of future enrollments is to exist. Unless enrollment prospects are developed with an advance view of at least two years, the department will always have a scramble. Therefore the obvious course of action is to push along the general dissemination of Scientology throughout the world. This can be done without interfering with Central Organizations or HCO (WW) Ltd., or indeed any other programme. If Central Orgs graduate HCA/HPAs a certain number of them will enroll at Saint Hill. Obviously the more graduates there are, from Academies who can achieve auditing results, the more enrollees there will be for Saint Hill. Thus quality of training is also of interest to the Enrollment Department. To recapitulate, if dissemination is very broad and good to the general public, there will be good Academy enrollments. If Academy results are good and students are informed there will be Saint Hill enrollments. There are other points to this routing. If the Saint Hill Enrollment Department does not keep an eye on that route then enrollments at Saint Hill will decline regardless of the amount of effort put out by the Enrollment Department. This routing has always been one of my hats and I am passing it over to the Enrollment Department. ENROLLMENT CHART 1. General Public Interested. 2. Enrolled in Academies. 3. Academy students kept informed of the Saint Hill Course. 4. Academy students achieving results. 5. Eventual enrollment at Saint Hill. 6. Satisfactory training results at Saint Hill. 7. Word of mouth by Saint Hill graduates. 8. Continuously expanding Saint Hill Course. If any of the above steps are omitted, it will become a serious matter to the Enrollment Department, so the thing to do is be sure that all the steps in the above chart are effective. This routing chart should be neatly drawn and posted permanently in the Enrollment Department. An additional traffic chart should also be drawn up as follows: 31 1. General public addresses to Central Orgs for use in their CFs to procure 2. Academy enrollees addresses to Saint Hill Central addresses 3. Sthil Central Addresses to Sthil Central Files 4. Sthil File Folders to Letter Registrar S. Letter Registrar to graduated Academy students with good reality as to their status and activities 6. All Franchise letter files to Sthil Address 7. All Franchise files from address to Sthil Central Files 8. Franchise Folders to Letter Registrar for personal letters 9. All Franchise Folders from Central Files to Franchise Secretary and back to Central Files after use 10. All SO No. I files to Sthil Address 11. All SO No. I files to Sthil Central Files 12. SO No. I folders periodically to Letter Registrar for personal letters 13. Saint Hill Publications to Address for addressing 14. Saint Hill Publications from address to mailing room for mailing. A proper chart of this should be drawn showing the handling of these lines so that special file systems do not get created and files held out of Central Files and so that new personnel understand and do not "jump" the lines. The end product is a complete address file categorized and ready for use by all departments and a Central File of all persons and correspondence (except purely business files as kept in Accounts) will exist for general use. All separate file systems whereby "certain files are held out" should be discouraged. No Letter Registrar can work without a complete file without embarrassing consequences. The usual metal plate addressing system is envisioned. This same complete system exists at HASI London, called "CF and Addresses". We are only copying that system. PUBLICATIONS The Enrollment Division as noted above has a vested interest in the quality and existence of materials for issue to the general public. A "Guide to Scientology Chart" is already being compiled for issue. But simple books that already exist should be hard pushed by the Enrollment Department into public hands by insisting on their being advertised by Central Orgs in magazines other than Scientology magazines. Advertisement of these in Continental Scientology magazines should be looked to frequently. Preparation of general interest texts by SLR and their publication should be pressed for by the Enrollment Department. Continuous demands for all new Academy student enrollment data will have to be made by the Enrollment Department. Eventual centralization of Certificate issue at Saint Hill will care for this sometime in the future but until then it is a point for alertness. SAINT HILL NEWS A new publication, Saint Hill News, should be instigated for bi-monthly (every 60 32 days) publication. This should be a dignified, serene publication that issues data of current interest giving names of who has enrolled and who has graduated and whatever other personal data may be of interest. Kittenish high school type reporting should be avoided thoroughly. This should be a photo-litho, job like a PAB. It should use the Photo Litho ability to reproduce photographs of the house, grounds, classrooms, students, instructors, etc. Its editorial composition should be: 1. Points of technical interest (helping Scientology work for people) all of low level interest. This makes the magazine of some value. Excerpts from tapes dealing with general auditing, stressing one point per issue. Sample: "Getting the Auditing Question Answered". I will be the only signatory of these articles as this is the commonest point of upset in such magazines. 2. Some news of auditing successes in the field by Saint Hill graduates. This is culled from Franchise and other letter lines. This is always there to stress that people trained at Saint Hill get results. 3. Results obtained on Cases on Course. 4. Past, present enrollments and graduations and Classification changes, with any pictures. Malcolm Powell in East Grinstead could be persuaded to do such shots cheaply in his studio in East Grinstead. S. Old and new installations at Saint Hill, by picture. 6. New publications, particularly what to give new people. 7. Old publications. 8. A Franchise Ad. 9. List of Central Orgs worldwide. 10. Any announcements by HCO (WW) Ltd., and SLR. 11. Saint Hill Course Ad giving what Letter Registrar would like to have said. 12. A varied reminder every issue of the vastness and extent of the Scientology data archives at Saint Hill. The Editor of Saint Hill News is the Director of Enrollment. The magazine editorial work of make up is Joan Jelinek. Printing is by the Book Administrator. The first issue should be as soon as one can be compiled and printed. All mailings of Saint Hill News is by Surface Mail the same as the PAB. The mailing list should be only those persons who may be interested in enrollment, past graduates, present students and Central Org personnel (as individuals) who come in contact with potential students. This, of course, includes all current Academy students. A check sheet of the above list should be made out for each issue and followed in compilation. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:dr.rd Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 33 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 FEBRUARY 1964 Central Orgs Franchise Field DEPARTMENT OF ENROLMENT For the sake of simplification and to facilitate a concentration on the training route up through the Levels of Scientology, the Department of Promotion and Registration in all Central Organizations will now be termed the Department of Enrolment. The Director of P (c) R is now the Director of Enrolment. DIRECTOR OF ENROLMENT The Director of Enrolment has the full responsibility of filling up the Academy and keeping it full. His first actions should be to increase largely the enrolment on HAS and Class I Courses in the Field as well as in the Org. The Director of Enrolment is to organize the Administration and Promotion necessary to accomplish the desired results. Using the Enrolment and Traffic Charts as a guide, a full comprehensive and carefully cross-checked system of contacting and handling applicants must be carried forward. Effective Procurement activities must be designed, executed and carried out on a continuing basis: The Letter Reg Department, including Central Files (c) Addresso, Body Reg and Reception are the responsibility of the Enrolment Director and are part of the Enrolment Department. It must become apparent that the Enrolment Department responsibility does not end with letters to prospects if any guarantee of future enrolment is to exist. Unless enrolment prospects are developed with an advanced view, the department will always have a scramble. Therefore, the obvious course of action is to push along the general dissemination of Scientology throughout the Org's sphere of influence. This also applies to Continental Headquarters as well. PUBLICATIONS The Enrolment Department has a vested interest in the quality and existence of materials for issue to the general public. The simple books that already exist and new ones, as they are released by Scientology Library (c) Research at Saint Hill, should be hard pushed by the Enrolment Dept into public hands by their being advertised by Central Orgs in magazines other than Scientology Magazines. Advertising of these in Continental Scientology Magazines should be looked to frequently. The Continental Magazine must work in very close co-operation with the Enrolment Department. Its basic target is the general public and moving them into HAS Courses in the Field as well as the Org. Its content should mainly consist of Level 0 (c) I material. 34 FIELD AUDITOR CONSULTANT If Field Auditors graduate HAS's and Class I's, a certain number will enrol in the HQS Course, returning to the Field and send more students to the Academy. After getting results in the Field, they will then return to the Academy for the HPA/HCA Course. Thus quality of training is also of interest to the Enrolment Department. The post of Field Auditor Consultant is created and may be filled by the old Group Secretary where this post had been filled. The Field Auditor Consultant will assist all HQS, or above, certificate holders in establishing and maintaining HAS and Class I Courses-this includes helping them with promotion and the handling of their courses, assisting in arranging for HGC assists and ARC Break Assessments when they or their Groups get in trouble, filling their orders for HAS Certificates and Level I classifications, and getting them in to take their examinations for classification. Where the Letter Reg pulls in students on Courses, the Field Auditor Consultant is responsible to see they come in for their examinations. The Field Auditor Consultant is the terminal in his area for HAS and Class I Courses. His effectiveness is measured by the number of HAS Certificates and Class I's issued and the number of Classified Auditors in his area. To recapitulate, if dissemination is very broad and good to the general public there will be good HAS Course enrolments. If HAS Course results are good and students are informed, there will be Academy enrolments. If the Enrolment Department is not responsible for this route, then enrolment in the Academy will decline regardless of the amount of effort put out by the Enrolment Department. You must see that the Org is almost wholly dependent on a large and successful field operation. Concentrate first on building up your existing Field Auditors and providing them service. Your HGC will be kept full of Assists and ARC Break Assessments from the Field, and they will be lining up at the doors of the Academy. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:gl.rd Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 35 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 MARCH 1964 Saint Hill Central Orgs HCO Secs Assn Secs DIRECTOR OF ENROLMENT THE LETTER REGISTRAR ADMINISTRATION (HCO Sec: Hat Check on Assn Sec, Dir Enrolment, Ltr Reg, Reg) One of the principal routes to solvency (see earlier Policy Letters, November 15, 1960, et al), is mail volume. If you are not receiving mail and telephone calls in volume your unit will be low. Mail volume is a measure of success. I can look at a "mail count" and tell, by comparing it to earlier periods, whether an Org is going up or down. It's a very good barometer, a reliable crystal ball, a teller of fortunes. Mail volume is important, quite aside from what the envelopes contain. As soon as "quality vs quantity" arguments start, it shows somebody is being uninformed. The datum "mail volume" is just mail volume, and trying to drag in other factors simply shows that somebody didn't get the point, in the first place. It's too simple a point: current mail volume indicates current and future business volume. It's a pure datum. It's a gross index you can rely on without having to know anything else. It's an executive slide rule. Executive: "What's the week's mail count?" Ans: (c) 1400 pieces out, 75 pieces in". Exec: "We're a bit below last week. I guess I'd better promote something." See? The Executive didn't have to find out "what percentage of the letters were business? How many applied for anything? Did the letter registrar dot all her i's?" It's just a good meaty rough datum that says how things are. If a person were as alive as he gave and received communication then an Org could be considered as alive as it gave and received pieces of mail. It's that simple. So you watch mail volume in and out if you want to know how you're going to be doing a bit into the future. Knowing that we can gear up promotion to cope before we get hit with the income slump. A mail volume slump is always followed in a few weeks (usually six) by an income slump. So it's a valuable danger signal. Mail volume rise always presages an income rise in the next few weeks. So that's the total use of and extent of "mail volume". It does not have anything to do with what the letters are about or who is getting or receiving them. Even circulars count, out or in. Even requests for donations for the Eskimo seal fund count. Out or in. It's simply volume. And it's an index which, when compared to an earlier period, estimates future rise or fall of income. The mail clerk does the counting in and out and chalks it up for the head of the Org or its enrolment or income section or all three. Then they can PLAN and ACT before the Org goes down for the third time or they get caught in a boom. Mail volume is a good datum because it gives about a six weeks warning. A mail count slump in mid-May gives you an income slump about July 1. PROMOTION Now what the mail says in or out is under the head of Promotion. Promotion covers "quality versus quantity" and other such questions. What is said in outgoing letters and what may be said in incoming all depends upon Promotion. If the head of an Org or its enrolment executives are very sharp on Promotion, mail volume will increase steadily. If they are not, then volume gets one sided-mostly 36 outflow, but oddly enough, though the ratio shifts to outflow, mail volume and income will stabilize at a certain level and not increase much. You can tell if Good Promotion is being done by examining this outflow-inflow ratio of mail. Poor Promotion gives you a ratio of maybe 98% outflow and 2% inflow, i.e. 98 pieces of mail (of all kinds) mailed and 2 pieces of mail (of all kinds) received. Fair Promotion would perhaps consist of 90% outflow and 10% inflow, meaning that for 90 pieces of mail (of all kinds) mailed by the Org, 10 pieces of mail (of all kinds) were received. Fantastically wonderful Promotion would consist of 50% outflow, 50% inflow. A miracle would be 10% outflow and 90% inflow No exact index or chart of this has ever been made. But the above is an educated guestimate. The figures are given to make the following point: The better the Promotion, the higher the inflow rises in proportion to the outflow. (c) The lesson has been learned in Scientology Orgs, and proven many times in exact studies, that regardless of Promotion quality in Scientology, a high volume of outflow is vital to return any inflow. So regardless of the Promotion, high volume of outflow must be maintained. There is no arguing with this datum. If you want activity and income you must have a high volume of outflow. And the point of what is said does not enter that datum at all at all. So (c) given volume, one now begins to consider what is being said in that volume and one gets Promotion. And all Promotion does is change the outflow-inflow ratio and prevent a fixed outflow-inflow ratio. It is obvious that an Org can only outflow just so much. Finance available, personnel, effort, all limit how much outflow there can be. So to increase outflow one must use PROMOTION to increase inflow in order to increase outflow. Only in that way can one escape a fixed income. An Org that does not do this, (does not use intelligent Promotion) then gets into a fixed income which does not increase. Promotion consists only of what to offer and how to offer it, that will be responded to. That's the extent of it and even Madison Avenue (U.S. Advertisers' row) can't better that. Indeed they may not even know it. Contemporary advertising has gone off into aesthetics and art and often forgets the product or service entirely. So Promotion is the art of offering what will be responded to. Production is the activity of providing a product or service. Promotion relates to Production in this way: One can produce without promoting (ordinarily quite disastrous); one can Promote without Producing (which is very disastrous indeed and is the only thing that gives promotion a bad name). So these things, Promotion and Production, are not independent of each other. One must make Production adequate to Promotion and must make Promotion adequate to Production to be SOLVENT or ETHICAL. If you are producing something and can deliver then that is what you must promote. Here is an exercise in Promotion-Production. One goes over to Production Unit A (Academy) and asks "What are you sure you can do for somebody in or by training?," One carefully lists the answers, verifies them by talking to the students on whom it is being produced and then checks off the most sure-fire answers. One is now certain that this effect or these effects can be produced at the Academy. Returning to one's office one looks over this data and selects out what would probably be the most attractive items (will be responded to) of production to the public. One then sits down and writes a very glowing factual article about it, making a big point of availability of it and a big point of their writing the Letter Registrar about it for more data. Then one gets out a big mailing about it or headlines it in the Continental Magazine and insists on a hurry up release of it. That's several thousand mailing pieces out all in a bunch, guaranteed to get a response to the letter registrar. 37 One then uses the same data to call together a public sort of meeting and gets local invitation cards out on it. And makes sure somebody addresses the meeting and that a registrar is there. One gets out another mailing bit on the same subject but with a different write up and sends it to all the PE attendees one has record of-and makes sure they write the letter registrar. (Or phone the Registrar.) That's another batch for the mail count. One plays just those points found as above hard for 2 or 3 months. This makes them well known and something of a fad that such and such effect or result is produced in the Academy. That gives people time to find out about it and centres their attention. Up goes Academy enrolments. Then after 2 or 3 months of plugging the above, one goes over to the HGC and repeats the same exercise. Making that Production learned about by the Ltr Reg a fad in its turn. Meanwhile one keeps up with one's mail and originates via Central Files on a personal letter basis on routine actions. ONE DOESN'T DROP ALL PAST PROMOTION (outflow) just to do this outlined promotion. Then one goes on a book campaign and plays that ragged for 2 or 3 months as per the above exercise. What books do people read? Why? Get circulars out on it. Sell books. Write letters about books. And keep up routine letter writing and answering. Then find something wonderful Scientology can do from field auditors, something simple. Get everybody hot on doing it in the field via circulars and articles. Get them to write the letter registrar about it. Do these things one at a time, play them out and all the while keep it very popular to write the letter registrar about it. And you'll break the back of fixed income. Your outflow-inflow ratio will improve. Your volume will rise. Production will be in keeping with Promotion and Promotion with Production. And you won't have near the strain about it. If I were letter registrating, I would never just grind out letter& I would not drop heavy origination. But I'd find things to offer people they would write me about and spend 50% of my time answering their high volume inflow. 30% of my time I'd spend on routine origination. The remaining 20% I'd spend on gazing at the ceiling for future promotion or going around examining production for items of interest. The bottle-neck of income is the fixed ratio of outflow-inflow, the inability to afford more outflow personnel and any and all unrealities between Promotion and Production. If these factors cannot be handled by the head of an Org, by its Director of Enrolment, income will remain fixed and probably low. If these data are understood and intelligently used, given good management, then income will rise and the org will flourish. And at any staff meeting the wins of the person responsible for raising outflow-inflow ratio should get a big hand. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:gl.cden Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 38 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I MARCH 1964 Sthil DEPARTMENTAL CHANGES AUDITORS DIVISION The Enrolment Division is transferred herewith from HCO (Saint Hill) Ltd, to HCO (WW) Ltd, and is renamed AUDITORS DIVISION. The head of the Auditors Division is the Director of Auditors. No change in the function of the former Enrolment Division or its personnel is made except that the Franchise Secretary is added to the Auditors Division and comes under the Director of Auditors and the Course Administrator and Registrar remain with HCO (Saint Hill) Ltd. The purpose of the Auditors Division is to make all auditors well trained and successful. Enrolment in Academies, proper certification, enrolment at Saint Hill are all functions of the Auditors Division. CF and Address comes under the Auditors Division. Saint Hill News comes under the Auditors Division. Keeping the Saint Hill Course fully enrolled is the responsibility of the Auditors Division. Through HCOs in every area, a field auditor is appointed as the Auditors Division representative or Leading Field Auditors. This would be of assistance to the Auditors Division and to HCO Area Secs. The aim of this transfer is to put (c) all auditors in the world under one general heading and so get them trained and successful and to regulate practice. HCO (WW) Ltd has as its purpose External Comm Lines and auditors are certainly those, so is CF and Address. The Auditors Division and the Director of Auditors is under the Organization Supervisor of HCO (WW) Ltd. The activities of Franchise should be co-ordinated with those of the Auditors Division (see Policy Letter of this date re Franchise Programme). No other changes in this Division or activity are made. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:gl.rd Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 39 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I MARCH 1964 BPI CenOCon AUDITORS DIVISION NEW HCO WW ORGANIZATION (HCO Area Sec: Please implement at once) The Auditors Division of H.C.O. (W.W.) Ltd., has just been formed. It is in the charge of the Director of Auditors at Saint Hill. Purpose of The Auditors Division: To make all the auditors in the world welltrained, properly accredited, successful and ethical. All certified auditors, HAS, HQS, HCA/HPA, etc., come under the Auditors Division. A Leading Field Auditor is to be nominated by the HCO Area Secretary of every area. He or she will be appointed then by the Director of Auditors. In the case of several large cities covered by an HCO Area, a Leading Field Auditor may be appointed for each one, with a Leading Field Auditor for the entire area. The title for a Leading Field Auditor is the Leading Field Auditor of the Eastern U.S. (where several have been appointed for cities) and the Leading Field Auditor of Melbourne, where only one city is involved. The titles compare to HCO Areas and Scientology geographical divisions as will be released from time to time. The criteria of nomination should be "a successful auditor of good classification, preferably Saint Hill, who is not in conflict with HCO or the Central Org." A Leading Field Auditor is expected to remain in good communication with Saint Hill and will receive his instructions through the HCO Area Secretary. His or her final appointment will be by letter from Saint Hill. The Leading Field Auditor should hold and take charge of all field auditors meetings. The Leading Field Auditor may appoint a deputy and a secretary for meetings and other functions. THE AUDITOR SAINT HILL JOURNAL A new magazine is being issued at Saint Hill to be called The Auditor, the Saint Hill Journal of the Auditors Division. A correspondent for The Auditor must be appointed in each Central Organization by the HCO Area Sec. This correspondent should keep the Editor of The Auditor informed of all Academy enrollees and graduates and data concerning them, changes of staff members in the organization, local news, reports on Congresses and various meetings and plans. Photos when available should be forwarded. The Leading Field Auditor should appoint a field correspondent giving news about centres and various field functions, furnishing names of auditors and their activities. Wherever possible a correspondent should send not only a person's name but also his or her address. The heart of a good story for The Auditor is lots of names and what they are doing. THE AUDITORS DIVISION The Auditors Division is taking over all franchise, centre and field auditor coordination, mailings and service. Certification will soon become handled wholly by the Auditors Division of HCO WW and organizations and auditors will only need to send in the names of enrollees and graduates. The certificate will be prepared by and mailed from Saint Hill upon the request of and evidence from the HCO Area Sec. This will not come into full effect for several months. Meanwhile existing arrangements continue. MEMBERSHIPS Arrangements are being made to streamline memberships. All existing memberships will be honoured. Local Central Organizations will also continue to have memberships in addition to the Auditors Division. This Organization implements several of the basic functions of HCO on an International basis, in full cooperation with area HCOs, which it also coordinates. LRH:dr.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1964 40 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1964 Remimeo Interested Sthil Staff POLICIES: DISSEMINATION AND PROGRAMMES Note: Most of the following policies are old, some only change emphasis slightly. This Policy Letter is released to help organizations cope pending the full review of policies now in progress. The policies written here are not likely to change. The following policies regarding dissemination and services by Central Organizations and City Offices are effective at once or as stated. LETTER REGISTRAR CORRESPONDENCE THE LETTER REGISTRAR IS TO CORRESPOND ONLY WITH THOSE PEOPLE WHO ARE INTERESTED IN OR COULD POSSIBLY APPLY FOR TRAINING AND PROCESSING. Persons who obviously would be unable to come for training or processing should not be corresponded with by the Letter Registrar. Persons not eligible for training at the levels offered should not be corresponded with (mainly applies to Saint Hill or the special promotion of a higher Academy Course). Persons obviously unable to afford training or processing should not be corresponded with by the Letter Registrar. THE LETTER REGISTRAR MUST NEVER INDULGE IN REPEATING "FORM" LETTERS. There is no point in repeating the same sales message over and over. Such a repeating message goes in the Continental Magazine (and the Letter Registrar makes sure it does get into the magazine and out soon). THE LETTER REGISTRAR ANSWERS THE QUESTIONS ASKED, DIRECTLY, PRECISELY AND OMITS NONE. The largest error on a line and the surest way to cut it is to fail to answer all the person's questions. THE LETTER REGISTRAR MUST ENQUIRE OF CORRESPONDENTS WHEN THEY ARE COMING IN. To only acknowledge that a person wants to come for training or processing seems disinterested. The Letter Registrar wants to know when and how and for how much or how long. THE LETTER REGISTRAR MUST NEVER PROMISE MORE RESULTS THAN THE ACADEMY OR HGC IS SURE IT CAN DELIVER. If in doubt as to what the HGC or Academy thinks it can deliver, the Letter Registrar should consult with the (c) of P and (c) of T frequently. The Letter Registrar is selling the reality of the (c) of P and (c) of T not the Letter Registrars. THE LETTER REGISTRAR MUST NEVER PROMISE TO HEAL ANYTHING. One can state there is hope, but nobody knows what elements will enter to prevent the accomplishment (family, accidents, etc.). Further, the medicos love such letters. 41 THE LETTER REGISTRAR MUST NEVER ENCOURAGE KNOWN INSTITUTIONALIZED CASES TO SEEK SERVICE FROM AN ORG. The randomity an insane person or the family can kick up in an Org is worth ten times the fee paid-and the fee is often returned. Electric shock and lobotomy cases must not be encouraged to have org service. Also such cases mustn't be wholly discouraged as they sometimes commit suicide when their hopes are dashed too hard. Direct them somewhere else for help-but never to a medico or psychiatrist. Tell them a quiet sojourn in the desert or something would be good for them. Something like that. Rest is the best "cure" anyway. THE LETTER REGISTRAR IS NOT THE PERSON WHO ANSWERS THE ORG MAIL. Letters to the magazine, to the (c) of P, to staff auditors, to the Extension Course, etc., are the business of those units, not the business of the Letter Registrar. The emphasis in Letter Registrar is on REGISTRAR. The Letter Registrar gets prospects into comm and gets them in. See the first policy above. Rigid adherence to the above policies and industrious use of Central Files (always prowling in it for prospects) can quadruple the org's income. MAGAZINES The policies once extant concerning Major and Minor Issues of the Continental Magazine must be resumed at once. These are: EVERY OTHER MONTH A MINOR CONTINENTAL MAGAZINE ISSUE MUST BE MAILED TO EVERY PERSON IN THE ADDRESS FILES. This means every person. A Minor Issue may consist of as little as 4 pages (one sheet folded once) or as much as 8 pages (2 sheets folded once). It may have no cover other than the paper it is printed on. It may not be enveloped but is addressed on the back. THE EDITORIAL POLICY OF A MINOR ISSUE IS "GET PEOPLE BACK INTO comm." It offers books, particularly new ones, some Org news, and invites Membership. A MAJOR ISSUE OF THE CONTINENTAL MAGAZINE MUST BE MAILED OUT EVERY OTHER MONTH TO ALL ACTIVE PERSONS IN THE FILES. Active means members and active files. A Major Issue consists of 8 or more pages. It has a separate cover. It can be (but is not necessarily) enveloped. It contains some interesting technical data and results and the various list of items ordinarily advertised in every issue (Books, Memberships, Academy, HGC, Ext. Course, PE, etc.). THE EDITORIAL POLICY OF A MAJOR ISSUE IS "KEEP PEOPLE GETTING TRAINED AND PROCESSED." A Major Issue plan must be submitted to Adcomm before being made up, particularly the ad write ups. An Adcomm may not reduce ads but may alter text of ads. The Assn/Org Sec may override Adcomm magazine suggestions. The Adcomm may not dictate reducing prices or advise "don't be so direct, soften up the ads, the public objects as "soft-sell" in a mag reduces income faster than 42 any other element and has nearly collapsed some orgs. Policy effective in all countries. The mag says "Come in. Get Processed." It doesn't say "Processing is awfully nice, you know." THE ASSN/ORG SEC MAY DIRECT MAGAZINE PROMOTION POLICY WHERE NOT IN CONFLICT WITH THESE POLICIES. To hold Production Unit Heads and the Assn/Org Sec responsible for income and yet not let them guide promotion is poor policy. Make-up and editorship remains in HCO. A MAGAZINE MAY NOT PUBLISH TECHNICAL DISSERTATIONS, TECHNIQUES OR SUGGESTIONS OR MATERIALS NOT WRITTEN BY MYSELF OR TAKEN FROM MY LECTURES. The collapse of Elizabeth, New Jersey and Wichita has been traced to dispersal of attention in technical matters. When they started publishing everybody's technical ideas nobody could find out what Dianetics was and it ceased to be practised. There are enough words of technical materials -at Level 0 in my lecture tapes, books and articles. You won't run out. MAGAZINES AND ARTICLES MUST BE CAREFULLY EDITED AND PROOFREAD. We have caused more ARC breaks and lost more people through typographical errors, poor transcription and strange words not defined, than from any other causes. We know, now that we have the technology of study. PROOFS MUST BE MADE OF ALL PLATES AND TYPE SETTINGS AND MUST BE FURTHER INSPECTED BEFORE AN ORDER TO PRINT IS GIVEN. It is not enough to proof the original make-up and then let the printer run it off by photolitho or letter press. Bits pasted onto photo-litho make up fall off, etc., and letterpress can be grim. Have the printer take proofs of the copy submitted to and set up by him and proof-read them again before ordering the printing finally. It's easier to destroy a plate or a page lay out and re-shoot it or reset it than a whole edition! But don't rewrite the mag because you are proofing. PRINTED MATERIALS MUST BE COMPREHENSIBLE. No strange words or upscale processes may be released in magazines as they ARC Break people. They don't know what the words mean and also get restimulated. The results of higher levels may be mentioned. But no technical data should be published on how they are done. Example: You can say "Get Cleared" and say what a clear is, but may not use any tech data of how it is done by an auditor. Example: You can publish a graph or a cheering comment by a pc but not what was run. Example: You can publish a letter about HQS courses but must delete from it any mention. of technical matters or interpretations. Example: You can publish an auditor's letter about running a successful PE but not how he ran it. CENTRAL FILES AND ADDRESS THE PURPOSE OF CENTRAL FILES IS TO COLLECT AND HOLD ALL NAMES, ADDRESSES, PERTINENT DATA ABOUT AND CORRESPONDENCE TO ANYONE FROM ANYONE WHO HAS EVER BOUGHT ANYTHING FROM THE ORGANIZATION. THE ADDRESS FILES CONTAIN, READY FOR USE IN MAILINGS, ALL THE NAMES IN CENTRAL FILES AND READY REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS ABOUT THESE PERSONS., ADDRESS IS THE NAME-STATUS INDEX OF CENTRAL FILES. The following policy changes some policies about retiring folders after 3 years. 43 TIME HAS NO RELATIONSHIP TO WHAT IS FILED IN CENTRAL FILES OR ADDRESS. As of now, all files names must be restored to CF (c) Address. The only division is "active" and "inactive". The simple test for "active" is do they ever answer? The exceptions to the above are people who demand their names be removed and obvious "bird dog" names (people who are hostile such as a medico who wants our literature to eventually upset us). Another exception to the above is the Saint Hill CF which contains only active auditors and Scientologists who buy books from Saint Hill or may come to Saint Hill. The test here is not if they have bought anything from Saint Hill but that they have obviously bought from organizations and may buy books from or come to be trained at Saint Hill. Franchise auditors are of course also in CF at Saint Hill. LIST OF NAMES OF PERSONS WHO HAVE NOT BOUGHT ANYTHING FROM THE ORG MAY NOT BE PLACED IN CENTRAL FILES. Field auditors sometimes send in lists of names. These are not put in CF. THE PERSONS ON ANY LIST OF NAMES SUBMITTED MUST BE SENT AN INTELLIGENT INFORMATION PACKAGE AT ONCE. No further action or record need be undertaken. An Information Package should contain lists of books. If the person is interested ,he or she will order a book and only then will appear as a matter of course in CF and Address. Such lists of names are merely typed on slips (dupli stickers). No Address plates are ever made from such lists. NO INFORMATION PACKAGE MAY CONTAIN OR LEAD THE PERSON TOWARD CONFUSING WORDS OR TERMS. This means one must be careful of what books and literature are offered in an Information Packet. However, by test, Dianetic books ARC Broke very few and most of such early books are adequately explanatory of their terms. The only ways you will lose a person sent an Information Packet are: I (c) Send literature containing words they won't understand. 2. Announce services they don't understand. 3. Make it seem hard to have any Scientology. 4. Try to sell them things they're not ready to buy. COST OF SERVICE You must realize, despite propaganda about our expensiveness, that our services break into two parts. (a) Cheap, broad services for everyone. (b) Personal services at a much higher (but cheaper than any other field) price. Don't get confused and try to make (a) expensive or (b) cheap. Whenever I get a plea from some staff to "cut our prices" I now realize they haven't got (a) and (b) separate and they're confused and try to identify all service with all service. Make our cheap services (PE, HAS, Co-audit, brief assists) very, very, very cheap. Give them away, in fact. This is broad, general Scientology. You have to spend money to give them away. The book auditor, the Extension Course, the dollar book, the magazine, these are all part of these cheap services. Most orgs err in never really spending money on cheap services. They get all tied up with income needs and sell only expensive services and never get a whirlwind of interest going. 44 Cheap service costs the org money. You have to hire staff just to administer it. You have to have people to care for it. You answer letters from book auditors (but the Letter Reg doesn't) and PE people and greet out-of-Towners with a hostess. You don't turn such traffic off because it doesn't buy. You form a place for it to come to like a public lounge. You give it tape plays. You whip it up to a roar. And you don't let it into your production departments or lines because it bothers these and upsets them. For instance, you never give away an Academy Course. You always charge heavily for it. But you give public tape plays that train the "multitude". ALL PERSONAL SERVICES RENDERED TO THE INDIVIDUAL RESULTING IN A GOOD PROCESS RESULT OR A WORTHWHILE CERTIFICATE MUST BE CHARGED FOR HEAVILY. COURSES The in between on this above was the HQS Course. Hence the following training policies are adopted as of January 1, 1965. ALL HUBBARD QUALIFIED SCIENTOLOGY COURSES MUST COST THE SAME AS HUBBARD CERTIFIED AUDITOR COURSES. The policy of gradient course costs is abandoned as unsuccessful. THE COST OF A CERTIFICATE COURSE MAY NOT BE LESS THAN ONE MONTH'S AVERAGE PAY FOR THE AREA IN WHICH IT IS GIVEN AND MUST BE IN CASH. By average pay is meant the average upper lower class or lower middle class pay scale. (Example guesses: U.K. about ;C50. U.S. about $500. Australia about L75. South Africa about L80.) HIGHER LEVEL COURSES CAN BE CHARGED FOR AT HIGHER RATES (HCS AND HSS). Have more courses of shorter duration with less in them. The policy is DON'T TEACH CERTIFICATE COURSES OF MORE THAN ONE MONTH'S DURATION IN CENTRAL ORGANIZATIONS. DON'T HOLD STUDENTS BEYOND ONE MONTH. This requires more certificates and classifications to be used. Example: Have an HQS Course lasting one month. Next year have the student back for his HCA. Next year get him in for his HPA, etc. Make the student study at home "to get his classification so he can enter the next course" or "get some processing before next enrollment" if the student seems shaky. Don't hold the student on course because he's shaky. Give him his certificate and note what he has to do before the next one. Hold back classification if not sure. PRESENT CERTIFICATES AT COURSE COMPLETION. CERTIFICATES DO NOT DEPEND ON EXAMINATION. ONLY CLASSIFICATION CAN REQUIRE EXAMINATION. HAS The exception in courses is HAS which is a public course and cheap. DO NOT TEACH PROCESSING IN HAS COURSES. Teach only study, good definition materials, the philosophy of life, etc. 45 HAS CO-AUDIT THE PUBLIC CO-AUDIT MAY ONLY DO SUPERVISED ITSA. No Clay Table, definitions or any fancy processes of any kind may be done in the Coaudit. Only R-1-C. Co-audits will thrive if they're cheap and attendees only listen. Don't try for any results. If cases don't progress suggest HGC auditing at regular rates "since you're a special type of case". HQS TEACH AN HQS STUDENT TO DO ASSISTS, 8C, HAVINGNESS AND TRIO WELL. Whatever else they're taught, make sure they do the above well. These were the howling successes of the late '50s. Polling all active auditors showed they had their best results and realities on these only. They're easy to teach. They work well. Use the whole training programme for HQS but make them do these 4 things well as auditors and make them do them when they get out and process pcs. And they'll mostly win. Try more and they'll do them too badly and mostly lose. HCA TEACH THE BALANCE OF REPETITIVE PROCESSES, THE AUDITING CYCLE AND METERS AT HCA LEVEL. HPA TEACH CLAY TABLE HEALING IN HPA COURSES. HCS TEACH CLAY TABLE CLEARING IN HCS COURSES. HSS Until 1968 GPMs will be taught only at Saint Hill. CLASS REVISION This gives the following table of certificates and classes. PE-Level 0-actually begins the HAS Course. HAS-Level O-Philosophy, study, no auditing but co-audit sign ups use Itsa. Consists of about 60 lessons, mainly about Life and What Scientology is and how to study "Learning how to Learn", vocabulary of Scientology. HQS-Class I-Comm Course, Upper Indoc, Assists, 8C, Havingness, Trio. HCA-Class II-Repetitive processes, metering. HPA-Class Ill-Assessments, Clay Table Healing. HCS-Class IV-Clay Table Clearing. HAA-Class V-Not used just now. HSS-Class VI-GPMs-Taught only at Saint Hill until 1968. HGA-Class VII-not yet being offered but mainly OT type processes already developed. This changes classification levels slightly at the bottom but only because it didn't work out well the way it was laid out. This must not interfere with the classification of existing Academy students because of this policy. 46 PROMISES DELIVER WHAT WE HAVE PROMISED. We must do what we promise we will do even when it was a staff member error. The best way to avoid embarrassment is not to promise what you won't eventually deliver. Academy students promised on enrollment what they'll receive must receive it. The above policy changes were made necessary by the policy that we must have shorter courses more often and by the following policy, now possible because of technical break throughs. A COURSE MUST CULMINATE IN TEACHING A DEFINITE SKILL OR SKILLS. When you plan a course, plan to have the student able to perform a definite action well when he completes it. Don't have fuzzy generalized ideas of a course such as "teach him to be an auditor", "Make him a Scientologist" or "Make him a Class IV". Whatever you advertise as a generality, the (c) of T and instructors must, in their own minds think of making a student into an auditor that can do certain definite things, such as "run an assist, do 8C, do trio, run havingness". Then all training culminates in a skill and so can have a definite ending for both the student and instructor. The other knowledge that makes an auditor and a Scientologist is of course strung out over these courses. HGCs HGCs MAY OFFER ONLY WHAT THEIR STAFF AUDITORS CAN DELIVER. If the staff auditors are trained to certain processes the HGC can offer them. If the staff auditors are not trained to certain processes, they can't be offered. PART TIME STAFF Clarifying the position of "consulting auditors": NO HGC MAY "OCCASIONALLY" EMPLOY AUDITORS. This means exactly that an HGC auditor is a staff auditor all the time, week after week, or he isn't ever used. The confusion on this is the definition of "part time". A "part-time" auditor is one who works part of the working week every week for the organization and always the same part of the working week. AN AUDITOR WHO HAS AN OUTSIDE AUDITING PRACTICE MAY NOT BE AN HGC AUDITOR OR STAFF MEMBER. STAFF MEMBERS MAY NOT AUDIT OUTSIDE PCS OR RECEIVE MONEY FOR AUDITING STUDENTS OR PCS OUTSIDE THE ORG AND MUST BE BROUGHT IMMEDIATELY BEFORE COMMITTEES OF EVIDENCE IF FOUND TO BE DOING SO. For a staff member to do outside auditing for pay is very serious and can lead at once to an org's collapse (and has done so). CONSULTING AUDITORS For an organization to hire an auditor "when a pc is available" is a grave source of trouble. The org is not able to train such staff or hold a standard and acts only as a procurer of pcs. for field auditors. The public stays away from such HGCs in droves by actual test. The practice is called "Hiring Consulting auditors". It is forbidden. It stems from a misguided effort to hold up units. It does hold them up for a while and then collapses the org. It is unfair to the field auditor since he is just kept hanging on in some cases. 47 When this policy barring consulting auditors was first issued, it was not meant to include "part time" staff. Part time staff is usually composed of non-practising Scientologists who audit week-end or evening pcs for the org and are on units every week, rain or shine. I am sorry if any ARC Breaks were caused. ASSIGNING AUDITING TIMES THE REGISTRAR MAY NOT ASSIGN TIMES FOR AUDITING. The most insidious practice the Registrar can drift into (next to not signing up anyone) is selling times of audit. The Registrar has no business in that department. The Registrar sells quantities of auditing and refuses to promise when. This, the Registrar must say, is a technical matter and up to the (c) of P. THE DIRECTOR OF PROCESSING MUST NOT ASSIGN AUDITING AT LESS HOURS THAN 121/2 PER WEEK. Exception: Where a special programme of 5 hour assists is being sold, the policy becomes "except not less than 5 hours per week for assists". It is unfair to the pc to do the psycho-analytic nonsense of an hour or two a week as it doesn't even catch up with his PTPs and so wastes all his auditing. Further an org can go broke doing this. Its staff auditors are so strung out in their assignments that they don't turn in a week's worth of work yet draw full units. It's a sure road to low units and collapse to go psycho-analyst on us and let the public buy an hour or two a week. Crazy in fact. I've seen it happen with fantastic upsets. The idea gets around: the public hasn't "got the time" for 25 hour intensives. It's just hearsay. In actual fact if the (c) of P says, "Look here, you won't get any good out of an hour a week. Just handling your current problems will eat up your benefits. Take a week off and get 25 hours" 80% of them will. The rest, the (c) of P says "All right, it's 21/2 hours a night for 5 nights, (or 121/2 hours over the week-end)". And they will do one or the other. AN HGC PC IS ENTITLED TO A CERTIFIED AUDITOR. The above is long standing policy. AN HGC STAFF AUDITOR MAY AUDIT ONLY PROCESSES WITH WHICH HE IS SURE HE CAN GET RESULTS. The above policy is a new stress on an old idea. The moral is, run staff training courses to get staff auditors up to running higher levels. ONE WEEK'S PROCESS (25 HOURS) SHOULD COST AN AVERAGE MONTH'S PAY (AS IN TRAINING). But processing of a special nature at higher levels can be charged at higher rates. No policies or programmes not specifically changed by the above are changed. All other policies remain in force. L. RON HUBBARD LRH.jw.cden Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 48 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 DECEMBER 1964 Remimeo Franchise Sthil Students USE OF DIANETICS, SCIENTOLOGY, APPLIED PHILOSOPHY In order to protect the good names of "Dianetics", "Scientology" and "Applied Philosophy" the following policies are continued or become effective immediately. I (c) All lectures, books, publications, films, models and diagrams on the above subjects are copyrighted by L. Ron Hubbard. 2. Permission to use these words is given to all bona fide holders of certificates issued by an organization accredited by L. Ron Hubbard, subject to the following conditions: (a) The names, data, materials and processes are only to be used in connection with and in relation to the Level and Class for which the certificate has been issued. (b) Technical information, by which is meant the "how" and "why" of our activities, must not be released by lecture, writing, demonstration or by any other means except by books or tapes published by L. Ron Hubbard, or an organization approved by L. Ron Hubbard, or on a properly organized Course by a person certificated to teach that Course, or in a properly arranged auditing session where a "process" may be applied within the Class and Level of the auditor. Note: The reason for the foregoing is that when data gets relayed other than from the original source, i.e., book, bulletin, lecture, etc., an alterisness occurs, be it ever so small, which can be disastrous. 3. (a) The names "Dianetics", "Scientology", "Applied Philosophy" may only be used in a Company or activity name under licence from L. Ron Hubbard. (b) Such licence can be withdrawn at any time. (c) The licence is not transferable except with written permission of L. Ron Hubbard or a person authorized by him to grant such permission. (d) Licences will only be issued to individual Franchise Holders. (e) Licences will not be issued where the title includes a place name which indicates an area larger than the immediate vicinity of the Headquarters of the Franchise Holder. 4. Anyone practicing Scientology under any name other than his own must get permission of the Franchise Secretary. 5. The use of data and/or materials under another name or using the data and/or materials in conjunction with any other Philosophy is forbidden. 6. The use of data and/or materials other than for the betterment of an individual, group or mankind is forbidden. 7. Certificates and, therefore, permission to practice, etc., may be withdrawn at any time by L. Ron Hubbard or any person authorized by him to do so, if there is any infringement of the above or, if, in his opinion, it is necessary, for any reason. It is not intended to stop any bona fide Scientologist, properly certificated, from practicing or using Scientology data or material; on the contrary, it is necessary to protect you from mis-use of them by others. LRH:jw.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 49 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 FEBRUARY 1965 Remimeo DELIVER Now that we can deliver, the first thought of every staff member in every Org from Saint Hill through the main orgs down to the smallest Franchise Office should be to deliver Scientology training and processing to every person responding to their promotion. Books and all other items should be delivered effectively and rapidly to buyers. Certificates should be delivered to all who earn them. Classification should be delivered quickly to those who can pass. The action of Promotion is to offer as many as can be reached something each of those reached will want and buy. After Promotion obtains response, one must deliver, That means good case gains to preclears and students, good reality and useful knowledge and skill to every student. Delivery, if not done swiftly and cheerfully and effectively, balls up the lines, retards growth and keeps everyone marking time. The first job of the books personnel is to deliver books ordered. There is no other action to take. Just deliver. Keep the invoice line simple by simply invoicing everything ordered and note whether paid or not. In shipping books or such items not paid for, request the sum owing while holding the first invoice and when it comes let invoicing make a new invoice showing payment and let shipping relate it to the old. Refund overpayments regardless of what the customer said unless it's a donation. Keep book shipping simple. Deliver books. Be sure books are on hand and deliver them. That's all one does in Books. When someone buys training, sign the person up and deliver the training and a good case gain too. When someone buys processing, give them the processing called for at the pc's level whether you advertise you will or not and deliver a case gain and a completed level. Deliver. When promotion has promoted a response, don't get chatty with the response. Just tell the person what it is, how much it costs, how easy it is and when he should get it; or to come in and get it, and deliver. Promote, organize and deliver. We can now deliver technically. You don't have to "make Scientology work". You don't have "to alter it so it will work". You don't have to dream it up. All you've got to do is be skilled in doing exactly what's taught and you'll deliver handsomely. You can deliver it, so deliver it. On a pc who has never been processed, do Level 0. Give him or her an HCO Board of Review certificate as a pc for that level when it is complete; when a pc has Level 0 Grade certificate, do I. Etc. Boot them up as fast as you can. Do only what the Levels are. Issue a certificate when they're all flat on the TA for that grade. On people who have been scattered through one or another of the levels, finish up 50 anything missed in the lowest level, then the next level, then the next, etc. When a pc has completed IV finally, be sure your staff can do V1 on him. To get an org or individual to deliver effectively, remove the distractions from the delivery channel, remove the barriers to delivery, detect and get rid of the non compliance to orders to deliver. And deliver pure Scientology, effectively. Get a move on. Learn what's to be delivered and deliver it. Same with a course. Deliver it and certify you have. That's all. You're selling wins. Deliver them. The whole human race is about to start going up. They'll move to the degree you deliver and no faster. So let's get the show on the road. Nobody now has to do anything arduous. Just find people, make them want and pay for delivery and then deliver. That's all. Let's go. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:jw.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 51 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 APRIL AD] 5 Gen Non Remimeo HCO DIVISION (1) ORG DIVISION (3) LEGAL AND PROMOTION Policy: Legal activities, outside lawyers' or attorneys' suits, may not be under the Organization Secretary ever but must be under HCO. Reasons: Persons connected to Finance value money too highly, being in charge of it and sometimes involve the org in needless suits. Corporate structure is part of the office of LRH and new orgs and other orgs and requires legal primary connections. Therefore it is extra expense to have two legal departments. Legal control is part of the functions of Justice which belongs to HCO. Policy: Promotion expenditure must never be under the control of the Organization Division. It belongs solely to HCO. Reasons: London in 1958, Johannesburg in 1964, to name two, went nearly broke when their economy curtailed magazine mailings and promotion. The magazine costs and extent of mailing must never be controlled by anyone connected with Finance as they seek to save on it when they, quite properly, seek to reduce expenses on other things in the org. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:wme.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 52 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL AD IS Issue IV Gen Non Remimeo HAT HCO Exec Sec HAT HCO Dissem Sec HCO DISSEM SEC HATS HAT Dir Pubs BOOK INCOME I have occasionally said that "book sales bring in the org income". It just may be that the sentence has not been completely understood. It does not mean "the money obtained from selling books will support the organization". It does mean that if the following cycle is not in proper sequence, the org will go broke. I (c) Books on Scientology placed in the hands of individuals in the public interest them in Scientology; 2. Their interest in Scientology causes them to want more Scientology. 3. Such individuals contact a Scientology organization; 4. If that organization handles the expressed. want intelligently, the book buyer in I comes in for service; 5. If the book buyer in I is given good service, he or she wishes to disseminate Scientology; 6. If the original book buyer can obtain books on Scientology suitable for their friends, the individual buys more books; 7. If these new possessors of books want service, they contact the Scientology organization; and 8. If 2 to 7 is made to occur then the cycle is repeated with other people. 9. The original book buyer in I continues to get more service. Now in step 4 above, wherein the original book buyer buys and is given good service, i.e. processing or training, the organization makes all of its stable income. This is the original and basic cycle which brought an organization into being and financed it. The cycle is augmented only by (a) how the original book buyer gets his book and (b) how he is offered further service. These two things (how he gets the book and how he is offered further service) are the WHOLE of PROMOTION ACTIVITIES. Promotion is never aimed at anything else regardless of how it is done. The ideas used in promotion must (a) get books into the hands of people in the public and (b) offer such persons service (c) offer such persons already sold lower services higher services. There is nothing more to it. The basic approaches that get books into people's hands are A. Obtaining long mailing lists of people who have bought similar books 53 (health, mind, philosophy, mysticism, science fiction, self betterment, How to do it books), and sending them attractive fliers inviting them to buy Scientology books and arousing a want in them for the book. B. Advertising books in magazines and other carriers of ads (even radio and TV) that make people want to buy Scientology books. C. Personally contacting people, arousing their interest in Scientology and getting them to buy and read a book and also sending them in for service. There are two additional methods, modifying C which have worked but are sometimes less workable than C but which cannot be neglected, D. Personally contacting people, arousing their interest in Scientology and sending them in for service. This last is done without selling a book. However, it will be found that most personal contacts require some form of a book, even a small pamphlet. E. Getting people into congresses and pcs. and other public events directly and selling them service. The last two if only that is done, tends to get an uninformed and easily confused "public" into an org and rather tends to make the org into a clinic; not making Scientologists, the org soon runs low on personnel, bends toward a psychiatric authoritarian approach and the "zing" is gone out of the "field". Therefore C and (c) should be tried but also an effort should be made to place books in their hands which they buy. All this presupposes the existence of books and their availability. Another pre-selection point is the offer of doingness type books. Do it yourself. "Any two people can or "you can (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) "do what's in this book and get better". If the book also contains more theory than there is doingness for, a lot of people will want service too. This is the best combination. It gives us, too, the Book Auditor, a vital necessity in our ranks. This able, independent person becomes our best auditor when trained after a period of unschooled practice on his own. When low supplies are carried or only early day publications are sold, the ability to deliver books suffers, The impact of fast-filled orders is lost and there is far less response. Books have to be I (c) offered with heavy impact; 2. have to be delivered fast fast fast to give delivery impact; and 3. contain material to fit the person's level so that want-Scientology is aroused. A book is a test of reach. So we at once knock out those who can't reach at all and thus spare ourselves their troubles until we are big enough to run proper institutions and clinics for them. All the money in the world would not be worth the stall we would get from such an unwieldy "help me-e-e" mob. Scientology planning is built to make the able more able, leaving the unable strictly alone for the while. If we do this, we grow. If we, like some foolish persons do, tie around our necks the unable, the helpless, the backward, we won't be able to move high enough fast enough to then afford to help the helpless. Given total stability, one can pick up heavy rocks. Don't try when halfway over a flimsy footbridge! We would "save the helpless" at the cost of Scientology itself and that's not smart. The plan is to establish Scientology to make the able more able, secure the conquered terrain and then help the helpless. You see, if we lost Scientology, the hopeless would never be helped so that isn't very clever. 54 Like a Class Zero auditor trying to process a psycho we'd spin in unless we made this one dissemination condition. Get them to buy a book. Two first reaches, then, are required of the individual in the public I (c) Reach for a book 2. Reach with a little bit of money for a book. Thus we have automatically selected the less disabled. Now if we require three more reaches 3. Reach for service; and 4. Bring self in to the org; S. Reach with money we have now further selected out people and we have what able people there are around. Given this as a group, we can then stabilize our position at a higher level, and we can reach a hand to those who can't reach at all. This state has not been attained yet. It will come in a few years. Hence, all these things are meant when I say "books bring in the org income". The cash they bring in from book sales is just about enough, to sell more books. It is trivial. The cash such persons spend then in the org on service is enough to finance our forward thrust. Because they are able already our training and processing now shoots up their income potential and they actually can make a lot more than they spend in the org. On this income the org eventually can attain organizational stability, buildings and all that. But more important by good service we raise the ability of the already able people. And with that we have lifted ourselves up as a group to the ability to help even the helpless. We'll be able to afford it. We retard or fail to advance then to the degree that we (a) Seek to service the helpless (b) Fail to sell books (c) Don't furnish good service. Those are the 3 FATAL errors we can make. Avoid them, promote and sell books to an ever-widening sphere, give excellent service, increase the org's stability and we'll make it like a walk in the park. That's what I mean when I say "book sales bring in the org income". More than the org income. The sale of books, all other steps being in place, will bring us a Scientology world. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:wmc.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 55 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 APRIL AD 15 Issue III Gen Non Remimeo ALL DIVISIONS HANDLING THE PUBLIC INDIVIDUAL We have learned the hard way that an individual from the public must never be asked to DECIDE or CHOOSE. Examining experiences we have had, I finally saw there was a hidden datum we had not been aware of in our orgs and particularly in handling the public. I finally dug it up and here it is: TO DECIDE ONE HAS TO UNDERSTAND. Examining our big org chart you can see quite plainly that Understanding is higher than the point of public entrance into processing. Example: Mr. J is offered Particle A. He can accept it just because it is offered. He does not have to even perceive it or talk about it or recognize any condition. He needs to see only two things-(a) That it is being offered by somebody or something (source), and (b) that Particle A exists. All you have to do is show him where to obtain it and that it exists. This is acceptance without decision. Therefore he can have it. Example: Mr. J is offered Particle A or Particle B. Now we have an entirely different situation. Mr. J must compare Particle A and Particle B in order to see which is best. Therefore he must see where each comes from (source), that each exists, establish the condition of each particle, communicate with and about them, perceive them, relate them to each other (become oriented), understand them, be enlightened and finally decide (establish own purpose). If he can do this Mr. J can choose which he should have, A or B. If Mr. J can't do all these things, Mr. J is overwhelmed, gets confused and takes neither. One has asked Mr. J to jump up a lot of levels. Actually the ordinary Mr. J, when raw meat and even not so raw would have to have a Grade IX Certificate to obtain a Grade I Certificate. And that of course is impossible. The door, then, is barred utterly for the majority of people into any department or function or org, let alone the promotion and accounts functions. The moral is very plain. Never ask anyone in the public or field to Decide or Choose. Erase from our org patter "Which do you want, Mr. J?" Don't ask which course, or what pin or what book or which auditor or what door or what time he or she wants to start anything or which door or which road or which membership. Cultivate totally on a staff a didactic but pleasant approach. "Your intensive starts. (c) (c) (c) (c) "This is your next book. (c) (c) (c) (c) "Your next course should be taken on. (c) (c) (c) (c) "Go to the third door." "I see you're a pc. You go up to the second floor ....... Erase even the banal "What do you wish?" or "What can I do for you?" as even that throws confusion into it. Example: Miss N has heard of processing. She wants some. She never did decide to want some. She just wants some. Now to ask her to decide anything about it blunts that purpose. It is a thin purpose. It quivers. Don't ask her does she want a book or want training or want a pin or want anything else. Say only "Ah. You want processing. 56 That is a good thing to want. Be here on Monday and bring funds." That's all. For heaven's sakes don't sell her processing or books or alternate schedules or ask her if she can pay or anything. That want is frail at best. Don't crush it! If she says timidly "I only have funds," say "Good. Bring them, you can owe the rest. Be here on Monday." In short MAKE Miss N. RIGHT for WANTING, thus intensifying the want. Make her RIGHT when she talks about money. Then, being right, she can come in Monday. Simple. Chances are, even if she works, she'll still come in. When she comes in she says "I'm Miss N. I'm here for my processing." Reception MUST say, "Ah. You're Miss N. Good. There's the Accounts window. Sign up there." The Accounts says, "Here's the slip. Sign here. Take the slip to Room ....... Reception says "This way Miss N." Estimations says, "Let me have your Accounts receipt. Good. That's fine. Have you been processed before? No? Well, you soon will be. This way please. Your auditor is waiting." The Auditor says "Over here, please," adjusts the pc's chair, etc., and sits down and says "Start of Session." At its end he says, "Be in this room at for Miss N's next. And so on. When she gets her Grade Certificate she's told, "That means you're a Grade I preclear. Get the book down in reception. It will tell you all about Grade U." Miss N throughout is never anything but 8c'd. The general promotion told her what to want by saying she could have it. She expresses the want. The org people say, "That's a good thing to want. You can have it." And gives it to her. That's all. Just as you'd never ask a pc which command he wanted, you never ask the public individual to decide. You can teach them anything, particularly the truth. But never ask them to decide. By processing up through the grades this person will soon begin to see and be there and understand and decide. And she'll surely decide she's a Scientologist as it's true all the way! This is new Admin tech. You will see us knocking out now all requests to choose in all promotion and in all routing of the public in an org. If we do so we will succeed beautifully. THE FUNDAMENTAL There is an even deeper fundamental at work here. It is quite startling. You cannot get a flow without agreement. Examine your ARC triangle and you'll see why. This is why an org won't flow traffic when Policy is out or not formed. That's why any policy, agreed upon, is better than points of individual decision on flow lines. It's not that people can't decide in orgs. They can. But when a staff member makes an individual decision not laid out by policy, the flow Stops. Thus all flow and traffic lines including people and money and despatches will flow smoothly and rapidly only so long as the decisions that can be made are also part of policy and are simple decisions. THE RAPIDITY OF PARTICLE FLOW ALONE DETERMINES POWER. 57 Thus an org's strength and its sphere of influence and domain are all regulated by the speed of flow, both inside and outside an org! And an org particle inside or outside an org (promotion, books, people, money) flows as fast as it's free of independent, unagreed-upon decision points. Example: A flow line can go to A or B. Unless policy says "If it's above 80 it goes to A. If it's below 80 it goes to B," then that particle becomes the subject of a decision that is not covered by policy and the flow stops. You can have a lot of choices on a Comm line or traffic line but none may be random choices made by an individual at that moment. The flow will stop, not because the decision is wrong but because the next point on the flow doesn't know what it really is and so can't handle it except slowly or by stopping it at least to think it over. An org full of individual decision points not covered by group understanding is no org at all and will fail. It is a bunch of individuals working at cross purposes-each person okay, but the combined strength of the "org" is only that of one person in a state of confusion! When the public is also being asked to decide about coming into an org full of individual decision points you get a total collapse. The new Org Board overcomes all this. It has the choices laid out by policy and org form and formula. So it can grow, will be easy to work in and will remain a happy place unless somebody puts in some new decision points not on the chart. The result will be stopped flows, no traffic, no money, no org, Never put in an "Individual random decision point" on a chart! That's the moral. Then all staff can look over and see easily on what's decided where. A multiple decision point can work providing only that all the decisions to be made are already known to all. Take a Communicator. She has to make many "decisions" that are known in advance. Which basket does what dispatch go into? That's an easy multiple "decision" providing the Org Board is easy to read and staff understands it and is doing the jobs for which they are posted. The line stops when the posts cross or aren't being handled, or at an "individual decision point" not then easily knowable to the staff. This was the main problem in working out the 1965 Org Board. For the first time even my own post was being clarified by the need for knowable decision. Every post on the Board is like that. And it was all worked out. It could not have been worked out at all 'unless I had found some of the most fundamental formulas of this Universe. The type of pattern used kept one org going for 80 trillion years, believe it or not. And to that was added some very basic laws that had been overlooked by that outfit and which caused its eventual decay. It couldn't correct itself! We aren't actually radically changed by the Org Board as all our own customs are functional on it also. But it will flow and prosper as long as the decisions to be made are known already. Example: A bill disputed decision (c) deposit sum in Reserved Payment Account and get the bill straight then pay right amount. Example: Policy says Blue Students. They seem to be aquamarine coloured not blue. Report it to the Inspection and Reports Dept with all data. Inspection and Reports inspects and reports to the Office of LRH and policy is adjusted everywhere. Now we can handle aquamarine coloured students-or see that the Office of Estimations is forbidden to wear sun-glasses while estimating! And while the policy is under adjustment we stick by known policy until adjusted. Frankly, the 1965 Org Board pattern, as posted, gives all the routing hats and 58 therefore the "decisions" are already visible. If a flow stacks up or a basket fills, or trouble occurs, we have an overload or an absence or an injected "individual decision point". Far from robbing anyone of self determinism, the 1965 board is welcomed by sighs of relief. Even I was glad to get my own work onto it. The whole room went bright when I cognited "Gee, this is what everyone is trying to do to me; make me an individual decision point!" One puts one's baskets and one's "hands" into the lines and acts on the lines. One doesn't put his decisions on the lines as the lines then hit him! A postulate or a decision is too close to a thetan's identity! It confuses him and makes him feel hit personally by the Communications when he has to newly decide on each one. If the decision is already there, A or B, he can then route with his "hands", not with himself If he is always newly and randomly deciding he gets carried eventually on down the comm line himself and goes off post! A thetan can handle a vast volume of action so long as he doesn't have to make a strange or fresh decision in each act. We can tell in orgs who is making fresh individual decisions as that person has to bring each of his own dispatches in personally. (We call it, "bringing a body".) He routes himself too! Only a Communication runner who is involved only with who and where can do this safely as her decisions are known beforehand. Thus she can move on lines with impunity. Note that she only stops when she has to figure out who has now gone where and why she was not informed! Otherwise a Communications runner could go through fire and war with impunity without a pause so long as the who and where are known. Thus an investigation's personnel cannot also be a communications personnel without going half mad! But an investigation's personnel with her set of "who to look for and where" can move swiftly too! They (the communications personnel and the investigations personnel) have entirely different previously known decisions to make. Both are who, wheres. But the comm who, where is the comm station of a known person. And the investigation who, where is composed of types of whos and reported wheres. The purposes are different. The comm personnel sees to whom and where and delivers. The investigation personnel sees what and finds out whom and where and reports. Other staff must know what decisions these two will make. Other staff sees a jam of traffic and will feel comfortable if a Communicator predictably sends an expeditor to help clear the jam. Also, seeing a confused area, other staff will feel all right about it if an investigator pops up and finds out what and whom and reports it accurately for a predictable decision. Thus a staff trained in the pattern of decisions that will be taken by the various departments only complains when somebody green puts somebody else's traffic on their lines or leaps in investigating the maintenance men when it's a bulldog a pc brought to session that's howling. Things get predictable. One sees a pile of traffic growing, one knows an expeditor will show up. One sees a student blowing; one knows an investigator will show up. One can live in it predictable environment. One gets nervy only in the presence of unpredictable decisions. Want to know why wog courts make people nervy? Who can predict a wog court decision? Who can even predict the sentence man to man for the same crime? It's not knowing that makes men stupid. Part of knowing is "In a given situation what should be decided?" Only a new knowledge of universal laws has made it possible to make such an org pattern, for its decisions are then basic in every person and the universe in which we live. We need only avoid bank dramatizations to own the lot. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:jw.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 59 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 APRIL 1965 Remimeo Sthil Execs ALL SCIENTOLOGY Franchise Insert separately in Auditor 8 as PRICES LOWERED BECAUSE OF NEW a printed Pol Ltr ORGANIZATION STREAMLINE BPI May be mailed to COST OF TRAINING, PROCESSING Scn Mailing Lists AND BOOKS LOWERED BY NEW DISCOVERIES Cancels HCO Policy Letters: 19 Oct 1964 Pricing Formulas 30 Oct AD 14 Mailing List for Franchise Holders 31 Oct 1964 Issue 11: Current Policies, Orgs (c) Franchise 3 Dec 1964 Pricing Meetings Final Policy 23 Dec 1964 Field and Public Programming 15 Mar 1965 Issue II: Only Accts Talks Money 22 Mar 1965 Saint Hill Services, Prices and Discounts Scientologists may now have a Membership Free. And all prices and sign up procedures revert to 1964 levels and conditions. We are retaining all that was good of the programme such as obtaining funds and heavily advertising books. We are only cutting out discount puzzles and raised prices. I have answered your request that we do so by streamlining orgs and I have returned you to the 1964 arrangements that you did like and wanted. We can do this because of costing lowered by our new organizational pattern. All International Memberships recently purchased will be extended 6 months free. The Professional Auditors' Bulletins (the PABs) will no longer be shortened and will be restored to their old format and are to be sent to all International Members regularly. They will contain the tremendous backlog of invaluable data of HCO Bulletins of 1964. HCOBs printed in it will come on up to present time and will continue to be issued as PABs as before. The higher prices and discount plan of early 1965 are rendered unnecessary because of technical and organizational advances. LOWER LEVELS The technical advances which came from the level above clear when I contacted it, opened not only the top, but the bottom of the levels and I found many new 11 sub-zero" levels and developed many of the processes that go with them. This lets us undercut the toughest cases we've ever seen in the fastest possible TIME. DISSEMINATION FORMULA Also, I have discovered and developed the long awaited dissemination formula which makes it a walk in the park to easily present Scientology to even the roughest objector, much less decent people. Its drills just need to be written up in Bulletin form and they will be part of the PABs in due course. You will get the PABs with your International Membership. FIELD STAFF MEMBER With the Field Staff Member programme and lots of book auditors we don't want a complicated price programme to stand in anyone's way now. FIELD AUDITOR PRICES All Field Auditors and Centres are now being required to return to the 1964 price level of their Continental Organization and may not charge more or less than those prices. 60 Such auditing is not supervised from Saint Hill. Only HGC and Academy auditing and training is supervised by me. To charge a fee an auditor must be Classified up to the level being run for fee. ORG PATTERN The new org pattern makes for a somewhat less costly org per person trained or processed so the prices can be dropped back. Also volume will be rising. NEW BOOKS I am holding up new books here until orgs are better able to care for very heavy traffic flows. The new books will increase the volume again. Before we start pouring new public in we want to clean up all our old clearing contracts and our existing field auditors and Scientologists. This should take about a year. After all, they have first call on org services and we'd better not start such a heavy flood of business that the old timer will be crowded out before his case and training are up. PLANNING I've been working to remove any obstacles in the way of the training or processing of any old time Scientologist. If we can get all our present people well up while we still have breathing space, their help will be invaluable as we spread out. Therefore, consider the 1965 discount programme run out and erased. We don't need it and you found it hard to understand. Things are as they were in 1964-same prices, same services, same courses-same people, but the orgs with a new streamlined pattern based on technology taken from the high levels above clear. I'm glad to be able to give you this break. And I'm going to need every last Scientologist in the world as highly trained and processed as possible. And so I have swept aside all the blocks I could. We must we can get the show on the road in time. So let's get the show on the road! L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (Policy Letters referred to on previous page may be found in the Executive Division Volume.) 61 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 APRIL AD IS Remimeo Issue II ORGANIZATIONAL PRICE ENGRAM It's an awful good thing I found the engram in organizations before we released the new pattern of orgs and began to expand. Had I not found it we would have expanded to insolvency! A few suppressive persons with their "everybody" and "they" have here and there over the years set up a price ridge between orgs and public. "You charge too much!" "Money" "Prices too high!" combined with "everybody thinks" and other generalities have made executives believe that the public won't pay. Not detecting the true reason for this attack, the executive swallowed it whole. The true reason is a suppressive reason-if we don't charge we will vanish. A guilt complex (I won't use a Scientology term on anything so low) arose about money. Accommodatingly around the world org Scientologists tended to cease to exist financially. All to please Jo-jo the famous loop of Capetown or Too-Too the famous paranoid of Sydney or Gut-growl the renowned psychotic of Washington or Oh-no the wildly celebrated pervert of Los Angeles or Sinangulp the loudest mouth in Johannesburg. These ARC Break specialists howled so loud their minority was overlooked. They wanted us gone. We helped people. A dastardly act. To prove it, Sinangulp tried to give away Johannesburg's buildings! And stole HASI's equipment and tapes and recorders! Staffs resenting these attacks, resisted. But gradually succumbed. Covertly prices were lowered. Very covertly. While still reporting and advertising high prices some orgs were charging very small prices. It's a case of how crazy can one get. It's one thing to advertise the discounted price. It's quite another to only advertise the high price while secretly selling at a ridiculously low price. The tendency then against which we must guard is covert lowering of prices once' set. The prices given me last year for use in computing a discount programme were in some orgs higher than the actual price taken by the org. Therefore, when -we went on the early 1965 programme, the lie about former prices made it appear to the public in some areas that we had raised prices from 400% to 1000%! Hence, no business and the Jan-Feb slump. It's good this happened while we were still small in orgs. For had we expanded without discovering this the tendency of secretly lowering prices would have wrecked us. The bigger we got the broker we would have been and the poorer the staff. I now know why staffs got higher than average units on proportionate pay when I managed an org personally. I just didn't cut-rate things. And the public paid happily. The lesson we have learned and which we must never lose sight of is that secret price cuts by separate orgs and discounts can undermine all financial planning and lay in an engram that can destroy all expansion. 62 Hardly one price actually collected in the world was the authorized price or the advertised price. And when the false data was used for planning the public was confronted with a HUGE increase even in the discounted price, which was based on reports that made the discounted price equal to the advertised 1964 price. But that reported 1964 price was not the price received for service. I personally am of the opinion that even top executives in orgs did not know what their staffs were charging by the org. What it amounts to is that a big false report by orgs lay behind the 1965 Jan-Feb slump, They did not report their actual low prices, only their advertised prices. Therefore we can draw up some policies on prices. 1. The advertised and reported price of anything sold by an org must be the actual price received by the org for that item. 2. There may be no hidden discounts, trick reductions, whims or favours given in pricing. 3. Merchandising by advertising that prices are going up soon is forbidden. 4. Anyone covertly reducing prices is guilty of suppressing an org which is a high crime. 5. Any price passed upon at Saint Hill by myself may not be changed for anything by anyone else in any org. And finally: 6. Efforts to reduce prices below a set scale will be considered suppressive acts. I can easily handle a situation when I have all the data. It was easy to re-shuffle programmes to get us again into an income range where orgs and staffs will prosper and which pleases the public. But it was a lot of worry until I got the real story. We have learned some valuable lessons by the Jan-Feb 1965 slump. And we were saved by the bell. We didn't have a public book pouring in people and we didn't set up the orgs to boom. Had these two things been done, without my establishing a programme which started the rabbits out of the brush and into view, we would have been wiped out by a boom. Now we can plan with a better reality and set up the org and release some popular books and boom. The only other datum on this also teaches us a lesson. Earlier in 1964 a query to all orgs about their prices elicited a good response. I several times asked for those despatches to be collected in a folder and given to me and it was not done. In the press of things, I didn't notice I was getting a non-compliance here and so never saw them until last week. However those price reports too were not correct. And I did have other data given me later in the year of 1964 on prices and National Councils did inspect the raises without comment. There's no mystery left about this-the price data given by most orgs for planning were not the prices actually paid by the public-and orgs sold things for far less in most cases than what they said they did. And the '64 discount complexity was greater than the '65. The engram was that prices were covertly reduced and the new prices of 1965 were thus many times the old. Don't listen to suppressives. Turn them in to HCO. And hold the prices set. And tell me the truth. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.eh.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 63 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 MAY 1965 REISSUED 4 JULY 1970 Remimeo CLASSIFICATION, GRADATION AND AWARENESS CHART You will find a chart enclosed in the Auditor Issue 8. It covers many things. There are about 52 levels of awareness from Unexistence up to the state of CLEAR. By "Level of Awareness" is meant that of which a being is aware. A being who is at a level on this scale is aware only of that level and the others below it. To get a case gain such a person must become aware of the level next above him. And so on up in orderly sequence, level by level. If you skip a person on one level several levels up, he or she will experience only an unreality and will not react. This is expressed as "no-case-gain". On the E-Meter it registers as "No Tone Ann Action" meaning there is no meter registry of change on the meter control lever (tone arm). A person audited a bit below or at his level of awareness gets "Tone Arm Action", Case Gain and has cognitions (new concepts of life). A principal contribution of Scientology is the technology necessary to change people so that they progress into higher states of ability when processed on the exact processes required by an auditor qualified by training to apply the processes expertly. It is not only general ability that increases, but IQ, renewed livingness and the skill and ability to better self and conditions. The state of homo sapiens runs from around -4 down to the bottom. Normal is probably much lower. As you study the chart you will see it is a road map upward. On the left we see the Class of the Auditor necessary to take the person up as well as the Grade the preclear reaches. In the next column we see his certificate name, obtained through his training at an Academy and, later, Saint Hill. Then we see a very general description of the processes used on that grade. The next column shows what pcs. a classified auditor can audit. He can audit anyone at his Class numeral or below. He cannot audit pcs. higher because of course he has not been trained to do so and is likely to have upset pcs. The final column shows where the certificate and class is obtained. 64 THE BRIDGE This is the famous bridge mentioned at the end of Dianetics the Modern Science of Mental Health. It is now complete and is functioning. The being enters it from somewhere in the minus regions as a Beginning Scientologist and moves on up. At about Grade 11 he has definitely reached Homo Novis. He becomes a RELEASE somewhere between 11 and V. And he becomes CLEAR at the top of VI. The state of Operating Thetan is attained above VI and is a Grade VII. For Man to have this at all is quite remarkable. He never had it before since we find him improving but still, on the average well below -4. By following this chart one can make RELEASE and then CLEAR. Up to Grade V one of course has help. But above that technical limitations bar completely the idea of CO-auditing. Some auditors will attempt it, themselves very far from there case-wise, and some have tried to show untrained pcs. how to "solo audit" with a meter. The common result is that the pcs. eventually collapse in a total overwhelm as they are not trained to handle such forces and so it is a cruel thing to do. The preclear moves safely on the proper bridge and somewhere along the line must be trained in the classifications that match his Grade. Then (and only then) can he make it all the way. One can be audited quite a ways. Then he had better get trained from zero on up. You see here some new certificates. These were made necessary by the gap which existed between the higher toned public person (-5) and the beginning of the span. We had to have a longer approach to the bridge. And so we put a certificate ladder there. Beginning Scientologist is given for a PE and so on up as the chart shows. The Class material has not been changed. If anyone has a Class Zero he is still a Class Zero but we will give him a new certificate to replace his old one. And so on. There is no change in Grades and Certificates from Class 11 up. Class V has been blank for years. Thus there is a proper certificate there, the HUBBARD VALIDATED AUDITOR. It says this auditor has been through a review of all his lower skills plus new ones and can jump off now for Solo and CLEAR. Previously we not only did not reach into the average homo sapien's awareness but we also had no means of touching cases much below -4. You are probably intrigued by Class VII. These Power Processes are what the CLEAR (or Auditor almost there) audits on low level pcs. Auditors below that case level can of course run them a bit but the processes shortly cave him in. These processes are only available at Saint Hill as they have just recently been perfected and an auditor to do them without danger to himself or the pc has to have interned at Saint Hill as a Saint Hill HGC staff auditor, not the same as a Class VI Saint Hiller. The thing to do is start in your local Academy at zero on the chart and move on up. Today that is faster and less expensive than you would think. There are two courses to one class. First one does the Certificate Course (Theory) and gets his certificate. This takes the average student about two weeks. Then one takes the Classification Course (Practical) for that class and gets his Provisional Classification. Every auditor must be classified now. This again takes the average student about two weeks. All the courses from Class 0 up to IV are arranged that way. 65 Ile material has been streamlined. Class V, obtained at Saint Hill, is longer (and remains the same price as always) as it reviews all the classes and retrains where necessary and awards permanent classification for all the lower certificates as well as Class V. Some auditing occurs in the classification course and group auditing occurs daily. An unclassed auditor cannot charge a fee for auditing a grade he is not classed for and if he is turned in to HCO because of it the pc can regain all the fee from him. We must make it a safe bridge. Our entire Ethics system is formed just to make it a safe passage for the pc and to hold the bridge together so it can be crossed by Man. Auditors routinely make Releases with Academy courses today. Auditors graduated from the Saint Hill course can then take the final steps to make themselves clear and Saint Hill Interns are trained to make Releases of the lowest cases. Training fees are uniform in the US now at $100 for each course. In all commonwealth countries the cost is E28 a course sterling (convert to local currency). There is one course for Certificate, followed by another for Classification. Field auditors can charge anything they like for HAS and Beginning Scientologist courses. And Hubbard Book Auditors can become HQS through extension courses. Your org may possibly give the lowest course free and charge very little for the HAS. My job is to give you the materials to make Releases and the skill to make Clear. I have done and will do everything I can to help anyone attain these hitherto unreachable heights of life and ability. The bridge is not only in, it is functioning every hour right now. Book early. The traffic is heavy already. And auditors are the scarcest and most valued beings on this planet. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:nt.aap Copyright (c) 1965, 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 66 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 JUNE 1965 Issue 11 Gen Non-Remimeo Division 6 HATS Division 2 HCO HATS Division 6 AREAS OF OPERATION It will clarify most points of confusion between Division 6 (Distribution) and Division 2 (Dissemination) if one keeps in mind just these two data: DIVISION 6 HANDLES THE PEOPLE WHO HAVE NEVER BOUGHT ANYTHING FROM AN ORG. DIVISION 2 HANDLES PEOPLE WHO HAVE BOUGHT SOMETHING FROM AN ORG. You will see at once then that Central Files is not the property of Division 6. For the rule of what goes into CF is "has bought something from an org". Mailing lists of persons who have not bought anything belong to and are used by Division 6. Division 6 cuts 3 duplistickers of each address received, sends 3 Info packets and forgets it. The person may then appear in CF. The statistic of Division 6 most given attention, then, is the increase of names in CF (not in Address). One sees then that Ltr Reg does not belong in Division 6 as the Ltr Reg writes only to CF people. Mags don't belong in Division 6 because mags go to people in CF. Info packets do belong in Division 6, book selling, etc, etc, anything with green public connected with it. This seems to say then that the BS course (or old PE) was Division 6 and so it is. But it is conducted for 6 by the Tech Division in an org. But all the lower non-level courses (BS, HAS, HQS) are taught in the field under Division 6. Extension Course is sold by 6, taught by the Tech Div. Division 6 has press relations, public advertising, field staff members, franchise, etc, etc, all of which is the reach to the broad public. Scientology will grow if Division 6 reaches the broad public. Scientology ceases to grow where an org cannibalizes off CF only and has no Division 6. Info packets, new mail lists, book sales, ads even for the BS Course and even personnel are all Division 6. Get it? If Division 6 were allowed to cannibalize off CF there'd be no growth, so it can't have CF. It builds CF for the org. New unreached bodies (c) Division 6. People who have no real org business (c) Division 6. The broad public and unreached areas are reached and owned by Division 6. Without it we never grow. LRH:ml.kd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 67 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 AUGUST 1965 Gen Non-Remimeo Dissem Sec Hat DISSEM SEC HAT The following Policy Letters are essential to the hat of Dissemination Secretary. They must be known and followed by Dissem Secs. Within one week of the receipt of this Policy Letter, each Dissem Sec in every org or any person acting in the capacity of a Dissem Sec in an organization, must be checked out on the following Pol Ltrs. Evidence of having been so checked out must be attested by the Examiner and sent to the Department of Inspections and Reports WW, Saint Hill. 1. 22 April 65: Booklets, Handouts, Mailing Pieces 2. 22 July 65: Dissemination Materials to Saint Hill 3. 16 July 65: Continental Magazines to Model after Certainty 4. 7 July 65: Photos, News and Statistics for Mags and Auditor 5. 28 July 65: Handling of Photographs (c) 6. 16 April 65: Handling the Public Individual 7. 6 April 65: Letter Reg Hat HCO Exec Secs must also be checked out on above and have evidence submitted as above that they have done so. Note: On 1, 2 and 3 Policy Letters above, there have been frequent non-compliances. Note that Admin Ltr of 19 April 65 is cancelled or superseded by later policy. Dissems are not supplying the materials asked for in 7 July 65 Pol Ltr above. Complying with that policy will greatly help publicize your activities in your own areas as well as help world wide dissemination. By not sending lots of materials to the Auditor so they can be selected for use, you cut back your dissemination in your own area. Note that in 3 above, as "L. Ron Hubbard" is the editor and founder of Certainty, the same goes for your mag. LRH:ml.rd David Ziff Copyright (c) 1965 by and for by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 JULY 1968 Remimeo GROSS INCOME SENIOR DATUM THE SIZE NOT THE QUALITY OF AN ORG'S MAILING LIST AND THE NUMBER OF MAILINGS AND LETTERS TO IT DETERMINES THE GROSS INCOME OF AN ORG. IF THIS IS NOT KNOWN AS A SENIOR DATUM TO EXEC SECS AND KEPT IN BY THEM THEIR CONDITION IS TREASON. LRH:js.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1968 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard 68 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 AUGUST 1968 (Originally a Sec ED) Remimeo LEGAL AND DISSEMINATION Never stop dissemination to iron out legal! Never Never Never. The $250,000 LA foundation folded because it did just that under Admiral Scoles and J. B. Farber. LRH:js.kd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1968 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 AUGUST 1968 Remimeo All Franchise and Orgs Division 6 Hats DISSEMINATION A PC RARELY DISSEMINATES. ONLY AN AUDITOR DISSEMINATES. We know this from experience. Thus an Org which makes more pcs than auditors will tend to collapse. Also an Org which makes only pcs will collapse. So always make an equal number of auditors and pcs or more auditors than pcs. This will ensure dissemination to the field as the auditor will understand what he is disseminating and will therefore be successful. Public Aide LRH:ei.rd Copyright (c) 1968 for by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Commodore 69 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 SEPTEMBER 1959 Ltd. HCO Offices HCO BOOK ACCOUNT On receipt of this Policy Letter, HCO Secretaries everywhere are to make arrangements to open a new account in the HCO Account called the "HCO Book Account". In this account must be placed all monies obtained from the sale of books and tapes. This will enable us to see at a glance what sums are available for the printing of new books. Hitherto this money has apparently often been swallowed up in running expenses. From time to time surpluses will be used for printing new books and other promotional projects, both local and worldwide. The Account should have the same signatories as the regular HCO Account. Peter Hemery HCO Communicator WW PH:brb.rd Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 70 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 JANUARY 1964 CenOCon CONTINENTAL AND AREA HCO FINANCE POLICIES All HCO Area and other offices excepting only HCO WW and HCO Sthil should be on the following salary and expense arrangements. HCO Area and Continental personnel are paid from the Salary Sums of the Org to which attached. All HCO Area and Continental expenses are paid from the Disbursement Sum of the Org to which attached. There is no HCO Local 5% paid to Local HCO by the Org to which attached. HCO Area and Continental have no separate accounts system of their own. All their accounts are handled by the Org to which attached. Book Sales money and Special Events (such as Congress fees) are held and banked under the direction of the senior HCO official of the area to ensure that the Central Org does not use this money for operating expenses but for book, tape and film replacement and bills. The mailing costs, personnel handling such items and a quarters charge, as well as Congress costs, etc, may be deducted from book receipts by the Central Organization. Such receipts, books, tapes, film and special events must not be used for Central Org operating expenses as this would drastically reduce dissemination. Membership monies are also separately banked. The Salary Sum of Central Orgs has been increased to 55% to compensate paying HCO staff. All magazine costs and mailings are paid for by the Central Organization. An additional 5% of the receipts of an organization is contemplated as payable to HCO (WW) Ltd, for administrative expenses now that HCO (WW) Ltd, is a separate corporation. Heretofore I have financed HCO WW's costs out of my 10% and own income. This 10% is desperately needed to help defray research costs and although still submitted as Administration Expenses will be used in research. I am engaged in the compilation, recording and preparation of the whole of Scientology, the most expensive step. Heretofore I have borne research costs out of income intended for me personally. I no longer choose to do so as the most expensive research step is just ahead of us-writing it all up and publishing it, a step which is the most expensive of all. Therefore, financial reorganization is in order if we ever are to have all the data of Scientology in an organized codified and published state. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:gl.rd Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 71 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 NOVEMBER 1964 Gen Non Remimeo HCO BOOK ACCOUNT The handling of this account is of considerable interest in view of new membership and book ad policies. As all corporations are now HASI, Inc of DC except in the U.S. where they are churches, all HCO Book Accounts are of course under the same corporate name as the main organization. Thus even a church organization holds the HCO account in its own name. For example: the Melbourne HCO Book Account would be called at the bank HASI, INC HCO DIV ACCOUNT. For a Church, this would be FCDC HCO DIV ACCOUNT. "Div" of course stands for DIVISION. The signatories of the account should be the HCO Area Sec and one other officer, not the Assn/Org Sec, and each cheque should bear two signatures to be valid. Three persons, the HCO Area Sec, and two others may be named of which any two out of the three signatures can be valid. The account also carries as a signature my own name, that of Mary Sue Hubbard as Secretary and of Marilyn Routsong as Treasurer, any one of these three signatures being valid to withdraw. The account is handled by the regular Accounts Unit of the organization, not by a separate system in HCO. Invoicing to the HCO Account is, however, done on a separate Invoice machine in the Accounts Unit. On this machine no other than HCO funds are invoiced. All membership receipts for Associate (5 shillings or $I), International and Lifetime Memberships are invoiced only on this machine. All book, tape, meter and insignia sales are invoiced on this machine. All Congress and tape play receipts are invoiced on this machine. There is also a separate disbursement voucher machine and all disbursements from the HCO Div Acct are disbursed only with a voucher from the disbursement machine. Even when a cheque on the account is written a disbursement voucher is also written. If the voucher has on it a printed "HCO Division of HASI, Inc. With Our Compliments" no transmission letter is needed with the cheque as the data of what is being paid is on the voucher. Thus Accounts does not need an additional letter to go with a cheque. An office which is too small to afford two invoice machines can do as well with a Sales Book for Income and a Disbursement Book for disbursements, such as they have in Department Stores, providing the books give adequate carbons and are used consecutively (one book completed before another is started). These books can also be printed and have carbon pages. One copy remains in the book and when finished that book becomes part of accounts records. You must be very careful in invoicing and properly depositing membership funds particularly as many states and countries have regulations concerning such records of membership. 72 No books may be invoiced to the Central Org or City Office general accounts for any reason. All book sales are invoiced only to the HCO Div Acct. In some orgs, reception does all invoicing. When this is done, the same procedure applies, and the same invoice machines or books are used, but the disbursement machine or book is kept by the Accounts Unit. No wages of any kind may be paid from the book account. The only postage which may be paid from the account is book or magazine postage. No correspondence postage may be paid from the account. No rent may be paid from the account. No loans may be made from the account. Book and tape purchases may be made from the account. Magazine printing and postage bills may be paid from the account, but no extravagant increases in printing quality or volume may be paid from it, nor may brochures or mailings announcing service be paid from it. Further, magazine bills for magazines which do not have half their advertising space taken up with book and membership ads may not be paid from the account. The organization pays any salaries or space rental connected with books or tape handling. Congress hall space may, however, be paid from the account. The above arrangement is equitable to the organization in that it receives without further cost to it all its training and processing ads in magazines and the full benefit of the increased business. Advertising fees may be paid from the HCO Div Acct but only for book ads. No general advertising of the org may be paid for from the account. No personnel ads or PE ads may be paid from the account or be included in ad coverage contracts. No advisory fees may be paid to advertising firms from the account. In handling this account, great care must be taken to buy enough book stock so as to have stock available to mail in response to ads. Air freight of books is very dear from Saint Hill or Washington to Commonwealth countries and books must be ordered in time to arrive surface and pass through local customs. No office should ever seek to enter books or meters into its country free of charge on grounds of "educational" or "religious" materials, as there is no surer way to stop receipt of books. Some book departments are mad on the subject of "getting it in for free" and will doodle about for months, wasting ten times the price of the duty in lost book sales. The department seldom tells the Org/Assn Sec or the HCO Sec why the books aren't being let in. Customs is fast so long as you pay duty. Local reprintings of books are now forbidden. New Zealand only is excepted from this but New Zealand may now not export books to other offices. The HCO Div Acct should be opened at once and should be the only HCO Account operating in Central Orgs or City Offices: L. RON HUBBARD LR.H:jw.cden Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 73 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I MAY AD IS Remimeo HCO BOOK ACCOUNT POLICY RECEIPT AND USE OF MEMBERSHIP MONIES 1. All membership monies shall be paid in to the HCO in the Area Office and deposited only and at once in the HCO Book Account, and shall serve, amongst other things, to defray magazine printing, handling and postage costs of the National magazine. All Memberships must be paid for in cash, (there are only Free Memberships, or Memberships paid for by cash) made out directly to HCO Book Account. Memberships shall be deposited only in the Main Book Account of the Area Office. The Continental Office may call on sums proportionate to the number of magazines (their cost of printing, handling and postage) mailed in the area of the HCO Area Office, but book ads saying books are available at the Area Office and the ads of the Area Office must be carried in the magazine. All sums additional to magazine cost in both the Area and Continental Office shall be used only to purchase more books, and tapes and to defray expenses of high quality facilities for tape playing and the expenses of Congresses. All Membership monies received by an Area Office, not called upon to defray magazine printing and postage may be retained in the Area Book Account. CONGRESS FEES 2. All Congress fees shall be received into the Area Book Account of the area where held. No Congress fees, membership fees, or book monies received may be used for the payment of units, rent (except for Congress Halls) or organization expenses. USE OF CONGRESS, MEMBERSHIP AND BOOK MONIES 3. Congress, membership and book fees may be used for advertising Scientology books in magazines, but not for newspaper or magazine advertising of pcs. auditing or services. FURTHER USE OF CONGRESS, MEMBERSHIP AND BOOK MONIES 4. Any further use or disposition of Congress fees, membership fees or book receipts shall be at the sole permission, personally signed, of the Executive Director. HCO BOOK ACCOUNT SIGNATORIES 5. The HCO Continental Sec and HCO Area Sec or where the HCO Continental Sec is also an Area Sec, by the HCO Continental Sec and the HCO Communicator jointly, or the single signatures of LRH and MSH are requisite on any Book Account cheque for it to be valid and all bank mandates for that account must so state and must include the signatures of LRH and MSH and Marilynn Routsong. BOOK PRICES 6. Book, tape and meter prices are not uniform, Continental Zone to Continental Zone. US and UK prices are on a parity of one pound equals three dollars for easy computation and to make up for exchange delays and fees. Other Continental Zone book prices are computed on the cost of books generally in the area plus handling and shipping charges. 74 These prices are published from time to time in "The Auditor". BOOK TEN PERCENTS 7. Washington and Saint Hill pay 10% of their gross book sales to the Research Fund Account of HCO WW, but only on books actually published and printing paid for by each area. If Washington publishes a book it pays 10% of the gross retail sales price as sold. If Saint Hill publishes a book it pays 10% of the gross retail sales price as sold. If Washington, for example, pays Saint Hill for a shipment of books and sells them from Washington, then Washington does, not pay any 10% and vice versa. Although it is not policy at this time for other offices to reprint books, if one ever does get permission, it will also pay 10% to the Research Fund of HCO WW. RESEARCH TEN PERCENTS OF GROSS INCOME 8. Central Orgs, City Offices and Franchise Holders contribute 10% of their gross weekly income to various expenses and usages at Saint Hill or to L. Ron Hubbard as Director of Research. But this 10% shall not include payments received for books by anyone. HCO AREA SEC BONUS 9. The HCO Area Sec is granted a bonus of 2 percent of the gross receipts of the local Book Account. ASSN SEC/ORG SEC BONUS 10. The Association/Organization Secretary is granted 2 percent of the gross receipts of the HCO Book Account but may not be a signatory to that account. HCO CONTINENTAL SEC BONUS 11. The HCO Continental Secretary is paid 1/2 of one percent of each Book Account in the Area, whether or not acting as an HCO Area Sec as well. CONTINENTAL DIRECTOR BONUS 12. The Continental Director is paid 1/2 of one percent of the gross receipts of each Book Account in his continent, when acting as an Assn/Org Sec or when not. MONTHLY PAYMENT OF BONUS 13. All such bonuses are payable monthly only, computed on the first of the month. NO ADVANCES OR LOANS FROM HCO BOOK ACCOUNT 14. No person may be paid such a bonus in advance nor may any loan be made to any person from any HCO Book Account. HCO BOOK ACCOUNT BONUS SUSPENSION 15. When a Book Account tends to become insolvent by reason of owing more than it receives, bonuses are suspended until the condition alters but in no event less than 60 days. REGULATIONS CONCERNING HCO BOOK ACCOUNT 16. Book, Congress, Tape and Membership Income may riot be used or loaned for any salary sum, expense sum, building fund or past bills of the organiztion as a whole, but past book and tape bills are an exception. 75 HCO CHECK BOOK TO SAINT HILL 17. All HCO Area Officers are to send a check book for the HCO Book Acct to Saint Hill, and to keep St Hill appraised of the balance in the account monthly, and also to inform St Hill of any large amounts written against the account locally. THE BOOM The whole forward thrust of any boom depends upon: I (c) Getting books to orgs. 2. Heavily, even extravagantly, advertising books and filling the orders. 3. Courses in and running per Gradation Chart. 4. Running an excellent Academy. 5. Running an excellent HGC. Getting books to orgs depends on me, on Saint Hill and upon orgs making sure they're ordered and paid for. If we take care to do just those things we'll see (1) above hugely successful. It will cost the Assn/Org Sec and HCO Sec money personally not to plaster the place with book ads. They are given no bonus on a net. Only a gross. They get paid a bonus from the book account based on volume not its profit. The Department Heads and Staff get their bonus indirectly by an org driving in a heavy volume through ads and books and the alertness of the Org/Assn Sec and the HCO Sec. Continental also has a vested interest in books flowing and is paid for it. Thus this point is cared for. Advertising actions are arranged for in the above. Nobody expects magazines to cost any more than they have previously. Magazine cost and postage is dropped from org expenses. Note also that under this plan the most neglected action in producing income in any area, BOOK ADVERTISEMENT, the No. I magic formula of dissemination, is pushed into being by restricting the expenditure of memberships and other HCO Book Account monies until, to get rid of the surplus, book advertisements nationally and locally on a large scale would have to be placed constantly. With quantities of book ads, income from students and lies as well as books will flood in. It always has. This is the basic formula of the coming boom. Because they cost the org money it could spend and "needed" elsewhere, the number of national magazines printed was curtailed and book ads were dropped out and that has been the chief cause of any financial difficulty in any org. As local offices and franchise centres become truly active, they will cease to drain off the old timers from the Central Org and stir up more local business of which the Central Org gets its part in courses and lies. This all looks pretty favourable to me. I hope it does to you, L. RON HUBBARD LRH:wme.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 76 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 OCTOBER 1966 Issue 11 Remimeo ADDITION TO HCO DIV ACCOUNT POLICY (Amplifies HCO Policy Letter of I I May 1965) The HCO Div Account (Old Book Account) has very rigid policy on how its money can be spent. The reason for this is that money must be safeguarded to provide for adequate promotion and sale of books. BOOK SALES have always been your FIRST LINE OF DISSEMINATION and will always be so. Improper use of this money has resulted in depletion of the HCO Div Account in some orgs leaving insufficient funds to order adequate book stocks, print and mail the magazine and provide for other vital book promotion. Book promotion and book sales are an absolute must for the continued health of any org. The most important and successful dissemination line is book sales and about three months later the buyers come in for service. To cut this line by reducing book sales will seriously damage the org income three months later. NEW POLICY Because poor book sales could result in a collapse of the org and misappropriation of the HCO Div Account can make it impossible to buy and promote books, violation of HCO Div Account policy now becomes a HIGH CRIME. HCO Div Accounts are now to be monitored by WW. Each Org Exec Sec is to see that an exact accounting of the HCO Div Account expenditures and deposits with full information on who, what for, how much and when monies are paid into and out of the account are sent monthly to the ES Comm Treasury WW. Failure to comply with this order and other orders regarding bank mandates, sending of cheque books, etc., will result in immediate Ethics action being called for by ES Comm Treasury WW. POLICY ON USE OF THE HCO DIV ACCOUNT Following is an exact list of items that the HCO Div Account may be used for. No others are allowed:- 1. Books ordered from Saint Hill or DC (other orgs when and if allowed to print). 2. Meters and material for resale only ordered from Saint Hill or DC. 3. Authorized book printing, meter and material manufacture. 4. Books, meters and material packing, shipping costs. 5. Printing or ordering of books, meters and book flyers, and book promotion material. 6. Assist in defraying the costs of the printing and mailing of continental magazines. (This does not mean that the HCO Div Account is obligated to pay any amounts for such.) 7. Ads and promotion for books in newspapers and magazines. 77 8. Mailing list purchase and rental for book promotion purposes only. 9. Special book promotion projects other than the above. (Not usual, but possible if approved for project status by WW.) 10. Direct Congress expenses for items used specifically and only for a Congress. Examples: hall rental, sound equipment rental, program printing, advertising, ES Comm WW speaker fees to WW, hall decoration, visual aids, tape and film charges. 11. Printing membership cards, applications for memberships, and membership promotion expenses for the sale or renewal of memberships. 12. Tapes for org use. Examples: of illegal uses of HCO Div Account monies in the past are: Staff member fares from Saint Hill, ES Comm Qua] WW expenses and fares, Release pins and course certificates and flowers for staff members having babies. To be paid into the HCO Div Account are: I (c) All receipts for books, meters and material sales, (called Gross Book Sales). 2. All membership fee receipts. 3. All Congress receipts. LRH:lb-r.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1966 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 DECEMBER 1965 Remimeo HCO INCOME MEMBERSHIPS - CONGRESSES - TAPE PLAYS Money received for Memberships, tape plays and Congresses goes into HCO Dissemination, Division 2, income and is deposited into the HCO Book Account. The use of these funds is outlined in HCO Policy Letter of May 11, 1965, "HCO Book Account Policy, Receipt and use of Membership Monies". This income is not part of the gross Divisional statistic and is graphed on a separate graph; LRH:ep.kd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 78 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1968 Limited Non-Remimeo BOOKS ALL STOCK NOW BELONG SH AS BEFORE ALL INCOME PUBS ORG SHOULD BE BANKED BY PUBS ORG AS SH ORGANIZATION BUT SEPARATE ACCOUNTS SH PAYS FOR AUDITOR AND PROMOTION AND SUBSIDIZES FUTURE BOOKSTOCKS PUBS SHOULD BE SOLVENT ON ITS OWN BUT LACK OF FUNDS SHOULD NOT MAKE PROMOTION, METERS OR BOOKSTOCKS BEHIND HAND AS THESE FORM THE FUTURE INCOME OF SAINT HILL. SH CONTINUES TO PAY FOR ITS BOOKS AND PRINTING. LRH:js.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1968 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JUNE 1968 (Corrects HCO Policy Letter 23 May 68 paragraphs 10 and I I only) Remimeo HCO BOOK ACCOUNT HCO Book Account Pol Ltr restored. No book meter etc monies subject to allocation of percentile and must be kept separate as is foremost dissem line. Books must be subsidized by adding reserve monies to HCO book from time to time. LRH:js.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1968 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 79 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 1812 19th Street, N.W., Washington D.C. HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 MAY 1957 R U S H DISSEMINATION LOOK! In times of radiation, people fall back to Survival on the first dynamic. Why? In times which threaten third dynamic obliteration people feel they won't be able to talk to their friends after the big thump. So they don't cultivate many. All right. Here and now the dissemination policy of Scientology becomes YOU CAN SURVIVE WITH SCIENTOLOGY And by you, we don't mean third-we mean first dynamic. Radiation third dynamic is out. Politics are out. We've skidded every time we've hit the third! Today people are pitching on the first and we better pitch on that level or we won't be around either. That's the way it is. I know, when you want to make a total effect nothing short of a big bang will do. Our success is made out of little bangs-effects people can have. They can't confront that bomb. They can barely confront their own mind when we make them do so. Tell them people can learn better with Scientology. Tell them a man's dead when he can't learn anymore. Tell them Scientology can revive his ability to learn. OUR TOTAL SUCCESS IS BUILT BY PLOWING DEEPER THE GROOVES WE ALREADY HAVE. Remember that our deepest groove was plowed-D M S M H with "You aren't responsible for anything. It's all in your mind". Our newer grooves say the same. We have people, book ads, books. Plow the grooves deeper. We haven't any further use for a new groove. You can Survive with Scientology. Radiation material goes only this far. Our Total Interest in Radiation is as follows: Radiation injures health. We can proof a person against bad health. And that's it. Our main show is that Scientology is the first science on Earth that could salvage a human being. Let's play it straight to the guy himself. That's the way it is. 80 No. 1 Project: (c) Validation of all Certificates ever issued. All Auditors trained since 1950 are invited in for free special coaching and a validation stamp on their certificates saying "Validated for Advanced Processes 1957 HCO Board of Review". And no preclear should permit CCH to be run on him without seeing this stamp on the Auditor's certificate. We're at the milepost we strained toward since 1950. We haven't even told people! We can produce clears! All right, tell people. Plow the grooves of Scientology deeper, don't Q and A with an hysterical world. We are the ones who have the news. FINAL WORD On my return to Washington I made a test of the radiation in the Central Organization with a Fisher Geiger Counter. THE RADIATION COUNT IS THE SAME AS IT WAS IN 1932. In other words there has been no change in atmospheric radiation in 25 years. I well know the count in 1932 since I was then a student in this city at GWU studying Atomic and Molecular phenomena in Physics. There is a flash in the ionosphere when a bomb goes off and that flash does tend to restimulate the body. But there ain't no radiation. Who's lying? Or do we assume the total-effect-on-you-no-effect-on-me boys are having their fun. L. RON HUBBARD THE REACTION TO RADIATION IS THUS ENTIRELY, COMPLETELY AND WHOLLY MENTAL! DIANEZENE DEPENDS FOR ITS REACTION UPON WHOLE TRACK RADIATION INCIDENTS, X-RAY AND SUNBURN IN THE CURRENT LIFE. BY TAKING AWAY THE ENGRAM WHICH CAN REACT TO THE WORRY ABOUT RADIATION, WORRY ABOUT RADIATION IS THEN MADE NON-PAINFUL. IF YOU ADD ALL THIS UP YOU WILL CLEARLY SEE THAT SCARE TALK ABOUT RADIATION IS THE SOURCE OF RADIATION SICKNESS IN OUR PRESENT WORLD. THE ATOM BOMB IS TOO POWERFUL A WEAPON TO BE USED FOR CONTROL OF HUMAN BEINGS AND IS THEREFORE NOT A WEAPON. IF WE UNDERSTAND THIS THOROUGHLY WE WILL SEE THAT WE ONLY IMPEDE OURSELVES WITH SCARING EACH OTHER WITH IT AND KEEP THE PUBLIC AWAY FROM OUR DOOR BY SEEKING TO USE THE ATOM BOMB AS A METHOD TO CONTROL THEM. OUR BEST METHOD OF CONTROL IS SCIENTOLOGY. THIS I THINK WE HAD BETTER SELL FOR A CHANGE. LRH:cden LRH Copyright (c) 19 5 7 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 81 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 MAY 1957 (Reissued 8 May 1959) POLICY ON SIGNATURES IN PUBLICATIONS On data called to attention by Jack Parkhouse, the following is the policy laid down. Articles by myself are signed as a by-line under title and another written signature at end. Articles taken from tapes are signed "From a lecture by L. Ron Hubbard (bold face), edited by (editor's name light face)." Books written by staff are signed "By staff from materials of L. Ron Hubbard" with the names of writers in light face under "By Staff from materials of L. Ron Hubbard." Articles somewhat independent of materials directly from lectures and texts are signed by the writer at the article's end only in same face as type in which article is set. Mastheads carry the name of the Editor of any publication. These policies apply to Ability, Certainty, PABs, books and pamphlets. When articles are written for outside publications the writer should always mention a specific text and its author, the price and from whence the text call be obtained. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:aap.js.cden Copyright (c) 1957, 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 82 NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT GREEN ON WHITE HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO PROJECT ENGINEER: "HAVE YOU LIVED BEFORE?" Effective date: 17 November 1958 Duration of project: Three years Purpose: To ensure the maximum sales, distribution and dissemination of "Have You Lived Before?". Procedure: Finished materials will be handed over from HCO Project Engineer No. I to HCO Project Engineer No. 2. At this point HCO Sales Project Engineer takes over and makes sure that HCO completes the layout for photolitho, cover and copyrights of the actual book for "shooting" at the printers. HCO Sales Project Engineer No. 2 makes sure that finance issues the cheques demanded by the printer in order to print and in case this is refused makes sure the cheques are presented to LRH for signature. Gets adverts okayed by LRH while book is being printed. Makes sure that the ads will appear simultaneously with the readiness of the book. Puts ads in the "Daily Sketch", "Daily Express", "News of the World" and all psychic newspapers. Magazine ads are placed in "Prediction", etc. as early as possible. (Their deadline will be the hardest to meet to get them out by the time the book is out or as near to the book time as possible.) Contacts firms that broadly distribute books so that they will put the book in the bookstalls. Makes sure that any book buyers who buy books from the HASI are contacted via "Certainty" in a special issue devoted entirely to this book. Makes sure that a printed leaflet, very fancy, is made up which can be thrown about to bookstores, book distributors, book buyers, can be left in the film show, on the HASI reception desk-are made and then continue to be available, repeat, then continue to be available. Make sure that the book is delivered and mailed for all orders received and after the book is sold out or is selling out rapidly that a new order for copies is placed at once with the printers. (It is a matter of interest that nothing kills the sale of a book faster than being permitted to go out of print before all possible copies have been sold since this causes a delay and a waiting which kills off all enthusiasm.) In case there is difficulty in obtaining finance from HASI for a reprint or for replacing ads which are already pulling, HCO Sales Project Engineer must have the cheques prepared and must himself send them to LRH for signature substantiating his need for them by giving the book sales figures and the stock on hand. The procedure of advertising and selling and placing new book orders is repeated over and over until there is finally no demand whatsoever for the book, at which time this project is ended. Currently with this above the Sales Project Engineer must make sure that meetings and lectures are made available to people coming to the HASI to find out more about past lives. He must be sure that personnel exists to give such talks and hold such meetings. He must be careful to ensure that every phone call received by the HASI concerning past lives is routed at once to a specific terminal the Project Engineer 83 has coached to handle such calls and that the calls do not go up in the air or go nowhere or fail to be answered well. It could be imagined that the Project Engineer is the person who receives these phone calls or who gives the lectures or who even mails the books, but this is not the case. The Project Engineer only makes sure that these details are being handled and checks on it as many times a week as he feels it necessary to bolster his own confidence and nobody else's that the project is being handled and is continuing. Things to prevent: Prevent a failure of layout adequate to the task. Prevent difficulties from occurring in placing book manufacturing contract. Prevent the book from being stalled for lack of funds. Prevent the book from going out of print. Prevent the ads from being unrepeated, keep them placed as long as they are drawing and in the publications doing the most selling. Finally prevent this project from being eclipsed by inattention or "more pressing ones" or "inadequate funds". Attitude of Project: These stable data must be inserted into all conversations, lectures and reviews and particularly in newspaper reports interested. I (c) That the HASI is a staid calm authoritarian Scientology Institute. 2. That Scientology is a broad subject that interests itself in anything and everything that concerns man's social progress. 3. That studies such as this are Dianetic crazes and belong to Dianetics which Scientology has now begun to study. 4. That past lives and the whole subject is however dangerous out of the hands of experts and only such experts as Scientologists should be permitted to study them and common Dianetic practitioners should not be permitted to handle them. 5. That hypnotism is not necessary and is indeed quite bad. 6. That this is the longest series of cases ever undertaken for study amongst some people and all past data on this subject was the product of a few cases of questionable repute. 7. That we don't believe this, we are only studying it and the evidence is available to anybody in the HASI files. 11, The above data must be instilled and drilled into every HASI staff member who is handling the public on past lives. Outside auditors: Project Engineer also handles all queries, arguments, upsets on the part of field auditor connected with this project. The above is the extent of this project. It is an HCO project in making the HASI survive and get a high unit in spite of all opposition and further, any difficulties encountered or diplomacies needed in addition to those of the HCO Project Engineer No. I should be referred to the HCO Secretary or her assistant for special projects. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:cden Copyright (c) 1958 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 84 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1 HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 APRIL 1959 NEW BOOK Inform all Assoc Secs and Dirs of PrR that a new book is being printed. This is "Have You Lived Before this Life?" and is the text of forty-some engrams as run in the 5th London ACC. The book is a hard cover edition about the size of Dianetics 55. Its additional text is by myself. Naturally, no non-Scientologist could read this book without curling up in a ball, and it should be very popular. In actuality it is quite exciting. There are enough plots in it for half a hundred novels. (c) Basically its value is technical, showing how engrams are found and how they look from the Auditor's chair. Aside from the History of Man, this is the only Dianetics or Scientology text on past lives. The book should first be advertised in our magazines to sell to Scientologists. It should then be generally advertised in papers to kick up a row. "All About Radiation", for instance, now has the U.K. alert to Radiation. It sold thousands of copies. "Have You Lived Before this Life?" will really alert people to past lives and should sell as well or better, since people who can't confront H-bombs can confront some portion of their past. Most Central Organizations recently sent HASI London a fairly large cheque for book credits. The whole sum of this money will be sent back in "Have You Lived Before this Life?" copies. The price of the book will be about twenty-four British shillings, making it one pound after discount to members. The Dollar area price will be $3.65 or $3.00 after discount to members. The earlier 10/- edition was an intended paper-back which will not now be issued. Early orders should be informed of this. Now don't say you have it. Advertise it in our magazines as coming. Build it up. Even accept orders. But don't say you have it until it is in your hands. Then advertise as in hand and orders being filled at once. It is now at the printers and should be done by May 30. We will ship the whole consignment to each Central Organization at once we receive it from the printers. Central Organizations get 50% discount from list. However, we have to invoice properly to pass customs and do so at cost. This book will get a lot of preclears. Best, LRH:mp.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 85 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 APRIL 1959 BOOKS, COST OF Inform all Assoc Secs. The principle comm particles of Scientology Organization are books. Obviously, books cost money. When books are sold their money must be safeguarded so that replacement books can be bought. Book monies cannot be part of Prop Income. A book is bought by a Central Organization at 50% of the list price, sold to members at 80%. If this 80% is halved for prop pay and added to salary sum, it costs the Org 10% of list just to handle the book! This means a 10% loss every time a book is sold! Therefore books cannot become part of the salary or expense sum. They must remain as they are, the income from them kept ready to buy new stocks when old stocks are exhausted. The price of all books should be computed on the basis that when 20% is deducted from the price for members, a round sum remains which is not less than 4 times the exact printing cost. No book may be listed at less than 5 times the cost of one volume. Only then can the sale of books be remunerative enough to buy new stocks. As policy, no book may be printed without my permission. Most books will be printed in London or the U.S. These books will be sold to Central Orgs by HCO Ltd for a distributor figure of 50% of the list price. The books will be shipped as soon as ready. The continental magazine should forecast only any book (or tape) until it is actually in hand, then announce it as arrived and on sale. No book should be neglected. Send copies gratis to local papers for review always each time a new book appears, or whenever an old book has been neglected in this way. Announce in the magazine. Advertise on the Bulletin Board. Push books at Congresses. From 10 to 25 people read every book sold, according to advertising people. This then is high level dissemination. Send out the continental magazine every month or two, one issue to the whole list you have, not just to members. And advertise Books, Books, Books. About once a year send a full list of books on hand on a sheet order form to everyone. This says "Which of these books don't you have?" People order them by the ton from the form by marking X and sending a cheque. Book business is cash business from a Central Org to the field. Credit on books can be a bad headache in several ways. Send out your magazine to the whole mailing list frequently. Heavily advertise books first, services second. And set the money you get aside. I am about to do several new books. A new book can sell two to three thousand copies in your area in a few weeks if you handle it right. Books are the sparks you need to light the fire. Let's handle them so they make us (as above) not break us. LRH:mp-aap.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 86 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 MAY 1959 ADVERTISEMENT FOR FIELD IN CERTAINTY, ABILITY, ETC. - MINOR ISSUES FEEL LUCKY? WIN AN EXTENSION COURSE Complete the following sentence in 25 words or less and if you win you will at once receive an Extension Course fully free and without further obligation: I LIKE SCIENTOLOGY BECAUSE ....................... Send to Extension Course Director, Academy of Scientology, 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1. Contest ends in thirty days. All decisions of the judges will be final and no entries will be returned. No entries received late will be considered. Confidential The following is not enclosed in advertisement but is sent to Extension Course Director as a CONFIDENTIAL INSTRUCTION by HCO Area Secretary: Award an Extension Course to every person who enters this contest. They're all winners. Make sure that entries received after 30 days from date of mailing are not given awards. LRH:gh.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1 HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 JUNE 1959 "HAVE YOU LIVED BEFORE THIS LIFE" The first issue of "Have You Lived Before This Life" will be ready shortly from the Publisher. Shipments will be sent off immediately to all HASI organizations. This book is anticipated a best seller. In order to reap maximum benefit from sales a broad advertising project should be put into operation by each individual organization and a good build up achieved by the time the book actually arrives. Approximate arrival date will be: Australia middle to end of August N.Z. South Africa beginning to middle of August. us. LRH:gh.cden L. RON HUBBARD 87 NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT GREEN ON WHITE HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint I-Ell Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 APRIL 1960 All Fran Auditors HCO Secretaries Assoc Secretaries BOOKS ARE DISSEMINATION One of the oldest Organizational Health Charts states given books in distribution, the remainder of these facts are true. (c) (c) No matter what you do with an organization, no matter how much writing of letters you do, the dissemination success of a group will not accomplish any security unless books are distributed. Seeing to it that the newly interested person is provided with the proper reading materials is a far more important step than most HCO Secs and PE directors have realized, but these are not the worst offenders. The field auditor, attempting to run a group and keep afloat, fails most often, when he does fail, in the Book Department. Making sure that interested people get books is making sure that they will continue their interest. Assuring then they will read and understand the books, it is necessary to get them into an extension course. If you think you can interest a person in Scientology and yet avoid your responsibility in getting him or her to read books on the subject, you are wasting a tremendous amount of effort. Do you know why the first book DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH was written? Word of mouth on Dianetics was going forward so rapidly that my letter volume, even before the first book, was startling. Each one of these people expected me, either to write them a long letter and tell them what it was all about, or to be given a chance to come and see me so that I could tell them personally what it was all about. In other words, my time was going to be consumed, not in further research, but in writing letters and talking to people. My answer to this was to write DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH which rapidly informed the newly interested person what this new science was all about. I will make you a wager. I think you are wasting most of your time answering questions which are answered in books. I think you are are talking yourself hoarse to friends, and other people, and groups, explaining over and over and over things that are already taken up in books. I think your time is being devoured by attempts to reach through the natural conversational barriers of people. You are not giving, I am sure, the newly interested person an opportunity to go and sit down quietly by himself, without any social strain, and study a book on the subject. Only in this way will he come to a decision about the subject which is his own independent decision having inspected the materials. This has to be done quietly and it is best done through the pages of a book. 88 Without any reservations, I can tell you that DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, based as it is upon mental image pictures and energy masses, those things which are most real to people, is the best forward vanguard in our possession. It was written at a time when I was very interested in bridging the gap between an uninformed public and an informed public, and contains in it most of the arguments necessary to quiet the suspicions of the newly interested person and contains as well most of the answers to that person's questions. DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH contains today a perfectly workable therapy. But more importantly it contains a bridge between the uninformed and the informed public on the subject of Scientology. If you are not furiously pushing DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH and if you are not insisting that each newly interested person read it as something new, startling and strange in the world, you will be wasting most of your dissemination efforts. Oddly enough, this book, to this day, sells more copies around the world than the average best seller in any given year. Where it has been pushed, Scientology is booming. Where it has not been pushed, Scientology is limp. Just inspect the number of simple, startling items in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. Here you find the Dynamics, here you find several of the earliest Axioms, here you even find the rudimentary ARC tone scale. You find as well a thoroughly accurate description of clears and the reactive mind. Do you realize that the world does not yet know anything about the reactive mind? Here is the total answer to Freud's subconscious. Here is the resolution of most of the problems of psychotherapy. You know so many things that are new and wonderful and strange that you forget that Bill and Joe and Mary have never heard of any part of them. They are not interested in past lives. They are interested in what makes them do strange and peculiar things. They have heard vaguely about the tenets of psychology. They do not know that these have all been answered in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. When people are asking you questions about Dianetics and Scientology, no matter how obtuse or abstruse the questions are, your best answer to these questions was my earliest answer and that was, "Read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH and that will answer your question". In the last HCO Bulletin I gave you presession processes. This makes a complete cycle. With presession processes we can take a new person and by running the course of help, control, communication and interest, put him in a frame of mind to want to know more about the subject. In this Bulletin I am trying to tell you what to do about the person once you have brought him up to this point. It is all right for you to go on and audit him but I assure you he will never get anywhere until he has read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. All the questions and counter arguments and upsets which are boiling through his mind now are answered in that book, bringing him up to a point where he wants auditing, where he successfully goes through PE. Give him auditing, let him co-audit, do anything you want with him, but insist, insist, insist that he reads DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. You would be completely amazed at the ideas some people have of Scientology even after they have gone through a PE course and have read Problems of Work or some other manual pushed off on them simply because it is cheap. Problems of Work is all right and should be distributed but it is not informative on the subject of the human mind. 89 Let's get down to basics here and see what we have really done. We have made a break-through. The moment of the break-through is recorded at public level with DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. If people do not read this book, they just will not have broken through. Any "sales tricks" you employ after you have succeeded by use of help, control, communication and interest in arousing that interest, to get them now to inform themselves of the moment of break-through, will be well expended by you, otherwise these people will be talking through a fog and will experience a sensation of having been brought up to some high plateau without having climbed a cliff. It is factual that you can bring a person all the way to clear and have on your hands a mentally illiterate person. I know, because I have done just that. All the clears I made twelve to thirteen years ago evaporated into the society. I did them a great deal of good. Some of them are now occupying high positions, but none of them have ever associated me and my work in Dianetics and Scientology with what happened to them. They are, for the most part, convinced that what I did was some fabulously magical thing which was done for them only, and for them especially, something like a spiritual revival, but nothing to be understood. These people never did gain that understanding because I never explained to them what was happening. It was only after DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH was written and distributed that we began to get somewhere in the world. People we processed might have been led to worry more about their own cases than those I processed, but at the same time their worrying was at least intelligent. I can still clear people with the technologies of twelve and thirteen years ago and, indeed, have been carefully reintroducing you to these technologies. Now the time has come for us to realize that there are very close to two and a half million people on this planet who are mentally illiterate. They do not know what makes them tick. They have no concept whatsoever of the basis of human reaction. They are intolerant. They are at war with one another. They follow strange leaders and wind up in strange places. They have no hope that anything will ever dig them out. Only a minute percentage of these people have ever been introduced to DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. Do not believe for a moment that just because I wrote a book on the subject cases became harder. As a matter of fact they became more co-operative. We are making a great many clears today. Hardly a week passes on my correspondence lines without clears being reported. But look at the mental illiteracy even of some auditors. Do you know that people report me clears and call them releases. These people have never studied the definition and capabilities of clear in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. They bring pre-clears up to this standard, find there is a considerable distance to go and start striking for theta-clear before they say anybody is clear. You yourself may have made a clear and classified the clear as a release just because you were not totally familiar with the conditions of clear. I still think the best statement of a clear occurred in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. I have had no reason to revise that statement. Pushed at, however, by many Scientologists, I have tried to find way stops between clear, as defined in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, and OT. There are quite a few. I almost laughed in somebody's face the other day when he said to me that a notable person on one central organization's staff was being audited by him and that he had gotten her up to a state of release "with a free needle on anything you asked her", and added that he would soon have her clear if he kept working at it. Concerning the same person, visitors at that central organization for some time have been saying, "She has a sort of feeling about her as though she might be clear". The truth of the matter is she has been clear for several months but her auditor is straining so hard, seeing as he does how far human capability can be made to reach, that it has never occurred to him that he has passed clear some time back. Any PC that has a relatively free needle has probably been cleared by the standards laid down in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. Now that we can interest people, let's take the next inevitable step. Let's push this book. Let's crowd it into people's hands and demand that they buy it. Let's 90 develop the trick, when they ask us complicated questions, of stating that they should read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. After all, we have a brand new science in the world. DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH is a brand new book that describes it at public level and it is a good thing if you want to get people into a house to get them to come in the front door. The front door we have is DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. 1, personally, do not believe the book could ever be written again, since it was written at a time when I was well aware of the public arguments concerning the mind. For the indifferently literate person it forms the necessary bridge from knowing nothing to knowing something. It is an exciting book. Push it. Get your people to read it. Now let's get going. If you cause cards to be printed concerning the whereabouts of PE Courses, always add to them: "To know more about this subject, read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, available at (give the place). The greatest scientific development in this century has happened." To all Central Orgs. Push this book with every possible display and mention. Where you find people have not bought it in your Central Files, you'll find interest has been lagging. Play down all other PE books, display DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH as the book they must now buy. Tell them so during the breaks. "DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH answers your questions." Unlimited stocks are available at HCO WW and even more are already printed and being bound now in New Zealand for N.Z., Australian and South African shipment. Order all Southern Hemisphere stock of DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH through HCO WW. We've lost the people in a maze of many titles. Take down all your many book displays. Concentrate on one, DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. I am asking Australia for instance to have a huge wooden book, DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, erected on their marquee and spotlighted. We can absorb the world's confusion on one stable datum. Let's do it. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright (c) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 91 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 NOVEMBER 1962 CenOCon RE-ISSUE OF MATERIALS It is forbidden to re-issue Scientology technical data in bulletins and policy letters by a Central Org or office over some other signature than mine. Culling bits out of a tape and issuing over the signature of the (c) of T or some such, as has been done in Australia, is not only an alter-is, it is also terribly confusing and opens the door to 1950 where countless "authorities" sprang up after lecture and "developed" a "new technology". I took responsibility of origin of my materials at that time to prevent further chaos and spinning pcs. I have never relaxed that responsibility and we have done well. If you excerpt tapes or notes, do so over my name, not somebody else's. Materials for dissemination to the public can be of course rewritten and published so long as no confusion as to origin is generated. Issues of materials of mine under other names without credit is the most destructive action that can be undertaken as it splinters the whole of Scientology. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:gl.rd Copyright (c) 1962 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 AUGUST 1964 General Remimeo Magazine Editors Dissem Secs POLICY ON TECHNICAL INFORMATION No technical information or reports may be printed or released except from Saint Hill or approved first by Saint Hill. Reason: Failures of the Wichita and Elizabeth centres are traced to this action of random technology. LRH:jw.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright Q 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 92 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 AUGUST 1963 BPI MA HCO Secs URGENT PUBLIC PROJECT ONE All Scientologists with or without certificates and particularly those who are in continuous contact with the public are urgently requested to advise me concerning data from Scientology they have found particularly acceptable to the general public. I have been waiting a long time until research was wrapped up to O.T. to put heavy power on public dissemination. Scientology is now partitioned into five levels, as follows: FIRST LEVEL: SCIENTOLOGY ONE Useable data about living and life, applicable without training, presented in Continental Magazines and booklets. This is for anyone. It contains assists as its auditing level. You have much of this already around. It is a complete unit in itself. "Be Right with Scientology." SECOND LEVEL: SCIENTOLOGY TWO Academy HPA/HCA accomplishment level. Scientology for use in spiritual healing. This is a healing strata, using the wealth of past processes which produced results on various illnesses. I am shortly sending out questionnaires to get all Healing process results as a research project. The auditing level is Reach and Withdraw and Repetitive Processes. The target is human illness. We have never entered this field but as we are not thanked for staying out of it, we might as well dominate it. It is a good procurement area. THIRD LEVEL: SCIENTOLOGY THREE Clearing and O.T. preparatory levels including advanced auditing above HPA/HCA Level. The work on this was more or less suspended when it became obvious that O.T. had to be attained. Includes key out clearing and other sub O.T. states. However, much technology exists on it. This is the level of the better human being. FOURTH LEVEL: SCIENTOLOGY FOUR Processes to O.T., Saint Hill Special Briefing Course 1963 type technology and targets. FIFTH LEVEL: SCIENTOLOGY FIVE Scientology applied at a high echelon to social, political and scientific problems. This requires the earlier levels and a high state of training on theoretical and wide application levels and the personal state of O.T. The subject of this Policy Letter is Scientology One. You know far more about acceptability of data at public levels than I do. Please then help me re-assemble this data. Address your communication directly to me. Label it at the top: SCIENTOLOGY ONE. 93 Then give me a complete and legible (since I'LL be reading it) account of what Scientology data you have found of alert interest to the general public, friends, acquaintances, just people, professional people, etc., etc. Tell me where the data came from (what publications or lectures) if possible. Tell me how you have presented this data. Tell me what data you found was not acceptable to the casual public. Give me all the data you use, alter-ised or not. Give me any suggestions you may have for compiling Scientology One data into acceptable form. Take the matter up with your group or friends to find out what they find acceptableunacceptable, interesting-uninteresting in Scientology. The object here is to obtain data for and compile very basic texts for public use and for basic texts for people presenting Scientology to the public. Scientology One is itself divided into Theory (data about fife, the mind, beingness and the universe), Practical (Drills one can do to raise one's ability to handle others and situations), and Auditing (Assists, ways to get relaxed, ways to cheer up, ways to handle situations, etc., in the everyday business of living, ways to process people without knowing much about processing, ways to get people to pass exams, do their work, get along). Please, I need your dissertation on this. Don't think somebody else will do it. We are answering the questions: What should compose Scientology One? What Theory do we present that is highly acceptable? What Practical Drills should we include? What Auditing should we recommend that we think anybody can do? My HCO Secretary in any area will assist you in sending what's wanted. Don't tell her the data, tell me, for I'm the one that has to compile it. My HCO Communicator will send it through direct on my lines. It is needed. It will be read. It will be used. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:dr.rd Copyright (c) 1963 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 94 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 AUGUST AD 13 CenOCon Saint Hill Students NOT MA CHANGE OF ORGANIZATION TARGETS PROJECT 80 A PREVIEW I have now consolidated and fully proven a break through on basic auditing which changes organization targets and means a great deal to Organization and Association Secretaries, HCO Secretaries, Technical Directors, Directors of Processing and Training, PE Directors, Registrars, Letter Registrars, Staff Auditors and Instructors, and the state of the Academy, HGC and Staff Co-Audit. This technical advance makes many other things possible. We will designate their broad application to Central Org planning and dissemination, PROJECT 80. Essentially what has happened is that I have found the minimum essentials of why auditing works, and have selected out the important, parts for concentration. These parts are: (1) (In Scientology One and Two) THE ITSA LINE; (2) (In Scientology Two) TONE ARM ACTION; (3) (In Scientology Two) DIRECTING THE PC'S ATTENTION TO THOSE THINGS WHICH BAR HIM FROM RELEASE AND CLEAR; and (4) (In Scientology Three and Four) DIRECTING THE PC'S ATTENTION TO AND HANDLING THOSE THINGS WHICH BAR HIM FROM O.T. This looks almost too simple. But it makes for an enormous difference in results and dissemination. Why? Because of the ease by which auditing results can be attained. Because SIMPLICITY makes for far reaching ease of Communication. NEW SCIENTOLOGY BASIC DEFINITIONS I (c) Scientology 1: WHAT IS AN AUDITOR? An auditor is one who listens. Auditor means listener. 2. Scientology 1: WHAT IS A PRECLEAR? One who is discovering things about himself and who is becoming clearer. 3. Scientology 1: WHAT IS A CASE GAIN? Any case betterment according to the pc 4. Scientology 1: WHAT IS SCIENTOLOGY? The common people's science of life and betterment. 5. Scientology I: HOW IS SCIENTOLOGY DIFFERENT? In Scientology the preclear is always right. Scientology holds that people know best about themselves. 6. Scientology 1: WHAT IS SCIENTOLOGY AGAINST? Scientology is against brutality and euthanasia in medical brain damaging, and against abuse and slavery and punishment in any form, 7. Scientology I: WHAT DOES SCIENTOLOGY STAND FOR? Freedom from mystery. Freedom from fear. 8. Scientology I: WHAT IS A BOOK AUDITOR? Someone who has studied books on Scientology and listens to other people to make them better. 95 9. Scientology I: WHAT IS A CO-AUDIT? A team of any two people who are helping each other reach a better life with Scientology processing. 10. Scientology I: WHAT IS AN AUDITING SESSION? A precise period of time during which the auditor listens to the preclear's ideas about himself. 11. Scientology II: WHAT IS PROFESSIONAL AUDITING? Sessions given by a trained auditor who is governed by ethical codes and technical skill, who directs the pc's attention to areas which when examined by the preclear will cause a release of sufficient charge to cause Tone Arm Action, thus reaching the eventual state of clear. 12. Scientology I: WHAT IS A RELEASE? One who knows he can continue to improve by auditing and that lie will not now become worse in life. 13. Scientology 11: WHAT IS A CLEAR? One who has straightened up this lifetime. (Note: These definitions and others like them should be published and posted and lectured about continually until familiar to everyone.) You will find that if you concentrate on these aspects of Scientology and auditing, your dissemination will improve. Where you exceed this simplicity inside the organization's technical departments and activities you will probably have more losses than gains in all auditing done except that by Saint Hill graduates. This includes auditing supervised by Saint Hill graduates- meaning that where even this supervised auditing exceeds the above definitions you will have more loses than wins. In fact it takes Saint Hill graduates to groove even this auditing level in, so don't despise it. As an organization your future depends on SERVICE. Where service attempts to exceed the above definitions you will have financial and technical loses and Dev-T. This does not mean Saint Hill grads should not co-audit at the level of Class IV. It does mean that where you insist others exceed the above technical levels you will have a mess. Itsa Line in and TA moving and anyone will eventually go O.T. so you're not barring people out. Indeed, you're only then MAKING IT POSSIBLE FOR THEM TO GO O.T. R I C is your work horse for co-audits, W Unit, outside co-audit teams, etc. R2C is your professional level version, up to clear. Your service includes ARC Break Assessments and all Scientology I and Scientology 11 skills and data. This means fast Academy training, good permanent HGC results, good public dissemination and few headaches. This does NOT mean that those qualified and classed to run III and IV material in an Org cannot do so. It means only that an Org specializes in positive wins at I and 11. We have now exceeded processing results of former years with just the Itsa Line and TA motion, in spite of the simplicity of the material. We have also exceeded by technical advance, public reality. Therefore we have, in the various classes of data, Scientology within Scientology. A firm Scientology One in the public lines and PE, a good Scientology Two in the Academy and HGC, and you're in. Scientology THREE and FOUR are firmly based in the accomplishment first of Scientology ONE and TWO. And Scientology Five is based 96 firmly on Scientology Four. So one level is based wholly upon the earlier level and particularly agree in A, R and C with that level. The A, R and C of Scientology One match the public, the co-audits and the lower levels of the Academy. When that A, R and C has been attained, then the being is ready for Scientology Two and can gradually increase his A, R and C to match it. And so on. If those of us whose A, R and C already match Scientology Three and Four (and this includes a lot of HPA/HCAs and old timers), continue to run orgs only at that A, R and C level we will certainly lift the orgs away from the A, R and C potential of new public and even Scientology Two people. Creating ivory towers, we then cut our public line. You would be amazed how far above the public technical grasp even THIS IS LIFE is! Yet it, at the moment, is our best Scientology One book. Actually it's at the level of Scientology Two. We have just learned this by testing some Saint Hill students!!! Thus, when we exceed the above data for Scientology One and Two and fail to keep supporting work and data at those levels, we cut ourselves off from the vast majority of the public and even some Scientologists and find ourselves standing quite alone in the civilization. Our potential, with what we know, is a majority of all populations solidly with us. We have not accomplished that because (1) We didn't have our subject in orderly divisions (2) We were still concentrating on problems of upper level technical now solved and (3) We had already out our bridge to the general public and average practitioner by technically exceeding his A, R and C potential. Therefore, as I think you will agree, we must publicly disseminate at the level of Scientology One only; get outside public co-audit processing teams (not groups) doing only Scientology One processing on which they can win. Specialize in org (HGC and Academy) technical on Scientology ONE and TWO only. And use Scientology Three, Four and Five to run the show and pick up those whose A, R and C is graduating up to them. I hope you see this as sound policy. I know already that technical wins are in store for orgs using only the above data. The keynote of an org is not money. It is SERVICE. If service is given at the level of the A, R and C demanding it, money floods in. SERVICE means technical results. My heaviest interest is in high technical results and I know that what I am outlining for you here will give you higher technical gain per student and pc than any amount of higher level data inadequately rendered. Therefore I am not downgrading but upgrading technical with this simplicity, as you will discover. I have to write up Scientology One and Scientology Two articles and texts. But you already have the technical side of them or will have in a few days of this Policy Letter. It will take some doing to groove all this in. If you do, there are your new buildings and mobs of people and bursting bank accounts and influence. So this is it organizationally. We're readying up for the public kick off. We'll all have to work hard to accomplish it. But we can do it-providing we do not exceed the basics above and providing we give SERVICE at the A, R and C level of those demanding it. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:dr.rd Copyright (c) 1963 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 97 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 APRIL 1964 CenOCon Sthil BALANCING INCOME-OUTGO PAPER, POSTAGE AND PRINTING The tremendous dent that paper and postage can make in the funds of an organization is seldom appreciated. They are mainly invisible losses. They appear to be small. But nowhere is penny saving more rewarding. An unleashed mimeo machine, where anyone can mimeo anything, can cost a thousand dollars a month. The paper, rather dear to begin with, mounts up to astonishing heights over short periods of time. It is much cheaper to put it in the magazine. However "financial emergency", lack of planning, like any other emergency causes promotional necessity. It takes too long to get it into the magazine and one resorts to mimeo. Mimeograph has uses. But it has to be a guarded use. This is so much a fact that the "okay to mimeo" should be a function of an Association or Organization Secretary-it's that much a threat to finance. Paper economy in stationery and related supplies is also important. One only need see a stationer's bill to know why. It adds up so fast. Here's a bill for five hundred dollars. What's been bought? Paper clips, envelopes, a stapler, no single large sum. Where did the supplies go? They're in somebody's overstocked desk, not to be used for years. I once saw all the desks in an Org cleaned out of unused (and not to be used) supplies and the aggregate filled a huge closet! About three thousand dollars, it was estimated. And new supplies being ordered daily! Envelope supplies can be wasted by inexpert machine operation or an inefficient machine. If you have envelope wastage on machines, use only address tapes and paste them on the envelopes. Hand feed is often a better answer than machine feed on these big machines where envelopes are concerned. POSTAGE A periodic review of postage uses is very worth while in savings. Rates by which magazines or news sheets can be mailed should be taken heavy advantage of. Sending a magazine first class is idiocy and blasts the promotion budget. You will sometimes find several mailed items could have been combined with considerable savings. A weekly mailing for all of a certain type of item saves envelopes and postage. PRINTING Astonishing savings in printing bills can often be effected by as simple a thing as changing the magazine or mailing piece to a more standard size. Scientology Orgs routinely go on a binge of "It must be high class printing" and then they find, sadly, that it didn't bring in any more income. People buy Scientology not printing. The stress should be on content, not format, and then the format should be made as good as possible within available funds. Remember that the biggest dissemination activity in the world, religion, is notorious for bad printing. Yet they own fantastic property areas in the world. Excellent printing is afforded by most huge firms and publishing companies. We can't rival them yet, so why try? It's text that counts. What you say, backed up by what you can do. Then when we have the income for it, we'll begin on very fancy printing. Printing bills account for huge outgo percentages. Cut them back by using cheaper paper sizes and other devices. It's well worth taking up. LRH:dr.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 98 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 OCTOBER 1964 Remimeo ARTISTIC PRESENTATION For some time in some quarters in Scientology we have had a problem with regard to presentation. Magazines are sometimes badly proofed, books are often shabbily done, tapes are played to the public on Woolworth recorders, etc. In some quarters we do very well, but in many we don't. I have been looking this over for some time and have just realized what it is all about. We live in a machine world. The whole yap of TV and newspapers is directed toward reducing effort. The primary goal of the civilization in which we live, it seems, is to reduce all personal effort to zero. The less effort a being can confront, the more effect of effort he becomes. If you reduce a man's effort output to zero you will also collapse his bank on him. The modern trend of "don't do" accompanies the modern trend of an increased percentage of the insane in the society. The crazier a person is, the less he accomplishes or does. So we live in a world which is oriented to drive men mad. But, more pertinent to us, we suffer from the continuous bait-"do it the easy way." "Do it in the way that will demand the least effort." We see this in manufacturing particularly- the easiest way is the cheapest way is the most profitable way. So we get into a "do it the easy-way." Well, that may apply to making spoons for profit, but it does not apply to presentation. The whole world of the arts is directly opposed to the philosophy of the business man or manufacturer. Art seeks to create an effect. An effect is not always created the easy way. Indeed, the better effects are quite difficult to achieve. One can fall into creating easy effects to such a degree that one fails completely. For instance, a dozen cakes are in competition at a county fair. The one that wins is not the easiest cake to make. True, the cook that made the winner may have some easy ways to short cut cake baking. But the winning cook actually takes that extra bit of care to make it all just right. It isn't magic or luck that makes the professional. It's hard won know-how carefully applied A true professional may do things pretty easily from all appearances, but he is actually taking care with each little bit that it is just right. The winner has it instinctively. The loser rarely even grasps the concept of "do it right". Artistic presentation always succeeds to the degree that it is done well. How easily it is done is entirely secondary. To the world of presentation, of putting up mock ups, the only guide is take the care necessary to do a good job. 99 To the world of the business man, the manufacturer, the primary guide is "how can we do it easily". These two philosophies clash. We are taught daily in advertisements, by union leaders, by socialists that DO IT WITH THE SMALLEST EFFORT is the greatest goal in life. Do the least work for the most pay. Buy the automatic machine that chews up the most clothes in the least time. Use the roofing paper that goes on quickest and keeps out the least rain. Vote for Jim X who will make all the world eat without working. Do nothing yourself. Shove it off on the Mix Up Accounting Company-or the man at the next desk. That all this leads to total dependence on gadgets, total enslavement to mounting economic puzzles, even to total enslavement to a Commissar Krushtoad in the next generation is neglected utterly. That less than two centuries ago we lived quite well and built more strongly and were a lot saner without all these ads, tools and commissars is never mentioned. Man is solving himself to extinction. And all on the slogan "Don't exert youself". It's gotten so bad that people are shrugging off all responsibility for the state, for their friends, for anything and everything. "Nothing has anything to do with anybody" is the epitaph that nobody will take the trouble to write on the tombstone of this civilization. Now this is no rant against automation or gadgets or self-sterilizing cat petters. Use all the gadgets you can lay your hands on-if they really do work in your hands and don't absorb all your time in earning their price or repairing their faults. No, my thought here is only this - keep you action level above your gadget level. Keep ahead of automation. Keep ahead of do-it-for-you. Don't disenfranchise yourself by giving all your work away-to a machine, to a fellow worker. If you've got equipment do one of two things (a) Use it to increase your production of effects or (b) Get rid of it. But first and foremost realize that in presenting something, in trying to put up mock ups, that the best way isn't always the easy way. The best way is only the more effective way. Work out first what effect you are trying to produce. Then when you've got that all taped, only then consider the easiest way to do it. And never consider the easier way at all if it is less effective. Art takes that extra bit, that extra care, that bit more push for it to be effective art. There is no totally easy way to produce a desirable effect. And the day you drop some of your ideas of the effect you want to produce is the day you get a little older, a little weaker, a little less sane. So don't buy the easy way. Buy only the effective way. If some of its points can then be made easy, good. If not, do it the hard way. And only if you realize this can you escape the gargantuan trap of a society with the mass goal of "Nothing should ever be done by anything but a machine or somebody else". L. RON HUBBARD LRH:jw.cden Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 100 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 FEBRUARY 1965 Assn/Org Secs HCO Secs AD AND BOOK POLICIES TEXT OF ADS If you examine most ads you will be appalled by the amount of sales talk and lack of information. As an example, mock up wanting to have lunch at a top level restaurant. Now look up the ads in your local paper and the chances are you won't find enough data to patronize any one of the places who spent money on those ads. When do they serve? How much do they charge? What kind of food? Etc. Etc. Etc. Heavy sales talks but no data. As another example: mock up being a car customer. Now look up car ads. Heavy sales talk, little information. Reading the ads you would not really know what car would suit you. Fuel consumption? Top and cruising m.p.h.? Weight? H.P.? Type of transmission? Turning radius? Etc. Etc. Etc. "The dashing young man buys a Klunk!" does not tell you what kind of a car it is. Madison Avenue trends are to more sales talk and art and less data. Of course you have to buy more advertising because the ads placed sell so few of the product, which is all hay to the Madison Avenue advertising agencies. You can waste an awful lot of money buying ads that don't contain enough data to sell anything. An ad must be factual and explicit. I (c) What is it? 2. How valuable is it? 3. What does it do? 4. How easy is it to do it? 5. How costly is it? 6. How do you acquire it? 7. Where do you get it from? These are the vital parts of an economically sound ad. It is costly to omit them. AD MEDIA Placing ads in the wrong media can be very costly as the money is wasted. Placing costly ads in media with too small a circulation is wasteful. Single ads, not followed up, are seldom of value. Three consecutive placements one third the size is better than one huge ad. "What I tell you three times is true," is the maxim. In Scientology, ads placed in intellectual publications are mostly worthless. Saturday Review of Literature, for example. Punch. Fringe publications (like old Fate) have pulled well. Science Fiction mags pull very well. Any mag with a lot of Health Articles will pull well. And anything the AMA or BMA gets lots of articles into is very good. AD AND BOOK POLICIES I (c) No ad may be placed for publication without LRH review and written okay (LRH Design and Planning Hat). 2. No ad may be placed for which cash payment is not available (no advertising on future. hopes). 3. No long term ad contract may be placed which cannot be cancelled on a 60 day notice. 4. Only books may be advertised. Processing, training and services may not be advertised. 5. Only books of which supplies are or will be available in quantity within 60 days may be advertised. 101 6. The words "Scientology", "Applied Philosophy", the name "L. Ron Hubbard", either in the book title or ad text, must appear in each ad as well as the name and address of the org selling the book. 7. HCO or some other unit of the org may not appear in the ad. Only the main Org in the area in full-i.e. Hubbard Association of Scientologists International or the Founding Church of Scientology, etc-as the seller of the book. 8. No invitation to visit the org or see a Scientologist may be placed in any ad. 9. The names of org personnel or Scientologists may not be included in the text or address of any ad nor may any post title be included; only organization names may be used. 10. Every ad must carry, as part of its address to write to, a designation showing what media prompted the order-i.e. Hubbard Association of Scientologists International, Dept F (for Fate Magazine) (c) address of org. 11. The price of the book advertised must (a) be a round figure easily mailed in cash in an envelope without money order; (b) post free, and (c) charge free. 12. Every order received must be filled. 13. Income invoice lines must be closely guarded against cash losses. 14. Exact stock records of books must be kept. 15. No book may be sold for less than it costs the org to buy it, handle it and pay all postage on it, and no profit margin may be less than 12 1/2% of this to guard against losses in book selling. 16. The costing formula for pricing a book by the publishing agency (not the seller) is as follows: Printing cost x 5 (c) 2 x Surface post to furthest org. This is the standard publisher costing formula and allows for discounts up to 50% for large distributors, overhead and royalties. To sell for less than this is to cause loss and prevent distribution. This also allows enough money for the distributor and the publisher both to advertise. This is a minimum price formula. 17. Unauthorized books may not be advertised from org funds or sold under the name of an org. 18. Books may not be locally published without written authorization and it is unlikely that this will be given unless there is no way for the org to export funds for book purchase. 19. All books must be carefully proofed, and where errors are found after publication, errata slips must be enclosed in each copy. 20. Where books cannot be delivered within six months or at all, any money received for them must be refunded in cash or by cheque. 21. Where there is an unreasonable delay in filling orders on an item, all persons who have ordered that item must be informed. 22. All books mailed to book orderers must contain: (a) a self-addressed postcard to the org, on the back of which the person may indicate his desires for training, processing or further data and to which is attached, by perforated card, a statement of the org services, and (b) a book brochure. 23. The names and addresses of all persons ordering books from ads must be carefully kept and used in accordance with existing policies and practices. 24. Complaints concerning non-arrival of ordered books must be handled promptly and any books lost in transit from an org to customers must be promptly replaced. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:jw.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 102 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 MARCH 1965 Issue II General Non-Remimeo Sthil Execs HAT MATERIAL DIVISION I (HCO) TECHNICAL AND POLICY DISTRIBUTION The HCO Secretary (WW, Continental or Area) passes on and makes available for issue all 1. Staff Releases. 2. Releases to HGC. 3. Releases to Academies. 4. Franchise releases. 5. Major magazine releases. 6. Minor magazine releases. 7. Org letters. 8. Brochures. 9. Ads. 10. Instructors answers. 11. Public lectures. Bulletins and policy letters and articles may be A. Culled from files. B. Obtained newly written from LRH. C. Copied from LRH tapes and rewritten. D. Summarized from A, B and C without injecting new materials, policies or technology. All Bulletins, policy letters and articles from A, B, C and (c) must bear the LRH byline. No other material is permitted on lines I to I I above than straight Scientology. No interpretations are permitted. All materials released, used or sold must be straight Scientology as given in the writings or lectures of LRH. Under the Copyright hat, all HCO Secretaries must make certain that all materials published are property copyrighted in the name of LRH. No org copyrights are permitted. Books may not be advertised for sale or the advertisement paid for from the HCO Book fund except LRH books. To advertise and sell any other book requires HCO Sec WW clearance in writing for that one time. No technical articles or letters by another person than LRH are permitted in Scientology publications. Only data written by others on application, use or results of Scientology may appear and any tech data if non-standard must be deleted from the article or letter. Lectures by others on application, use and results only are permitted in public lectures of any kind including Congresses. Use of Scientology technical or policy data in testimony is forbidden. Only application and results may be testified to. Only low level works may be read as part of any testimony and no Scientology words may be used in such instances. All staff members looking for data to release, use or print must look to their HCO Secretary. If the HCO Secretary is in doubt, he or she should consult the next higher HCO Secretary. No effort should be made by HCO to censor opinion or comment on policy or technology, the whole effort is to be directed to the dissemination and use of correct Scientology technical and policy materials only. As there exists a correct technology and policy structure, alteration of it becomes a retarding factor in organizational solidarity and expansion. The prime cause of alter-is in tech and policy is ignorance of it or stupidity. 103 POLICIES GOVERNING RELEASE 1. DISSEMINATE SCIENTOLOGY That is the governing policy of all the rest. 2. DATA SHOULD BE CHANNELED TO THE RIGHT SOURCES. If promotion is to one-legged men, don't send them materials about eyesight. The dissemination materials are designed for the more able members of society who seek self-betterment. Don't channel them toward psychiatric cases or strata they would not have an effect upon. Example: A person in charge of an org or HGC is psychoanalytically oriented and seeks only "patients" as preclears and handles them as such. The org declines because this is a wrong target since promotion was aimed at quite different people. Example: An office is successful handling workers and longshoremen but new direction of that office seeks to pull in only idle intellectuals who would never act in any case, and the office declines. In either case, the source of success was not spotted and when direction of reach altered everything declined. The old public that was being reached was offended and the new public was useless. The above two examples are actual. 3. THE WORKABLE AND PROVEN MATERIALS OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY ONLY MAY BE RELEASED. This at once excludes all squirrel or off-line materials by others, Experience has shown that no significant or lasting developments have arisen off-line in 15 years following a whole track of very murderous technology other than Dianetics and Scientology. This truth emerged in the first 3 years after 1949. Every effort was made to encourage other development. The LRH research hat was put on LRH solidly by others. Every group and organization devoted to off-line materials that came into being-ETherapy, Howes, others others others-all wound up discredited and rejected by everyone even their early promoters and adherents. Thus by the test of time and of continued use only, show that if an org adventures on off-line materials it will decline markedly or cease to exist. All groups that have departed or "dreamed it up themselves" have perished. Even psychology, psychoanalysis and psychiatry are dying, supported now mainly by governments, detested by the public. So this is not propaganda, this is a Survival fact; groups that use squirrel material fail. 4. ALL EFFORTS TO DISCREDIT THE PERSONS OF ANY LEADING OR REPUTABLE SCIENTOLOGISTS MUST BE SAFEGUARDED [AGAINST] IN ALL RELEASES, ESPECIALLY LRH. This means more than it seems to say. The near-collapse of one org was traced back to a whispering campaign by its principals against LRH and MSH. All of "the data" was false. By newspaper standards it should have been listened to avidly. Instead, the public deserted the org and it nearly collapsed and the person who did it was eventually driven out of Scientology by fellow Scientologists although no discipline was ordered and the matter ignored. The public buys only "our brand" despite newspaper publicity, government actions, whispering campaigns and rumour. This again is from actual experience. Orgs that apologize for its tech or people or LRH suffer a declining public. It is a pure survival fact that failure to protect the names and repute of Scientology leading personalities and LRH collapses an org. The only proof is that those orgs that haven't aren't here any more and those orgs that strenuously have are thriving. Protecting names and repute may also sometimes involve selection of correct materials. Example: Despite explicit orders to the contrary, mainly Level V materials were released at the Australian Enquiry. The org suffered heavily and not wholly from the government. The foolishness of it came home to most well-trained Scientologists. Sending Level VI works to Level 0 people is easy to see and intercept. But an instructor teaching Level IV to Level II students is not always found until somebody blows. This comes under protecting names and repute as well as properly targeted tech because the recipients can't understand it and so may think it's silly. 104 Releasing unfavourable photographs, badly recorded tapes or films all come under this policy. 5. THE PUBLIC MUST BE PROTECTED AGAINST ABUSERS OF TECHNOLOGY OR POLICY. Persons who try to use Scientology lines to get loans or funds for fraudulent purposes must always be exposed by HCO Secretaries by public postings when proven and Committees of Evidence when doubt exists. A complaining pc does not come under this heading but more likely under the policy of correct technology or who to accept for processing, unless less auditing was given than paid for or no auditing at all was given, at which time it comes under this policy. Anyone using a Scientology mailing list for purposes other than the greatest good for the greatest number of dynamics should be heavily censured and brought to book. The Scientology public and any mailing lists are the exclusive property of HCO. It does not matter how the mailing list was gathered or if we. ever saw it before. If someone used Scientology to collect names, that's a Scientology mailing list. It's ours and comes under this policy. 6. DELIVER SCIENTOLOGY WORKS, TRAINING, PROCESSING AND RESULTS. Although actual training and processing is under Division 11, whether or not it was or will be delivered (past and future but not current) is up to HCO. By making the right materials available for publishing and use in training and processing, HCO expects them to be employed. If they are not employed, then the matter falls back on HCO to act. The reason I had to continue research and writing myself as a lonely action was because nobody else developed anything despite my expectations and despite the money they spent. The reason I had to enforce use was because other technology crept in and failed, causing org emergencies. HCO then furthers my own hat, assumed for research in July 1950, and for control of things, to be sure tech wasn't altered or misapplied in 1952 and after. So long as those two things: have been watched and kept in effect we have prospered. Where they haven't been watched carefully and where no control existed to get them in effect everything died as our history clearly shows. Even when I strayed on research, we still did better than with the strayings of others. The public knows rightly that I correct any errors as soon as I discover them and that errors grew less as research went on. Therefore HCO issues the best material it has for the right targets and notes carefully any lack of results because of misapplication and retains the authority and control necessary to correct bad delivery under its Justice hat as well as its certificate and awards hat. The formula is "Issue the correct data properly, correct use when delivery is poor or non-existent." Early HCOs had some trouble in executing this policy because (a) they were operating on a technology that was advancing and therefore always changing. Now and then HCOs are held up by (b) my not being able to write up and issue or issue the needed materials because of comm line jams. The best solution for (a) is to issue what has been working and the best solution for (b) is to excerpt tapes or what you have and issue. However (a) has now vanished because of completed technology and (b) is becoming no problem to the degree I can get it written up and issued. 7. INSTRUCTION AND ADMIN POLICY ARE ALMOST AS IMPORTANT AS TECH. Completely aside from developing Scientology tech itself it took 14 years to develop the technology of instruction (how to communicate the data and make auditors). It took 15 years to fully develop the technology of our administration. Admin publicly is looked down on, like 19th century psychology, because it was not developed. Teaching and business admin alike have been quite low paid or in disrepute in the civilization. They were not Sciences. For instance business admin students in a University are renowned for falsifying exams more than students of other 105 subjects. That's because there was no subject there anyway. Why we had to know how to teach is self evident. In Scientology, to keep our orgs going and live through bad times we have had to develop a whole new subject-Admin. We had to have its laws, the economic factors that regulate business and all the rest. We are pretty good. People with "formal training" in subjects used in our orgs are seldom as good as Scientologists who just studied with us as part of their job. The main thing to know, like in studying our tech, in our teaching and admin there are two subjects there to be studied and used. Our teaching is Scientology type teaching. Our admin is Scientology admin. Both are regulated by Scientology policy. Orgs prosper when they know and use them and fumble and get poor when they don't. Holding teaching and admin policy and releases in is best handled by insistence they exist and are ours and are not what the person thinks they are-borrowings from the schools or business world. The business world already borrows from us. The biggest management association in the world since 1958 or so has been duplicating (as well as it could) everything we do in business admin and planning. Of course, having no HCO, they squirrel and it's hard to see how they twist our stuff so far around. But it is our material. Even their "Congresses" have the same number of days and lectures and have programmes printed on our exact format. When we have our teaching materials (not just "study") all written up you will see the universities use them. We already have some universities trying. As we write our Admin up in books, business will use it all the more. But the point is, we lead in this field, others follow. We only develop and use Scientology Admin to help us as we go toward freedom. But we still use it and only it. Because it's more modern and it's what we need, The thing to guard against in releasing teaching and Admin policy letters is the change factor. Teaching and Admin evolved with our formative years. Thus patterns and policies, like our tech, grew better. Growing better, some of it became obsolete. When re-releasing an old policy letter, always blue pencil out everything gone old and contradicted by later policy letters. You can still salvage a lot that still applies-a surprising amount. But try to cut out the contradictions with our modern policy where they exist. After all, we were children when we first tackled teaching and Admin. As we grew, we became wiser. But even our Admin childhood has wisdom in it and in some places even more fire and interest. Don't release contradictory hats where you can help it. Modernize them with a blue pencil whether you retype them or remimeo them or not. That way none get a chance to invalidate a really great achievement-teaching that works despite aberration and Admin that works amongst Men. 8. ISSUE TECH AND POLICY AS BROADLY AS POSSIBLE WITHIN ECONOMIC LIMITS. It costs money to issue anything. The way to sustain issue is get it paid for one way or another. Total subsidy of all tech and policy issue can stop its being issued for it is no longer economical to issue it. Thus to disseminate over any long period, the data must somehow be paid for or dissemination ceases. Actually you can't give away Scientology really. Money, credit or favours will flow back. But often only after many years. And meanwhile people eat. Unless you pay attention to the economics of dissemination you will cut the dissemination line even if only temporarily. If you have data, don't try to throw it all away by frantic unpaid for dissemination. Use some of the data as a leader (to announce with) and sell the rest of it. This applies to magazines, books, training and processing, all of them. People don't respect data they read in magazines anyway. For some reason they respect books. The public believes books and hoard them and throw magazines away. Even paperbacks suffer. A book has to have a hard cover to gain respect. Thus a magazine article on tech ideally should point up a book to buy. Tons of 106 bulletins are less well received than one book. The point is, don't invest a lot of money on the quality and thickness of magazines or other temporary media. Put the data between hard covers and sell it as a book. Don't give a lot of free courses or free admittances to Academies or courses or free intensives in HGCs and call it dissemination. It isn't. Beyond a small amount it cuts your ability to disseminate. The cost of the give-away does not come back in and you can't finance more outflow because you gave it all away. This can even happen to an HCO in its publishing to the org, mimeos and new books. It gives away all its materials to the org and suddenly finds the org "can't pay for more mimeo paper" or a new mimeo, machine. The way to handle is not to charge for bulletins and policy letters directly but to insist the org profit by the tech and admin by promoting harder for the org. My policy on this has always been to promote more business than the org can handle and then let it solve the jams thus brought about. Orgs I founded have never failed to handle such problems providing one demanded they did. The only problem an org can't handle is "no dough"; the only weak point of orgs, traditionally, has been promotion. They are sometimes even afraid to promote for fear they'll get too big (something wrong with the top exec's comm lines is the usual cause). I have seen an old time psychiatrically oriented (c) of P book pcs. 6 months in advance rather than hire more than 6 auditors and a queasy (c) of T seek to shut everyone out of an Academy "because they would not be socially acceptable". Such persons in the wrong positions will rail against promotion-because it makes pcs and students crowd in too hard. So you get plans "to train more only when we have instructors" or "few pcs. until the next Academy class graduates so we have auditors". Instructors, auditors, that's Division 2's problem. HCO ignores it. So, part of paying for dissemination and ads is promoting to drive in more business than the org can handle and making it make more money than it can waste. An org always manages to handle the business and it always wastes lots of money. So in issuing materials, remember to promote them too. Then there's always enough money flowing back to pay for more printing, more bulletins and policy letters, more books and tapes. If you don't become strenuous on this point of policy you win cease to disseminate. And I have always waived aside all objections to honest, appealing, clear-cut, heavy promotion as treasonable suggestions. Let somebody "doing the mag" complain about the "hard sell" in it (insistence people buy) and I always find myself somebody else and do the mag and go on promoting. Therefore people who (a) want us to give it all away and thus end our ability to pay for more and who (b) shudder at the possible inflow, I always carefully note down in my little black book for transfer. And an HCO Sec anywhere would do wen to advise higher authority in all cases where efforts to reduce our ability to pay for our dissemination get in our way. Whereas this possibly may seem unreasonable, it works. And every time I've not followed it ruthlessly, as a policy, we've come a cropper. 9. OFFER ANYTHING YOU OFFER AT A HIGH APPEAL LEVEL AT HIGH VELOCITY AND HEAVY IMPACT. If you know it works and is the way, you will have no trouble with this policy. If you don't, you will have trouble. The answer to this policy is to have a good subjective and objective reality on Scientology. Then you couldn't keep yourself from following it. L. RON HUBBARD LRH-.jw.cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 107 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 APRIL 1965 Gen Non Remimeo PLANNING AND DESIGN BOOK PROMOTION DESIGN The following sequence of events are rough notes of the exact design to be followed in book sales in the future: There are 7 types of Scn books: I (c) Public books matching lower levels for mass, popular and book store sales. 2. Technical books making auditors. 3. Reading texts (PE) one reads to the public meeting; (not extempore speaking). .4. Drill texts which give drills, (include those that a Beginning Scientologist can do on PE). 5. Instructional books making Instruction how to. 6. Organizational books making organizational know how and hats. 7. Civilization type books on how to organize and handle a civilization. 1. Public Book has a card in it for Free Memb and Free Ext Cse. Promises HBA, says HBA can be a field staff member and teach Beginning Scn courses in his part time. 2. Extension course are special training books by correspondence (the old 50 course booklets!). Done quite easily but give good basics. 3. He gets his HBA and different texts he can read to the public (type 3 and 4 books). 4. He can select persons and aside from commissions also get bonuses of intensives and courses for himself. 5. Beginning Scn people are also made in Org pcs. by type 3 and 4 texts. 6. They mainly buy auditing. 7. One or two of each class buy a book, start for HBA. 8. This is the tailor made inflow line for orgs. I can see a little fellow buy or receive a book, read how he can get a certificate and then become in his part time a field staff member. How he can teach some principles via type 3 books but mainly by reading texts to them and sending them in to get audited or to get them to co-audit on a simple comm course (old PE-HAS). The little fellow will believe utterly the actual truth-we are out to change the world and we need him personally on staff in the field. And he'll work at it hard. And there goes the evolution. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L (c) Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 108 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1965 Gen Non Remimeo DISSEM ADS SOME ALLOWED ADS BOOK ADS Here is a book that does what you don't expect a book to do. It tells you H 0 W. It tells you the basis of things, and the most basic of things is life itself. This then is a book about Life. THE PROBLEMS OF WORK By L. Ron Hubbard Just get it, read it, try it, and you'll never be the same again. Send - to: DO IT TODAY DIANETICS: The Evolution of a Science By L. Ron Hubbard Your first book on the applied Philosophy which shows you the road to a better fife with fewer problems. Just Get it, Read it, and Use it. Price: Write today to: DIANETICS: The Original Thesis By L. Ron Hubbard Dianetics is the only science of the mind built upon axioms. Workability rather than idealism has been consulted. This is the road to a better life with fewer problems. Just Get it, Read it, and Try it, and you'll never be the same. Price: Write today to: PE AD Two newspaper colums wide SCIENTOLOGY Block Bold The Science of Life CAN CHANGE Block Bold YOUR WHOLE EXISTENCE Attend a free two weeks course of 3 evenings a week Mon, Wed, Thurs, 7 to 9.30. Commences Monday evening (date) BECOME A BEGINNING All two lines SCIENTOLOGIST AND LIVE Address LRH:wmc.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 109 NOT HCO POLICY LETTER CORRECT COLOUR FLASH RED ON WHITE HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 30 AUGUST AD 15 Remimeo Saint Hill Executives Saint Hill Students ART For some fifteen years I have been studying, amongst other branches of philosophy, the subject of ART. The reason for this is: Art is the least codified of human endeavors and the most misunderstood. What is Art? is one of the least answered of human questions. Art abounds with authorities. It was chosen because "that field containing the most authorities contains the least codified knowledge." The obvious invitation is to answer the question and codify the subject. This has now been done. The subject was originally brought up in a conversation with Donald H. Rogers at 42 Aberdeen Road, Elizabeth, New Jersey, in 1950. As this zone of human activity seemed to stand outside the field of Dianetics and Scientology, I thereafter worked with it on a casual basis. Having published 15,000,000 words between 1929 and 1941, 1 was not unacquainted with the arts. Since 1950 1 have worked with other arts than that of literature in order to make an advance on the general subject of ART. I have made a breakthrough at last in this matter. And I find it is applicable to what we are doing and therefore also has practical value. To make it a matter of record rather than a filed sheaf of notes, I am publishing these findings as an HCO B. I also feel they will be of some assistance in forwarding Scientology. As in the case of all "pure research" (by which is meant study without thought of possible application) there is a sudden pay-off in these answers including the better dissemination of Scientology and the rehabilitation of the artist. My incidental studies in the fields of photography and music materially assisted these discoveries. Approaching the state of Clear has also assisted in comprehending this rather vast subject of ART. It is adventurous to state one has solved such a sweeping subject but here at least are the fundamentals and basics. The following are rough notes but are in fact the basis of that branch of activity we call ART. THE FUNDAMENTALS OF ART BASIC DEFINITION ART is a word which summarizes THE QUALITY OF COMMUNICATION. It therefore follows the laws of communication. Too much originality throws the audience into unfamiliarity and therefore disagreement, as communication contains duplication and "originality" is the foe of duplication. TECHNIQUE should not rise above the level of workability for the purpose of communication. PERFECTION cannot be attained at the expense of communication. 110 Seeking perfection is a wrong target in art. One should primarily seek communication with it and then perfect it as far as reasonable. One attempts communication within the framework of applicable skill. If perfection greater than that which can be attained for communication is sought, one will not communicate. Example: A camera that shoots perfectly but is not mobile enough to get pictures. One must settle for the highest level of technical perfection obtainable below the ability to obtain the picture. The order of importance in art is: I (c) The resultant communication, 2. The technical rendition. 2 is always subordinate to 1. 2 may be as high as possible but never so high as to injure 1. The communication is the primary target. The technical quality of it is the secondary consideration. A person pushes 2 as high as possible within the reality of 1. A being can take a lot of trouble with 2 to achieve I but there is a point where attempting 2 prevents 1. If the ardures of 2 prevent 1, then modify 2, don't modify 1, Perfection is defined as the quality obtainable which still permits the delivery of the communication. Too much time on 2 of course prevents 1. It is usually necessary to lower a standard from absolute perfection to achieve communication. The test of the artist is how little it is lowered not how high it is pushed. A professional in the arts is one who obtains communication with the art form at the minimum sacrifice of technical quality. There is always some sacrifice of quality to communicate at all. The reduction of mass or time or impedimenta or facilities toward the ability to render a result is the exact measurement of how much technical perfection can be attempted. The rule is if one is being too perfectionistic to actually achieve a communication, reduce the mass, time impedimenta or facilities sufficiently low to accomplish the communication but maintain the technique and perfection as high as is reconcilable with the result to be achieved and within one's power to act. No communication is no art. To not do the communication for lack of technical perfection is the primary error. It is also an error not to push up the technical aspects of the result as high as possible. One measures the degree of perfection to be achieved by the degree of communication that will be accomplished. This is seen even in a workman and tools. The workman who cannot accomplish anything but must have tools is an artistic failure. "Art for art's sake" is a complete paradox as a remark. "Art for the sake of communication" and "Attempted perfection without communicating" are the plus and minus of it all. One can of course communicate to oneself, if one wishes to be both cause and effect. One studies art only if one wishes to communicate and the search for artistic perfection is the result of past failures to communicate. Self improvement is based entirely on earlier lack of communicating. Living itself can be an art. The search for freedom is either the retreat from past failures to communicate or the effort to attain new communication. To that degree then the search for freedom is a sick or well impulse. Searching for and discovering one's past failures to communicate an art form or idea about it will therefore inevitably rehabilitate the artist. However, due to the nature of the Reactive Mind, full rehabilitation is achieved only through releasing and clearing. How much art is enough art? The amount necessary to produce an approximation of the desired effect on its receiver or beholder, within the reality of the possibility of doing so. A concept of the beholder and some understanding of his or her acceptance level is necessary to the formulation of a successful art form or presentation. This includes an approximation of what is familiar to him and is associated with the desired effect. All Art depends for its success upon the former experience and associations of the beholder. There is no pure general form since it must assume a sweeping generality of former experiences in the beholder. Artists all, to a greater or lesser degree, need comprehension of the minds and viewpoints of others in order to have their work accepted; since the acceptability of a communication depends upon the mental composition of the receiver. Scientology then is a must for any artist if he would succeed without heartbreak. In any art form or activity one must conceive of the beholder (if only himself). To fail to do so is to invite disappointment and eventual dissatisfaction with one's own creations. An artist who disagrees thoroughly with the "taste" of his potential audience cannot of course communicate with that audience easily. His disagreement is actually riot based on the audience but on former inabilities to communicate with such audiences or rejections by a vaguely similar audience. The lack of desire to communicate with an art form may stem from an entirely different inability than the one supposed to exist. Professionals often get into such disputes on how to present the art form that the entirety becomes a technology, not an art, and, lacking progress and newness of acceptance, dies. This is probably the genus of all decline or vanishment of art forms. The idea of contemporary communication is lost. All old forms become beset by technical musts and must nots and so cease to communicate. The art is the form that communicates not the technology of how, the last contributing to the ease of creating the effect and preservation of the steps used in doing it. A form's reach, blunted, becomes involved with the perfection alone, and ceases to be an art form in its proper definition. A communication can be blunted by suppressing its art form: Example, bad tape reproduction, scratched film, releasing bits not authorized. This then is the primary suppression. On the other hand, failing continuously to permit a non-destructive communication on the grounds of its lack of art is also suppressive. Between these two extremes there is communication and the task is to attain the highest art form possible that can be maintained in the act of communicating. To do otherwise is inartistic and objectionable. These, therefore, are the fundamentals of ART. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.cden Copyright Q 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 112 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 JANUARY 1966 (Reissued as HCO Pol Ltr of 8 August 1966) Limited Non-Remimeo SH (c) WW Only Comp Section Dept 21 WW COMPILATIONS SECTION, DEPARTMENT 21, OFFICE OF LRH (A Conference held at Saint Hill by LRH on 19 January 1966) The original composition of the WW Division was the realization that for lack of a central operating or governing body in operation all of these various orgs were more or less adrift. They couldn't in actual fact function without particularly good co-ordination from a central org. So the WW Division was formed. Now it was first thought that your operating area was the Dissem Advisory Section and then I suddenly woke up and realized that the original purpose-why you were formed in the first place-had been totally violated. You were formed in the first place with just exactly this purpose and no other purpose: to help LRH get out the magazine materials and the promotion materials that he gets out for Scientology - that's the total purpose. Now when you were put over into Dissem you were put back onto administration so if you were on administration in Dissem. what good was that? But you left them and in actual fact the HCO Exec Sec WW without somebody to tell Dissem Division how to sell books, how to find a printer to print the magazine (in which we are not interested), how to copy tapes, how to write registration letters, how to get in their letter lines, how to get up statistics. In other words, that Dissem Advisory Section had absolutely nothing but what you're supposed to do. But nothing. They can find somebody to do that. But as long as you stayed over there I would be in the same situation that I was in. I'm going to tell you the situation I've been in, and it's quite a serious situation. I'm responsible for getting out a certain amount of promotional materials. I'm responsible mostly for the design of magazines and I definitely am responsible for writing a great deal of material and getting it published. Right now I'm 30 days behind in writing a new book. Now. why am I? Well, we look it over and we find out that what I'm writing-at the present moment I'm writing a great deal of administrative material-writing a lot of policies, I'm handling an audit summary out here. I'm doing a lot of things but I'm being pulled off lines because formerly I didn't have enough help, myself. I had to wear this hat all by myself and it got behind and I'm trying to catch up with it now and it's over everybody's dead bodies. Now let me be very explicit. If I have to go on a via, on a promotional piece, or the art work thereof then I immediately have no assistance on it. Do you see why? Because I'm going through a terminal that is not concerned with that except administratively. So it's really through an administrative terminal. Well, the second it does that then you get everything going on on a via and this work that is done in Compilation and so forth is quite rapid and is quite spontaneous. Anybody who is working in that section will go completely adrift because his stuff is being turned down and I never see it, and he doesn't know what he's working on and I never get a chance to talk to him.. And he never gets a chance to talk to me. Now you're deprived, if you're not working closely with me, deprived of my intelligence service, oddly enough. Because promotion is matched against intelligence and I'm on that intelligence line hot and heavy and I know what they're howling and what they're screaming and what they're cheering about and so forth before anybody else finds it out. I even know what's going on in Tibet. I do conduct quite an intelligence service. I'm the only one in Scientology who does. Nobody helps 113 me with that hat, because what it requires is experienced evaluation and you don't buy that. So I can tell you what we got ahead of and where and then I have certain problems that have never completely been solved in Dissemination. And one of those problems is style of the Art presentation and I think I got it licked. So that we've got it licked to this degree, that there is a beginning we can make and if we make this beginning let's find out if that's OK. And then let's steer it from there. Steer it by reaction. And then we'll gradually be able to guide this thing in some place. Alright, so it takes in actual fact a lot of teamwork to get out dissemination materials. But nevertheless, it also takes concentration and a fixed idea of what you are doing, instead of it's all up in the blue. And I'm of the opinion that a fellow should do more or less what he finds it rather easy to do and if it's a strain to do PE booklets or something like that, don't go on doing PE booklets; squawk. Now this Unit is too few. It is too few by several. Now by that I mean this. If this Unit isn't backed up clerically, it can't handle the number of lines going through it. Now you've got certain lines and there are 4 main lines. There's the AUDITOR, there's CERTAINTY, there's the PABs, and the book flyers and brochure type of thing. Now these are 4 main lines. They may break down to 5 lines. Now in actual fact we probably need something like this. We probably need some kind of a make-up schedule of when what is due and what we've got to have and when we've got to have it and then we ought to just beat the devil out of this. We should have a make-up schedule f or the next year and do it in a month. That's gone, so we've got all the CERTAINTIES for the next year, but we'll hold them back and we won't ship them. And then at any moment that we get a shift on the intelligence lines of some kind or another we can throw out one of those and replace it or we can tear a column out of it and put in the stuff that's really got to meet it. Now as soon as we can do that why we're all set, because then we've got this work stacked up, we know what's going to come out when, we know what these issues are going to be, we can go about in an orderly fashion and getting together the materials and just putting them together. Then we will work out, in spite of the original trouble we had on it, we will work out this blueprint system by which they set out their shooting boards. That's got some technical bugs in it and we'll get the technical bugs out of it and away we go. Now our goal is that every month one of these organizations on the continental level will mail a magazine which we have put together and which we're sure of. I was appalled last year in doing a survey to find out that none 'of their promotion was actually effective and it was no wonder they had fallen on their faces. It was only CERTAINTY that was being that and we were getting that out. We've got a certain amount of work we've got to do and a certain amount of stuff we've got to throw together before we can begin to throw a much wider sphere of action. Let's take one thing at a time. Let's get these magazines all straightened up so they're from here to Halifax. Let's get a year's worth of magazines stacked up, Let's fix them up so we can make shooting boards out of them. We won't make shooting boards yet. Then we'll set it on an assembly line whereby we get Department 2 I's copy facilities and so forth to finish the copies and mail them off on schedule (and we're getting a schedule) when they're supposed to do it. Then at any time we can interrupt that schedule if we have to. And we can change something and let it go out that way. If we can get these magazines out of the road for the next year we can then begin to breathe. And it's not too hard to do this. It requires one hell of a lot of articles from me, but requires an awful lot of put-together, a lot of editing, and a lot of original material. They've got to go into these things. We've already got the Motif for CERTAINTY for the next year. I'm going to write a whole course for Scientologists and writing that course I'm going to get in just little articles, the highly generalized things that are intended for one and all and these are brand new, fresh articles. At the end of the year we'll have a little course and we'll put it in a book. It will make another paper-back. Don't ever get the idea that you know what will be popular. Only get the idea that you can make every effort to make a right guess what would be popular and then be totally prepared to be knocked over tincup. Because I didn't think "A NEW SLANT 114 ON LIFE" would sell 10 copies. All its articles have already appeared in CERTAINTY magazine and ABILITY and it's been rehashed since hell froze over. It's a complete rehash and yet it's selling and selling and selling like mad. So alright. And after that we can worry about our other perimeter. MOVIE DISSEMINATION Now if you've ever been around movies, it takes writing. You got to write against script. You want to go nuts. Start shooting films with no script. Complete, stark staring. You can actually expose miles and miles and miles of film if you have no idea of what the hell you're trying to shoot. And that's the surest way to make an expensive movie. So we're going to make cheap movies and make every piece of the film count and work them out at the other end and it'll all be fine. But what's this got to do with you? Well, it's got a lot to do with you because you're not going to sit on a magazine line in there. Now I get a lot of sudden rush jobs of one kind or another and they come in and they interrupt me so that they're going to interrupt your work too. But they aren't of any great importance and if we recognize what our main work is why we would be alright. MAGAZINE MOTIFS Now if we can just sit down and get a year's worth of this stuff out - I can get the articles out and we can cook up what this is going to be and what that should be and we can look at some former issues and so forth, we ought to make some assignments on the thing. Like what promotional ideas should we have in the AUDITOR now until the February issue of 1967 and what should we be hitting on each one of these issues and we find our peaks follow the issue of the AUDITOR. So it's utter folly not to get the thing out. What I want to have happen is get a list of Motifs and take it after the next one that we've got already laid out and take a list of AUDITORS from there on up to February, on a monthly basis. Now I've got to roll up my sleeves and myself get out a project of exactly what subjects I'm going to cover for the national magazines. And that requires a series of little articles and so on, but I can write up pretty well what those are, so I'll furnish that list. The PABs dictate themselves because they consist of Bulletins, but there haven't been many Bulletins issued lately so we may go into PAB reselection. Well, there's no reason why we can't get out PAB issues which will give us PAB booklets from past PABs. The lists of the levels are all compiled, they don't even have to be searched up and I just had them done because that's going to form the basis of the main next text book I write. So why don't you go ahead and get a list of those things and get your PABs stretched out and what you're covering. It's alright with me if it takes 4 or 5 months to cover one of those levels, see, perfectly fine. And if you do it right, why then we can eventually wind up by combining 5 PABs, using the same shooting plate and get a PAB booklet and that gives us a 51- book or something to sell. Now we've got book flyers. And the book flyer is all very interesting and probably we need quite a few of them. We've done some. Now let's see what they do. Now let's see if they do produce the sale of books. So we'll put that on an investigation basis for which you want statistics. What book flyers do well. And let's explore this book flyer business and let's examine Dissem files and so forth to find literature on it of other people's book flyers merchandising, and I think it had better be a merchandising project primarily. And I think that's what's missing on the book flyer business. So if you can get a merchandising programme, then we can get the flyers into action. Now I don't know what work you've got in progress but let me give you this as an order that I want put down in lines. DON'T YOU TAKE AN ORDER FROM ANY OTHER EXECUTIVE IN THIS ORGANIZATION. Don't take an order from anybody. 115 There are many reasons for this. There are people flying around with lots of ideas and lots of demands and that sort of thing and you're not the Compilations Unit for the organization. So this is another project I want you to engage on. I want you to go through what files you had of compilation and send back to each and any person whoever issued it to you to be compiled, this, and say this Unit is no longer compiling for the organization, please complete it yourself, and submit to your issue authority. You understand that everyone of those that comes to you is an order from some other executive and that's what's got you jammed and bottled up. I put my finger right on it. That's why you can't operate. Now this is the business you're in. Now it so happens that there are literally infinite numbers of technical tapes down here in the tape section and there are tremendous numbers of transcriptions. And you ought to get a boy that sits there and puts them into articles and what you're doing is accumulating a backlog for some never-never time that we know nothing about, not yet; and you just get somebody going on digging articles out of tapes. The guy has got to be able to type. He's got to be able to write. We won't consider this hat filled at this time but we'll consider that that is a necessary hat in his unit. We need that post. Edited Tape Transcripts are available-those that have been corrected-and any corrected tape transcript is available but you don't have in that the correction of tape transcripts. But now the correction of tape transcripts is part of your section. And that would include, of course, transcribing tapes. But this is not the other project I just gave you. This is making articles out of tapes. I So we won't try beyond that to put together much of an org board because you should have a lino-type type typist. You've got an Artist. You should have a linotype typist and a linotype typist is best used by simply taking copy and giving it to them and telling them what magazine it's going to be for and what point you want it in. You ought to have a schedule. This goes in the AUDITOR so this is going to appear 8 point in the AUDITOR and she copies it on a column this wide, cuts it off at that long and corrects it and hands it over. She shouldn't be paste-up. I'm a great believer in the fact that if a man is going to be responsible for a magazine he ought to paste it up. By the time you've said how you want it, 20/30 times and so forth, you could have done it 10 times. So what you consider these things are is artistic units. Each one is an artistic unit-a unit in itself. MAGAZINE POLICY If certain things have to appear in national magazines, you're still guided by policies-what appears in CERTAINTY magazine? I think there's six or eight kinds of ad or mentions of ad that occur in it. Then there's certain policy that relates to it and so forth. Accumulate a book of everything that has been written on each one of the publications that you can dig up from any place and put it in a folder and put it in a file. And then you better work the Xerox machine to death after you compile all this-somebody wants a hat because he's doing the magazine-well, you better turn around and give it to somebody on the subject of the Xerox. Get 2 copies so you give me a spare. And don't go keep handing out the information. Collect this for the first time, the basic information that went with each one of these magazines. For instance, there is terrific information that has never been passed along with the AUDITOR. Big bunches of it. Sometimes you find it merely despatches. Now if you can get it organized along that line, your clerical assistance, your typing and so forth I'm not much concerned about-that's your baby. You haven't got much space to put it and that's where you're bound down. So anyway, administratively, where purchase orders and that sort of thing are concerned, Reg has the right to sign a purchase order for your section because he's the coordinator of the Department. Now he hasn't in actual fact any right to order this section to do so and so, so and so and so and so, he's merely a co-ordinator. I don't wish to derogate that in any shape or form - I'm not talking about Reg, but the post of co-ordinator. And your primary purpose is taking that load off of me so that we can get a line out. Because I've got a jammed line and I'm telling you fellows if somebody 116 doesn't give me a hand in unjamming this line it's going to stay jammed for a long, long while. And every week that this line remains jammed with writing, dissemination, propaganda line, every week that it remains jammed probably costs Scientology a fortune. There's no question of cost here. I figured out one time what my overhead was to the Organizations or to myself in the field of writing and this is only from the revenue received from the material-the exact item that was written-this was some time ago-it was 2 1/2%. It didn't matter what I bought, I could buy rare books in Icelandic which were totally embossed with solid gold and it would still only go to 2 1/2%. because the more source material I got, the more assistance I got, why the more valuable the work was. The harder I worked on it the more valuable the work was. Therefore, I don't want you to go spending money left, right and centre on a bunch of things that don't go any place particular. Do this on principle, but I'm also telling you that I wouldn't let anybody put the brakes on you too hard on something that is essential. If you need a bunch of Greek drawings of some kind or another to carry out this motif and so forth and you don't go buy them, why I'm going to be cross. We're not operating on a "Have not" basis because we're not any longer operating with the org. When we get our work done it's got to be effective. We're not interested in, how effective we wish it was, it's got to be, and we've also got the whole programme here and it's at this point where we kick off. We've got to set a style and develop a pattern and coordinate all the various arts in Scientology. We got the definition of art and I'm very sure that is the definition, so all it is is a quality of communication. Now we've got a message. The message we've got's pretty easy. And we've got to evolve some kind of a style to carry this message. See what I'm talking about? And we want it so fixed that 20 years from now why some artist does a painting and gets absolutely thrown right out of the exhibit-they just throw him right out through the door because it doesn't have any Scientology motivation in it. TRENDS This is a talk about trend. I'm telling you that you can take a trend. You can push it forward. You can popularize something and you can make it good but you very often are quite surprised as to what will and the fellows who often know best about what will go, OK things that lay fabulous eggs and you can always be wrong about this, you understand. I was always fascinated to write a story that was unpopular that I thought was marvellous and I'd write a story which was just wildly popular - oh, it was bought all over the place - I didn't think it was much good. It wasn't my judgment that was wrong. I was sitting at the business end of it. I was sitting at my end of it, and I had my views modified by my taste which effort always educated and being a pro I was head and shoulders in criteria above what people out in the street would think in the same field. They were alright in their fields but this was my field. I very often missed and overshot-wrote too well-did something too well-did something far above acceptance level, except I know what the acceptance level is and the only way you measure the acceptance level is what they accepted and there's no other way to measure the acceptance level. It's not whether it's nice, bad or anything else. If you're going to communicate, you are going to communicate, and you won't communicate with somebody unless he has an acceptance level. But there are certain patterns to the mind that we know and certain things we can establish, and it's these things we've got to work out and if we merely agree that we should work in this direction then we should arrive. We know we're trying to work in some kind of direction. For instance, I had a little bit of a breakthrough the other night when I was talking. Everybody associates "philosophy with Greece and in the university all your educated men were overwhelmed by Socrates and Plato et al; these were names they were supposed to cross themselves four times before they could get into the classroom. Well, good. Let's overwhelm them with the same symbols only let's fix it up. Let's fix it up. 117 REPRINTED BOOKS, ETC Reprinted books definitely belong to Dissem Division, Saint Hill. WW doesn't have any reprints. You can tell them so. You're getting rid of hats. Maybe that's a piece of it. You better tell the new Dissem Sec. Try not to bypass. Make an honest effort not to bypass. You want freedom for emergencies or for somebody? But you tell them that's theirs. Things that were originated properly on Sec Eds, just complete them properly. Stuff that's coming up from all those quarters, you get rid of it. REFERENCE MATERIAL You can go to Museums for anything else you want to. Lay off Egyptian. Lay off Chaldean, Babylonian, Persian, Chinese, Japanese, Buddhistic, because they don't all work. As far as I'm concerned those fields are now trite. Trite in the extreme. That's my feeling about them. Mind, the Rosicrucians, I think, are using Chaldean or something-I've not exactly identified-it may be they haven't either. We can do better than that. And Greek - I was just hitting a field in Greek and we might be right or wrong, but I think this is a field where it is absolutely boundless, the amount of material and every Art School starts in in that direction and so forth. You don't lack the materials. I just thought of the Discus thrower. Done with one of these dolls, that an artist uses. Take a mannequin. Streamline him, put him into the position of the Discus thrower. You can take the front of the Parthenon, simplify the pillars-no end-and put in an entirely modernistic freize. Made out of mannequins-anything, it doesn't matter, but I suddenly saw that there's a bountiful field of material. When you are doing something like this, you want to look for an ocean of material. Well, what it evolves to is that with this arrangement you are free to go up and do it. And as for materials and equipment which we need to accomplish a result, just take it from me with one issue of one magazine I paid for every camera that had been bought before or has been bought since about ten times over. Those cameras weren't even used on the project. I'm just talking about the relative value of the material and the product. You can only do that if your product remains good-your product is not necessarily good-to hell with that word, but it means effective, but we're not too much interested in that. That's of no importance. It would be of great importance if we had 8 miles of film without any picture, d'you see? You got a good start on writing style now. My writing style seems to be very beautiful but what my writing style is can be summarized: it is friendly and it makes nothing out of pomposity; maybe it could be further described, but that's good enough at the moment. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.cden Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 118 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 FEBRUARY 1966 Remimeo I DOCTOR TITLE ABOLISHED In protest against the abuses and murders carried out under the title of "doctor" I abandon herewith all my rights and legitimate use of this title as the name has been disgraced. I was a Ph.D., Sequoia's University and therefore a perfectly valid doctor under the laws of the State of California. My beloved grandfather was a doctor and was known as such throughout his life. Through the ages the term "doctor" has meant "a learned man" but in modern times has been stained by its preemption by medical doctors and psychiatrists and I do not care to be associated in any way with faithless men or ignorant butchers or murderers. The title of "Mister", implying "Master" I also abandon. I wish to be known solely by my name "Ron" or Hubbard, an honourable name in the fields of philosophy and exploration. Any and all D.Scns may apply for and receive a new certificate and the title "Dean of Scientology". I wish to call to attention that any certificate ever issued by me is valid first by my signature and second by the laws of the country in which its corporation is founded. The originator of a subject traditionally has the right to qualify persons in that subject and this is the chief source of any title of learning. I could with ease defend any use of the term doctor in any nation but the name has come into question by association. This is the second time I have requested not to be so named. The first was in the late 50s in Washington DC. But people have continued the practice against my wishes and I have not lately been active in correcting them. No secretary, press spokesman or LRH Communicator may hereafter refer to me as "Doctor" or sign my name as such. I have been a "captain" of sailing vessels, a "captain" of corvettes, a "sergeant" of marines in my extreme youth, a "commander" and many other captions. And as a Scientologist knows, one has had other names. "L. Ron Hubbard" is a proud enough title. Or humble enough. I wish it to so remain. The wide world calls me plain "Ron". That is more than good enough for me, signifying as it does the friendship and confidence of the many. They are my friends. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.cden Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 119 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Remimeo Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Org Exec Sec WW HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 APRIL 1966 ES Comm Tech WW ES Comm Qual WW Org Exec Sec Hat Tech Sec Hat DIANETIC AUDITOR'S COURSE Qual Sec Hat Org Sec Hat The Org Exec Sec WW has the Dir Reg Hat authority to arrange and order and issue check sheets for Dianetic Auditing Training. For any arranging or establishment of a Dianetic Course as per HCOB 3 April 1966 "Student Auditing Dianetic Auditing" the following must be observed: I (c) The course must be not less than one month. 2. It must not be extended endlessly for the student. 3. It is not the same as grade courses in that it does not contain grade material or even the gradation chart but contains Dianetic data. 4. It must remain precisely within the limits set by HCOB 3 April 1966 so far as its auditing is concerned. 5. It may not be sold as a course for less than $500 in the US or E125 sterling in the UK or other continental areas. 6. Scholarship up to 50% may be issued. 7. Only cash may be accepted and no credit allowed. 8. Healing laws must be given heed by not selling such auditing or promising to heal by reason of Dianetic auditing. 9. The course may be advertised as, paraphrase, the way up to a capable human being is the realm of Dianetics-Scientology reaches from a capable human being upward. Success in Scientology is assured by a thorough grounding in Man's most advanced school of psychology (or the mind)-Dianetics. Dianetics was the ultimate development of the mind of human beings. Scientology is the road from there to total Freedom. This is a study and practice course which is a prelude to becoming a Scientology auditor and brings one a complete understanding of the mind so that one is then prepared to understand the spirit in Scientology, etc. 10. Academies and especially Saint Hill may teach and practice HCOB 3 April 1966 as part of Level 0 providing it is studied along with the other materials and forms the practical of Level 0. At this writing there is no pattern of how to include this material and one must be developed by experience. But it is pointed out that Academies have never failed to do well so long as a one-piece Dianetic type course was available. It could be that experience, cautiously won, will show that the public will buy the Dianetic course in droves. It could be we should drop the Dianetic word from Dianetic techniques as refined in HCOB 3 April 1966, as they are really pretty awfully advanced from where we were in 1950 and call it the Basic Auditor's Course or the Basic Academy of Scientology Course and call the technique Basic Scientology. If so, texts will have to be edited and Scientology substituted everywhere for Dianetics. These problems are left to the Org Exec Sec WW as they will gradually evolve into a new success. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:lb-r.cden Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 120 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JULY 1966 Remimeo Distribution Hats Sec Hats LEGAL ASPECTS OF SUCCESS MATERIAL PUBLICATIONS In order to be safe-guarded in the question of copyrights and other legal aspects with regard to the publication of any success material, all letters leaving the Department of Success which contain a request for success stories, case gains, wins in life and wins obtained by the application of Scientology data in life or work, must be accompanied by a mimeographed or photolithoed form with the following wording: TO THE DIRECTOR OF SUCCESS (Name of Org) Church of Scientology of California (Address of Org) I HEREBY GIVE MY PERMISSION TO PUBLISH MY LETTER OR FORM IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR TO SUMMARIZE ITS CONTENTS IN ANY OF THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA. NAME SIGNATURE ADDRESS DATE Should success material derived from incoming letters be used, where a permission to publish has not been obtained or it is no longer feasible to obtain such, then it is forbidden to publish the full name of the writer. Instead the initials of the name and the place may be used. Under publication is meant: any written communication which reaches the public in promotional material such as Book Flyers, Brochures, Info Packs, Information Letters, Executive Letters, HCO Policy Letters, articles appearing in the press, advertisements appearing in the press and in any one of the Scientology magazines. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:lb-r.rd Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 121 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 AUGUST 1966 Gen Non Remimeo Applies to LRH Keeper of the Seals (c) Signatures WW ES Comm Dist WW Org Exec Sets Dist Secs INFORMATION PACKETS There is a cardinal rule which has to do with any Distribution or Dissemination mailing piece which is:- NEVER INFORM SOMEONE OF THE ROAD TO FREEDOM WITHOUT ALSO INFORMING HIM OF HOW AND WHERE TO GET IT. Therefore, it is essential that the following points be closely adhered to when mocking up Info Packets: I (c) An Info Packet must sell and make people reach. 2. An Info Packet should be pretty and eyecatching, so that when it is received the person receiving it is so interested in it that he will read the full contents of the packet. 3. An Info Packet must be "punchy" in text and in its ads, i.e., it should really communicate to the person it is being sent to and be on his reality level. 4. An Info Packet must sell a book. This is important, as this is how you get new names in your C/F. It is important that the book that you choose to advertise will bit the reality level of the type of people you are mailing to. For example, a good book to sell to a mailing list of pro-nuclear disarmament supporters would be ALL ABOUT RADIATION. 5. An Info Packet is not just one pamphlet all by itself. It is a packet containing several pieces. These could be a short punchy article designed to increase the person's interest and cause him to reach more, a book flyer, and a book order form. If it were a local mailing, you could even enclose an invitation card for the PE. So, therefore, you have an article which causes him to reach more, a book flyer which tells him what he is to reach for, and a book order form which shows him where and how to progress in Scientology. 6. Your format for your three Info Packets for mailing lists must not be the same, as there is no sure fire way to appeal to all persons of that mailing list, and whereas the first Info Packet may not cause the person to reach further the second or third may cause him to reach further. When Info Packets are sent to WW for approval they must be accompanied by a despatch telling what type of mailing list they are going to be sent to and each Info Packet must be clearly labelled as to which mailing (1st, 2nd and 3rd) they are for. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:lb-r.cden Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 122 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I NOVEMBER 1966 Gen Non-Remimeo POSTAL ECONOMY (Cancels Urgent Directive ED 62 WW and 95 SH Postal Reduction) ADDRESSOGRAPH There is to be not more than one plate per person in Addressograph with the exception of selected lists as delineated by policy. If a person's address is unknown, his plate should be removed from active addressograph files until a correct address is obtained, and his CF folder must be marked "Address Unknown". As CF is in another division than Addressograph, an alphabetical card file of all the plates in Addressograph is to be made for cross reference purposes in the Addressograph Section. Mailing pieces addressed to staff and students may not be put in the mail, but must be put into the appropriate basket. (c) MAIL CLERKS There may be no jam on the mail line. When mail is so heavy in an org that opening mail jams with getting mail out, the post must be split and mail opening done by another person than the one doing mail out. If getting bulk mail out jams these other two posts, then a third person must be assigned to bulk mail clerk, even if temporarily. All mail must move. POSTAGE Each week the Mail Out Clerk takes a prepared checksheet to the various divisional secretaries for an estimate of their postage needs for the following week. This, totalled, is submitted with a requisition for a postage check calculated to last for a week. Any money left in the machine is subtracted from the amount put on the requisition. In the event the estimate is under and the franking machine runs out before a new check arrives, an emergency check may be requested, but if so, a Board of Investigation must be called to look into the reason for the increased postage. WW or Continental Divisions or any org sending inter org mail may not send Dev-T, return unnecessary items or despatches or reports that will increase postage, and in general, should work toward conserving postage whenever possible without impairing efficiency. Any division, in writing letters, is to use Airletters whenever possible, for overseas mail. Typists are to be supplied with adequate erasers and typing errors are to be erased and neatly corrected, instead of airletters being scrapped because they contain errors. Any inserts to go out with letters must be printed on economical lightweight paper in order to keep the postage to a minimum. Clearing and OT Courses must use lightweight paper where it is necessary to send materials, and Airletters whenever feasible. In Div 6, instead of using a legal form for obtaining Permission to Print, a rubber stamp is to be obtained with the pertinent wording for this, and it is to be stamped on an Airletter whenever the form is needed to be sent overseas. All EDs, Policy Letters, Bulletins and other printed pieces to be sent to orgs must go by Second Class Air Mail. BOARD OF INVESTIGATION A bi-annual Board of Investigation is to be called to investigate waste in the org and to find ways and means of reducing expenses and improving efficiency. PROMOTIONAL AND MAILING PIECES TO FINANCIAL PLANNING MUST CONTAIN CSW CSW by definition means Completed Staff Work. Completed Staff Work for 123 promotional and other mailing pieces would then include exact cost in terms of paper, envelopes and postage and printing costs for the entire mailing as well as any other costs that might be involve (c) d including stocks in hand if necessary. Any promotional or other type of mailing piece from any division must contain full CSW including the above costs, when put on line to Financial Planning. The Ideas and Compilations Section in Dept 21, in designing mailing pieces and promotional material, including the magazines, must include in their work designing for lightweight paper that is not so expensive that it undoes any savings in postage, and they must take into account as a part of their CSW, the cost of postage. The loss of mass in the weight of the paper can be made up for in the design. For instance, the Advance Reg Packets were nicely designed, but much too heavy. If they had been designed for lightweight paper, the artist may have conceived a totally different designing in order to get across the same communication. It is the artist's problem in considering his medium. But his medium must be considered. And this medium must be lightweight and inexpensive. The CSW submitted for each magazine to Financial Planning must contain details on paper cost and postage cost of the finished (proposed) mailing. (c) I Any division, in order to get the data for the CSW on postage and other costs may obtain the information from the proper posts whose business it is to know this needed data. Please note that the above is seeking information and would not have to go through a command line to obtain it. Compiled by a Board of Investigation Signed: Ray Thacker Anton James LRH:jp.rd John Lawrence Copyright (c) N66 for by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 NOVEMBER 1966 Sthil only IDEAS AND COMPILATIONS BRANCH WW (Amends HCO Policy Letter of 8 August 1966 "Compilations Section, Department 2 1, Office of LRH", and HCO Policy Letter of 18 July 1966, "Office of LRH, LRH Personal Office Organization") The Ideas and Compilations Branch WW, Division 7, Dept 21 is transferred to the Office of the HCO Exec Sec WW, Division 7, Dept 20 under the supervision and direct orders of the Divisional Organiser Dissem WW. Any and all communications to Ideas and Compilations Branch WW must go via Division Organiser Dissem for approval before being passed on or returned. All final copy and proofs of magazines, books, etc are to be sent to the Founder when possible for his approval to print. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:jp.rd Copyright (c) 1966 by L.- Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 124 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 JANUARY 1968 (Reissued from LRH SECED 56 INT June 14,1965) Remimeo BPI POLITICS, FREEDOM FROM L I hereby declare Scientology to be non-political and non-ideological. 2. Politics and ideology may be no part of any decision to train or process individuals, and any such interrogation shall cease to be a part of any application for training, processing or membership. 3. This does not change any policy relating to suppressive persons. It does delete any words in any form which seek to bring about a statement of political allegiance or antagonism. 4. It must be kept in mind and brought forward emphatically that Scientology does not work in the absence of official control and no matter who sought to use its principles, has uniformly failed in the hands of non-Scientologists and organizations not controlled by the Central Organizations of Scientology or myself. 5. The reason for this declaration is the consistent disaster visited upon her "allies" by the United States government and the efforts of that government since 1955, stepped up since 1963, to seize Scientology in the United States rather than forbid or stop it and the role played by the United States in inspiring the Victorian State attacks in Australia. Scientology technology is no longer offered to the United States government in any effort to assist her in political ends. Our participation extends only to our willingness to process U.S. officials as individuals unconnected with their political aims, if as individuals they are not debarred by other existing policies relating to treating the insane or our Ethics system. 6. All statements attacking any political entity or ideology are hereby withdrawn and cancelled in any lectures or literature. 7. Scientologists may be members of any political group on this planet without restraint only so long as these individuals or that group do not attempt to seize Scientology for their own warlike ends and so make it unworkable or distasteful by invidious connection. 8. Scientology is for a free people and is itself on this date declared free of any political connection or allegiance of any kind whatever. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:jp.rd Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 125 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 MAY 1968 Issue III Remimeo BPI TRANSLATIONS I have solved the principle of translation of books, which is as follows. The Scientology words themselves are not translated. The definition of the Scientology word is put in the foreign language but the word itself, like engram, is not translated. In translating, the Scientology word is put in italics (the first time it is used in the text) and the definition in the foreign language follows it in parenthesis. A glossary of terms is then put in the back of the book giving the Scientology words in alphabetical order with their definitions, as already defined the first time they appeared in the text. This means that these foreign languages will have a Scientologese vocabulary of 400 or 500 words that have to be learned by students studying the books and materials in the foreign languages. They learn them as completely arbitrary symbols and therefore no misunderstoods can occur (unless somebody misdefines them). LRH:js.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1968 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [See also HCO P/L 22 September 1972, The Basic Principles of Translating, in the 1972 Year Book.] HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 DECEMBER 1969 Exec Councils Issue 11 LRH Comm Franchise Holders Gung-Ho Groups Dissem Secs ISSUE AUTHORITY FOR TRANSLATIONS OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY MATERIALS No bulletin, tape or book may be published in any form in a foreign language without obtaining Issue Authority. Issue Authority for such is held by LRH Comm, Pubs Org, to whom all translations must be sent for approval before printing or mimeoing. This also applies to quotations and excerpts from Dianetics and Scientology materials which are made up into handouts and info packs. Each and every application for Issue Authority for a translation must be accompanied by an attestation by a Class VI, VII, or VIII Auditor that the materials contain exact duplication of technology, without addition or alter-is. No matter how expert the translator is who did the translation, the attestation by a trained Scientology auditor must accompany it, or it will not be granted Issue Authority. This policy is retroactive, and any bulletins, tapes or books which have been translated but not granted Issue Authority must be resubmitted for Issue Authority. When issued they must also be copyrighted and bear the line "COPYRIGHT (c) by L. RON HUBBARD". The purpose of this Policy Letter is to ensure that all foreign language students of Dianetics and Scientology have the benefits of standard tech. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:rs.rd Founder Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 126 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London WA HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 NOVEMBER 1958 Full Distribution MAGAZINE POLICY The public is easily confused and must be given stable data and standard articles from tapes or texts they recognize. And always at their level of training. Squirrel data starts trouble with the regular customers, gets excitement only from the nuts and freaks. These write much, spend nothing. Squirrel articles, by-lines, opinions reduce dissemination. I The public has proven they buy my material. I worked for 30 years and 20 million published words in 100 publications to earn my right to a by-line. We therefore do not use my by-line so somebody who has not earned one can have a free ride. By-lines don't come that easy. Tell them to go get one in the Sat Evening Post and then come back and you will let them sign an article. My by-line on my articles only. Never my by-line in staff writings. Say "Taken from the writings and lectures of LRH" no other by-line ever. Mention my name once each issue. Give one good datum at least per issue. In any news or tid-bits column, never mention a staff member. Staffs lose more business being cute in their own papers about their own adventures. The public yawns. Mention only prominent field people and groups and nothing coy even then. Be dignified but enthusiastic. The public buys reassuring hope, not skeptical guesses. Never be reservedly scientific or doubtful-it is a pose and a corny one reserved for less successful people. The public wants data old or new. There's tens of millions of words of unpublished Dianetics and Scientology data they have never seen even if you have. What is new to them is always old to you. Print a format that can be read. A bad one is an ARC break. Too fancy a one disturbs the text. Always mention Books, memberships, processing, training, records, special events, EMeters, insignia, badges and group services in every issue. Run only little classified type ads for outside people-tiny, short, interesting like the personals in the newspaper, never bigger. Put these people in perspective to the Central Org. The only big ads which can appear in the magazine are for the Central Organization. The basic purpose of the magazine is to sell books on Dianetics and Scientology. Base its policy on selling books. Mention, discuss or write articles about services. But always sell books. Make every issue count. Write issues people in Promotion and Registration can use as Minor Issues. Send out a leatherette covered Major Issue with lots of data once a month. Send a Minor Issue out every time you need a special booklet. Majors are more timely, less general. Minors are general. Org Mags are for use not for hoarding. Fire Minors as far and as many as you can. They need no covers. Only paper faces. Eight page things. Use photo-litho. Never, never mimeograph more than 75 copies of anything. Put it in a magazine form. It's cheaper. Use photo-litho. It's cheap. Make up on boards in the office. Always have it actually printed outside, never in the Organization. We don't manufacture well on stuff like magazines or EMeters. All magazines are my communication lines, never an organization's. Organizations can't talk, the public doesn't listen. If you want to know how it should sound and look, ask yourself how I'd want it-you will have the answer that's being bought throughout the world. LRH:mp.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1958 by L. Ron Hubbard 127 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C. HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 OCTOBER 1958 (Reissued from Washington, D.C.-from HCO Pol Ltr 24 Oct 1958 applying to "Certainty Magazine" originating from London) I to each staff member All Ability hats field offices HCO London ABILITY MAGAZINE Ability magazine should be issued semi-monthly. Issues shall be used broadly as mailing pieces and are not to go just to the membership and be forgotten. The first Ability of the month shall be an Ability Major issue, the second issue of the month shall be an Ability Minor issue. Ability Major: shall consist of informative technical material, advertisements and programmes. Ability Minor: shall be dedicated only to programmes such as Extension Course, such as training, such as processing results. Ability Major is mainly of interest to the membership and informed Scientologists. Ability Minor shall be of interest to the broad public. L RON HUBBARD LRH:rs.sg.rd Copyright (c) 1958 by L. Ron Hubbard [Note: Duplicate policy letters of same date were ALL RIGHTS RESERVED issued for Certainty, Ability and Understanding. I 128 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1 HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 JUNE 1959 Hat Write-up PAB LIAISON PURPOSE: To see that PAB material is supplied London months in advance. DUTIES: To edit tape material, transcribed by Tape Transcription, suitable for PABs. All PAB material should be taken from the LATEST and most current tapes of LRH, or from handwritten PABs by LRH. All PABs are technical data. Maintain good communication with PAB Liaison London, or any other PAB Liaison post; London sends PAB copy to New Zealand and South Africa, who print their own PABs. All PABs for the United States are printed from London. If possible, as an accommodation to PAB Liaison London, send London the original for printing use, and send 2 carbons, if possible, for London to send on to New Zealand and South Africa; otherwise London types their own copies (from the original which you send) for the other PAB posts across the sea. Be sure one copy gets filed in the PAB material file in HCO. Before sending PAB copy to London, send to LRH for approval. PABs are orderly in advance. Never issue a "hot PAB" giving very latest data, skipping over materials you have lined up for PABs, unless directed to do by LRH; i.e., occasionally LRH will ask that an HCO Bulletin be released as a PAB. The PABs go to all the International Members in good standing. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:mp.cden 129 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 JULY 1959 Issue III SCIENTOLOGY MAGAZINES Definition: Minor Issue: Anybody can read and be happy he has done so. Definition: Major Issue: Scientologists can read and get busy about things. Priority of Ads in a Scientology Magazine: Books Books Tapes Processing HAS Co-Audit, PE Memberships Extension Course Academy L RON HUBBARD LRH:gh.vmm.rd Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 OCTOBER 1959 CenOCon TWO FINE MAGAZINES The recent US Ability No. 105 which gave all the book lists and check sheets and the SA Understanding Issue 13 which gives the data on courses are two well thought out and excellently executed magazines. I thank all those concerned with their creation. I advise all Central Organizations to use them as models for two future issues. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:iet.cden Copyright (c) 19 5 9 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 130 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 OCTOBER 1959 CenOCon MAGAZINE ARRANGEMENTS Certainty Major is to be replaced by a PAB Magazine made up, printed and mailed from HCO WW Monthly to Lifetime, Founding, Participating (until date of expiration only) and International Membership. Certainty Minor (Continental Magazine) is to be made up monthly and sent to print by its editor. The Director of Promotion and Registration decides how many copies the HASI concerned requires, the Director of Materiel orders them direct from the printer and the Addressograph Department mails them regularly each month. LRH:js.rd Dinah Day Copyright (c) 1959 HCO Dissemination Secretary WW by L. Ron Hubbard for ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 OCTOBER 1959 CenO MAGAZINE MAILINGS CERTAINTY Major is to be replaced by a PAB Magazine made up, printed and mailed from HCO WW to Lifetime, Founding, Participating (until date of expiration only) and International members, to arrive on the 5th of each month. All offices please ensure that the names and addresses of these members are printed on gummed rolls of paper or duplistickers and sent airmail to HCO WW to arrive no later than the following number of weeks before the 5th of the month: New Zealand - 6 weeks Australia - 6 weeks S. Africa - 2 weeks U.S.A. - 2 weeks U.K. - I week. Any rolls arriving later than the date required will be dealt with last, and will not be dealt with at all if not gummed. The only exception to this is HASI London, who supply addressed envelopes 9 1/2" x 6 1/2" (9" x 6" is too small). CERTAINTY Minor is to be made up monthly for U.K. only and sent to print by its Editor. The Director of Promotion and Registration decides how many copies the HASI concerned requires, the Director of Materiel orders them direct from the printer and the Addressograph Department mails them regularly to arrive on the 25th of each month. LRH:js.rd Dinah Day Copyright (c) 1959 HCO Leading Steno WW by L. Ron Hubbard for ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD 131 NOT HCO POLICY LETTER CORRECT COLOUR FLASH RED ON WHITE HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex CenO HCO BULLETIN OF 15 MARCH 1960 Dissem Sec HCO Sec Assoc Sec Mag Editor DISSEMINATING SCIENTOLOGY Disseminating Scientology means: Getting the materials of Dianetics and Scientology disseminated widely and by efficient presentation. How many students and preclears we have depends largely upon HOW MANY BOOKS ARE SOLD, and after that, how efficiently and effectively those students and preclears are handled by Scientology personnel-i.e., the Registrars, Reception, Instructors, Staff Auditors and any other Org personnel in contact with them. Most Central Orgs rely heavily upon their magazine to advertise books. Some magazines push books ahead of all else-some only run book lists, some book lists and occasional book ads. Some Central Orgs have other dissemination lines also to push their book line. Regarding a Scientology Magazine, present policy is repeated here: "The basic purpose of the magazine is to sell books on Dianetics and Scientology. Base its policies on selling books. Mention, discuss or write articles about Services. But always sell books. (c) (c) All magazines are my (LRH) communication fines, never an organisation's. Organisations can't talk, the public doesn't listen. (c) (c) (c) Which is to say, "Always sell books"-this means more than just listing them in a magazine. Just showing a book list doesn't always sell a large number of books. When selling any MEST product, the potential buyer has to be told WHY he should have this productWHAT will it do for him-what is in the book-what it's about-why he should read it-etc, etc. Just seeing a book title listed does not always prompt a person to buy the book. Books on Dianetics and Scientology are for the most part the only MEST items we sell; Scientology itself is an intangible thing-the public can't "see" it, not "feel" it, it has no mass. So our books are about the only thing we have that is MEST, something which they can hold in their hands-read-touch-etc. Also, Books are our Number One entrance point to getting students and pcs (apart from live communication, but at this time we have more people to get books distributed than we have people to get students and pcs. in by live communication). When letters are written to people who have CF folders, these people have in most cases READ A BOOK. AN IMPORTANT POINT Since Scientology magazines are LRH's communication lines to the public, and since the purpose of the magazine is to sell books, it is just as important for HCOs (who publish Scientology magazines) to see that Ron's books get advertised properly, every issue, as it is for an HCO Communicator to see that LRH dispatches get routed quickly and to the right terminals-as it is for an HCO Steno to quickly type and issue Ron's Policy Letters and Bulletins. These are his communication lines. An HCO Office is the office of LRH. Its purpose is to help him wear his hats. HCO publishes the Scientology Magazine. HCO sees that his dispatches and letters get quickly handled and routed-that his bulletins and policy letters get issued fast and that his BOOKS (his largest comm line) get delivered to the proper terminals, too. HCO Offices and Central Orgs, please note: It is just as important therefore, to see that LRH's Books get disseminated fast and widely as it is to see that his dispatches are delivered immediately. People do read Ron's books, so let's get them disseminated as wide as possible. Use Scientology Magazines-use well-prepared, aesthetic, presentable flyers-brochures - announcements-mailing lists-book stores-newspaper ads-local trade journalssalesman magazines. Use all media available to you to get SCIENTOLOGY BOOKS DISSEMINATED EVERYWHERE. Then we'll have healthier problems such as, "Where do we get 15 more instructors and 26 more HGC Auditors!" LRH:js.rd Mildred Galusha Copyright (c) 1960 via Peter Hemery by L. Ron Hubbard for ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD 132 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1 HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 JUNE 1960 (Reissued from Sthil) All HCO Offices RUSH MAGAZINE NOTE Please publish as soon as possible HCO Bulletin of June 23, 1960, The Special Zone Plan (which is being sent to you this week) in Ability, Certainty, Communication, Understanding, Reality and Affinity and make certain the issue arrives in the hands of all Dianeticists and Scientologists new or old. This article contains the Special Zone Plan that may change the whole future of dissemination. Do not publish the HCO Bulletin of June 10, 1960, "What We Expect of a Scientologist", that says we are not practitioners, as HCO Bulletin of June 23, 1960 is an improvement on it. Hold any issue you have planned and do instead HCO Bulletin June 23, 1960. This is urgent. LRH:js.gh.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 AUGUST 1960 Reissued from Sthil CenOCon MAGAZINE ADVERT. POLICY Field auditors and Orgs can no longer be advertised in Central Org magazines for pay. Unless the HCO Sec and Org/Assn Sec are pleased with the centre and auditor they cannot be run at all. Run classified adverts as you wish but only if you like the people. Run adverts classified type for people you want to compliment. Otherwise no, absolutely not. LRH-.js.gh.rd (c) (c) L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 133 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1961 Sthil PHOTOSTATS All use of the Polyprint Photostat machine should be done by only one person. The machine should be kept clean. The fluid must be emptied out after every use, into the plastic bottles. Do not remove thin tubes from the plastic bottles. It is air that causes colour of fluid to darken. if a fair copy is not obtained, or if figures are dim, or finished photostat is pink, it is operator error. Study the instruction book. If it's missing, get a new one. Check all lamps when leaving room. Do not leave a safelight on by error. They are hard to see in a lighted room. Don't splash fluid on yourself, table or floor. It leaves very dark stains. Do not waste paper. It is very costly. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:jl.rd Copyright (c) 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard [Note; Excerpted from HCO P/L 13 September 1961, ALL RIGHTS RESERVED General Office Orders. A complete copy appears in the Executive Volume] HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 AUGUST 1964 General Remimeo Magazine Editors Dissem Secs TECHNICAL INFO FOR CONTINENTAL MAGS Policy is now that no technical may be written in Continental mags which is not written by myself or directly transcribed from my tapes and shown to me before printing. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:jw.cden.kd Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 134 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 APRIL 1965 Sthil only Dissem Div Only DISSEM DIV ADDITIONAL MAG POLICY Keep out of releases local names of Sthil and orgs. Use only for names of auditors and groups. Give no, more publicity to Centres of Franchise Holders. Publicise only auditors and pcs. who have been trained or processed. Show how they are changing or how they are changing their environment and applying Scientology, Increase statistics columns. Don't go high school or chatty. Advertise Sthil and Academy Courses and HGCs. Keep out of it long pieces I don't write. Concentrate on selling one thing per issue. Don't shotgun. Each issue to have a motif. Knock out the bargain basement aspect. With the motif offer something that makes people want to reach for their local org. Push also reaching for Saint Hill via the local org. Never offer anything that makes anyone have to decide anything. Our public won't decide and can't judge. Just TELL them to. Offer no tricky or complex prices. (c) Offer THE book for their friends in half dozen lots. "This is the book for your friends. Buy it in half dozen copy lots. Costs only per book, that's for six. Buy it from your local org." Do all the deciding. Concentrate attention in each issue on I thing. Use their names not org names. Foster-if it isn't in the Auditor it didn't happen. Knock out all but LRH by-lines on photos or articles, as the public gets too dispersed. Editorial purpose is "To show the world successful Scientology and Scientologists and make them want more Scientology." LRH:wmc.rd Copyright (c) 1965 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 135 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 JULY 1965 Gen Non-Remimeo CONTINENTAL MAGAZINES TO MODEL AFTER CERTAINTY In order to program and facilitate release of data, promotion and dissemination and to ensure its correctness, all continental magazines (Ability, Communication, Understanding, Reality, Affinity) are to use Certainty as a model, using the releases, articles, and similar ad copy that, is in Certainty in each continental magazine. Certainty make-up is done right here under the supervision of the Office of L. Ron Hubbard. It releases what is to be released continentally (and when). With continental magazines modelling on Certainty then, there will be a uniformity of data, promotion and dissemination throughout the world. You may add local news or further promotion for local events, such as Congresses, tape plays and special events. When you get a copy of Certainty in print, you may feel this is already released data; but REMEMBER, it hasn't been printed on your continent yet. A copy of Certainty will be airmailed to each HCO Dissemination Sec as soon as it arrives from the printers. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.kd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 136 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF I SEPTEMBER 1965 Issue 11 Gen Non-Remimeo PUBLICATIONS (Preserved policy from former Policy Letters which have been cancelled) The National Magazine International Members receive every other month a Major issue of the National Magazine. Everyone in the address files receives the Minor issue in the alternate months. The Auditor The Auditor goes to all Founding Members, International Members, Lifetime Members and Professional Auditors, but the mailing of this magazine is not to be promised and comprises no part of the pricing programming, Saint Hill making no promise to continue to issue it to any certain person or anyone. The Professional Auditor's Bulletin The Professional Auditor's Bulletin goes to all International Members only either direct from Saint Hill or as an enclosure in a Major national issue. Tape Plays Orgs can hold all the tape plays they want but only for a fee and not in lieu of taking courses. Special courses are now forbidden as the materials are fitted to their levels and the courses for each level should be routine. Tapes No tapes may be manufactured, copied or copied for resale by any Central Organization or City Office. Only Saint Hill may copy tapes. Evidence of any tapes being copied or copied for resale in a Central Organization or City Office will suspend their tape discount for one year. Congress Dates Congress dates should be set and advertised for a year in advance and advertised heavily 3 months before they are held. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.kd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 137 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 OCTOBER 1966 Remimeo Issue TV Ideas and Comp Hat WW Dissem Sec Hat Dist Sec Hat ADVERTISEMENTS, CONTINENTAL MAGAZINES AND AUDITOR All advertisements to appear in the Continental Magazines and the Auditor must be drawn up, as they apply, by the Dissemination Secretary and Distribution Secretaries for their respective interests. This must be done each month and submitted to Ideas and Compilations Branch of the Office of LRH. As the statistics of the Dissem Div and Dist Div depend largely upon these ads, it should be the responsibility of these Secretaries to furnish the ads. Ads must be in accordance with long standing policy of what must appear each issue in magazines. It is noteworthy that bad ads or none at all in the Continental Magazine or an absence of a magazine issued is inevitably accompanied by gross income slumps in orgs. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:lb-r.rd Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 138 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 DECEMBER 1966 Gen Non-Remimeo DISSEM DIVS IMPORTANT MAGAZINES PERMITTED ALL ORGS Each and every org, but not Franchise Centres, may issue a magazine. Worldwide is to furnish two sets of copy monthly for such magazines. One set for the Continental Magazine, one set for a smaller Area Magazine. Organisations are not bound to use only the WW issue material and may issue magazines without waiting for it. However, any Scientology magazine is bound by magazine policy. Irresponsible texts or ads can cause a withdrawal of permission to issue a magazine. MAILING LIST A Continental Magazine must go to every person in Central Files unless a person is on non-comm by reason of Ethics Orders or is dead filed. An Area Magazine should go to every person in the Central Files of an Area org, unless restrained by an Ethics Order on that person cutting comm, regardless of the duplication of the Continental Org's mailings. DEFINITION OF CF A Central Files folder must exist for every person who has ever BOUGHT anything from an org. This means none can be excluded or edited out as old unless mailings are returned for lack of address and there is no new address. Address lists must approximate CF for the magazine mailing. If an org had a 6400 CF list and if it has been "edited" to "current" it must restore the original list. Address may have non-purchaser lists of free courses, etc., but this is not a CF name. A magazine may be mailed to non-purchaser names but only for a limited time. Change of address and "moved and no forwarding address" must be kept up to date in the Address files. Address must have some plate system of addressing even if only silk screen and this must be kept up to date. Further, Address must be able to point to one set of plates and be able to say, "That's the complete CF list." LOST LISTS In DC the old Dianetic mailing list fell from 40,000 to 13,000 by failing to send something to it bi-annually as the U.S. post office only keeps a forwarding address six months. 139 So lists can be "lost" by not using them. SOLVENCY The insolvency of orgs in years past was often traced to failures to use their whole CF for mailings of mags and failures to issue mags on time. Several orgs have had their financial troubles solved by issuing magazines quickly. Magazines are a vital factor in solvency. Thus Area as well as Continental Orgs should issue magazines. Overlapping coverage does not matter. Omission of proper ads or saying one letter of complaint was "the public" as a reason to omit or soften ads has affected solvency in the past. DIFFERENT TEXTS Continental and Area Magazines should not use the same article and ad texts. ISSUE AUTHORITY No permission is required from WW now to issue a magazine or ad text. But all magazines issued must be mailed to the Dissem Div Organiser WW which address should be put in the CF address plate list. Copies should also be sent by fast mail to the Office of LRH WW so quality may be watched. COPYRIGHT The material of any magazine must be copyrighted by the Continental Exec Div in the name of LRH and all such copyrights obtained should be sent to WW Legal. WARNING Magazines carrying articles by other persons than LRH on technical matters have proven unacceptable to the public and such articles by policy are limited to commentaries on success or social activities or experiences. ADS Advertisements for money, field auditors and bizarre social activities have had unhappy results. Every magazine must carry an ad for every service rendered. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:jp.rd Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 140 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 APRIL 1969 Remimeo Hat Dept 19 ROUTINE CONGRESS PROMOTION Routine Congress promotion to go out in your Org's monthly Magazine is as follows: I (c) Congress dates for one year in advance in every issue. 2. Date (and if known, location) of next Congress headlined. 3. The issue two months preceding a Congress has a minimum two page spread or insert showing pictures and giving enthusiastic comments from the Congress just past and advertising the next one. 4. The issue one month before a Congress has an insert giving full details of the Congress plus an Advance Registration form. S. If Congresses are more than three months apart, the Magazine issues carry progressively larger more informative notices of coming Congress. 6. All Congress ads heavily stress SOURCE: "L. Ron Hubbard's (Name) Congress." "Hear Ron's tapes on At this Congress Ron will tell you etc. 7. All Congress promotional material is to incorporate a Congress theme symbol. 8. In addition to routine Magazine advertising there is a separate Congress mailing with an advance registration form mailed to arrive at least two weeks before the Congress. 9. The week prior to the Congress a team should make phone calls reminding people of the event. 10. After a Congress all those who attended and contributed to the success of the event are acknowledged by letter and the next Congress put there for them. Tom Morgan Public Exec Sec WW Allan Ferguson Qual Sec WW Bruce Glushakow HCO Area Sec WW Ad Council WW Rodger Wright LRH Comm WW Jane Kember The Guardian for L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ei.rd Founder Copyright 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 141 NOT HCO POLICY LETTER CORRECT COLOUR FLASH BLUE ON WHITE EXECUTIVE DIRECTIVE FROM L. RON HUBBARD LRH ED 59 INT 14 DECEMBER 1969 MAGAZINES To the pcs. I have a report here that at least one Continental Org only mails its magazine to its local state and has never heard of Major-Minor issues. I must assume then that Magazine policy has fallen out. I KNOW NO SURER WAY FOR AN ORG TO COLLAPSE THAN TO CURTAIL ITS MAGAZINE ISSUE. London once, out, of "economy" years ago cut its Certainty magazine to 700 from 4,500 copies on the premise it had only 700 "hot files". London went $22,000 in the red promptly and at once. There is a long, consistent history of counter-intention on magazine distribution policy. Let us once and for all get the keynotes of this policy straight: 1. EVERY ORG PUTS OUT A MAGAZINE. ,This means bigger orgs such as Continental put out one to the overall area. It is usually printed at Continental level. Little orgs at least get out a mimeo and call it a magazine. It goes to their area of influence. Saint Hills are covered by "The Auditor" which goes out best from one central point. 2. MAGAZINES GO OUT MAJOR ISSUE TO MEMBERS EVERY TWO MONTHS, MINOR ISSUE TO THE WHOLE CF LIST ON THE IN BETWEEN MONTHS. This means a magazine every month. Major and Minor alternate, one month a major, next month a minor. A major is fatter. In DC every quarter and certainly every 6 months what's left of the old Dianetic address plates get a minor to keep them alive. Post Offices only keep change of address 6 months in the US so the list tends to vanish if not used. When it was neglected it fell from 40,000 to 13,000! Jbg periodically ignores its full address list and wonders why it has trouble with stats. The truth is plain from years of experience: Where orgs don't send out magazines they go broke. When they cut their lists they get poor. When they don't use Major-Minor alternate months they lose a lot of their list. 3. MAGS CARRY SIX KINDS OF ADS EVERY ISSUE. Training, Processing, Memberships, Books, Meters, Tapes. 4. SAY IT IN THE MAGAZINE. Special events, tape plays, Congresses, Group Processing, Coaudits, special courses, special offers, special editions are announced in the magazine. The magazine is for USE. Before it is finalized in make up, every divisional head must be sure it is saying what he is trying to sell. A lot of such offers and messages tend to go out in a flurry of special leaflets, special mailings, etc. While these can be done, a lot of them could be said better and with less sweat in the magazine. The magazine is the talking piece of the org. Without it the org is dumb. 142 5. THE MAGAZINE CARRIES THE ORG ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBER. The addresses of other orgs are included the higher the level of magazine. 6. THE MAGAZINE IS NOT USED TO ADVERTISE UNOFFICIAL ORGS OR AUDITORS OR GROUPS. You don't spend your good money to advertise at high cost others who don't. bring you direct income. 7. MAGAZINES MUST NOT CARRY SQUIRREL TECH. Standard Tech is your message. The Tech Sec must okay all tech references in a mag. 8. ENTHETA OR FLAPS ARE NEVER ADVERTISED ON ORG LINES. High ARC is the keynote of org lines. A publication like Freedom is a defense action and is for public consumption. It is not distributed to org mailing lists. 9. A MAGAZINE IS AN INTERNAL "HOUSE ORGAN". If you will note that, major or minor, an org magazine only goes to names in CF you will see that it is destined for people who have already bought something. It is the Dissem Secs' method of contacting Scientologists. It is not a public comm line. However as some of the people in CF are not Scientologists even though they bought a book or short course, some caution must be shown in making statements in the magazine. The confusion between Dissem and Dist divisions exists only because staff sometimes looks on a magazine or the CF as a public function whereas it is internal, enclosing the existing field of people who are already in Dianetics and Scientology as shown by members, CF, letter reg actions. CF, its address list are more or less owned by org terrain. The Public divisions on the other hand confront the broad public, the unowned terrain. 10. THE HCO ES AND DISSEM SEC COMPILE THE MAGAZINE. The Dir Pubs is the make up area but sometimes it is not named which leaves it where the responsibility lies. 11. THE HCO ES AND THE HCO AREA SEC MAIL THE MAGAZINE. Actually the Dir Comm does the mailing in a large org but sometimes HCO is a thin area. The responsibility for mailing is as above. It is common for an "All Hands Evolution" including even student volunteers to get the mag mailed. 12. IF PUBS ORG DOES NOT SEND "SHOOTING BOARDS" THE ORG MAKES UP ITS OWN MAG. Pubs Org used to send shooting boards at least to Continental orgs. Smaller orgs may not get any. The failure to receive shooting boards does not relieve an org from sending out a magazine. 13. THE MAGAZINE IS THERE TO HELP DISSEM DIV 2. IT IS NOT THERE TO HELP THE pcs. OR DISTRIBUTION. If you think of the magazine as a mailing piece that helps the Letter Reg you will have it pretty close. This tells you at once that the mag is no real help to the pcs. as it doesn't go to anyone he should be in contact with. He can of course use extra copies of an issue to help his work and should. The magazine sells the books of the Dissem Div BUT it is there only to sell more books, meters, tapes to people who have bought books already. So it is no front line for book sales even though it should and must sell more books via its ads to people 143 who have already bought books. It doesn't sell books to raw public since it doesn't go to raw public. NEW LOOK I hope this gives you a new look at magazines. It helps sell only those people already sold. It can't be counted on in any way to find new people. But it is vital to get those already on the lines to avail themselves of org services. The larger income of the org comes from selling major services to those already sold smaller services. You never sell an HAS or PE course in a magazine. You sell a 25 hour intensive or an Academy Course. Only then does an org get larger sums of money. It can't live on HAS Courses! The magazine is under the HCO ES because it is "conquered territory". The magazine is always working on already existing customers so it has to sell things THEY will buy, not things the raw public would buy. Thus an org has income. The pcs. gets new people to buy things and so gets them into the Central File& This way CF expands. But the pcs. never counts on the magazine to do anything for him. He must use other channels. This may be a New Look to some. In summation, if you don't get the mag out as above you never really sell the major services of an org which brings in its major income. And in making up a magazine's ads you offer services people in your CF will buy. You have to do a fast CF survey of what they have bought, what percent have had it, what percent will buy it before you know what to stress. You have by the survey then what to write an article about and feature an ad about in your magazine. If 90% of your CF has had Triple Grades Scientology up to IV you would go broke offering it as a special service featured in your mag. But if only 10% have had it, on a fast look at CF, you sure better feature it and publish success stories on it. To that degree, if you really do look at what's popular and what you can sell, a locally made up mag. is superior. If you have the boards from Pubs you can overpaste the ad or article you want to change and use the rest. The Maxim is any mag is better than no mag. A cleverly done mag planned against service can boost you into affluence fast. I hope this helps. Love, Ron C~ I [seal] 8, FEB 18, 1964 4 L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:rs.rd 144 NOT HCO POLICY LETTER CORRECT COLOUR FLASH GREEN ON SALMON HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex DISSEMINATION DIVISION ADVICE LETTER OF I APRIL 1970 Dissem Secs for Hat Dir Promo for Hat MAGAZINE LAYOUT AND PASTEUP Having a good quality, professional looking magazine layout and format is a vital promotional action for any org. Care should be taken to see that magazine layout is done well, and that the org magazine is a credit to the org and Scientology. If the org printing equipment does not produce a clearly readable, professional magazine, have it done by a professional printer. You always lose money with poor presentation so why try to save money that way. The layout artist needs to know how the magazine is to be printed-he needs to know what the printer will need from him. Different printing methods require different kinds of artwork: (a) With some reproduction equipment, light must pass through the artwork for the negative to be made. This means there can be no pasting or painting over, nothing which will obstruct the passage of light through the artwork. This is best done on thin paper or plastic sheets, and checked on a light table for clarity. (This applies to anything to be made into "shooting boards" on the photostat machine and sent to orgs from WW.) (b) With most professional reproduction equipment, light is reflected off the surface of the artwork to make the negative. Here pasting and painting over is permitted. The only requirement is that it looks correct to the eye. (c) Printers may have other requirements (size, margins, etc) so it is best to comm with the printer before layout is done to minimize Dev-T (to yourself and the printer). Find out what he needs. TYPED COPY All copy to be pasted down on the magazine artwork must be of good quality. Use a new ribbon (special carbon ribbon preferably) in an electric typewriter. Copy should be dark and easily readable. MATERIALS The layout artist should have a large table or drawing board and plenty of light. He should have a T-square to line up copy and see that it is straight. He will need paper or plastic sheets to lay out on, rubber cement, pens, pencils, ink, brushes, a small cutting knife, scissors. For large headings and titles, you can use adhesive lettering. These letters are printed on plastic sheets and can be transferred to the artwork by rubbing the sheet with a ball point pen or Stylus. These come in a variety of type styles and sizes. MAGAZINE PASTEUP When the layout artist gets the magazine, he should get a complete dummy (rough mockup), all the typed copy, and any photographs included. The dummy is made after all the material for the mag is compiled, by the mag editor. It shows exactly how the finished mag will look-where the copy goes, how wide the copy is, where the photographs or artwork go, where headings are to be put and how large they are to be. This dummy goes to the typist, who can then look at the dummy and see how wide the copy is to be, and the space allotted for it. The artist then does all the headings and artwork required, and pastes these up on the page with the copy and photographs. He uses the T-square to line up all the copy and see that it is straight on the page. Any marks made on the artwork (guidelines, etc) that are not to be printed should be done in blue pencil as this will not photograph. Some printers prefer that photographs (half-tones) not be attached to the artwork 145 (line) as negatives for these are made separately. If this is the case, merely indicate where they are to go on the artwork. Rubber cement is the best adhesive to use for this type of work as it is very permanent and very clean. Just apply the rubber cement to both surfaces, allow to dry slightly, and press together. Excess cement can be removed, when dry, by rubbing with your finger or with a ball of hardened rubber cement. When the artwork is finished, proofread, and any corrections stripped in, it should be sprayed with some kind of fixative to protect it, and covered to keep dust off. DESIGN Experience in commercial art and design is a great help in magazine layout and design, but this is not essential. The main criterion is, does it communicate? Is it eye-catching, pleasant to look at, and clearly readable? ART is a word which summarizes THE QUALITY OF COMMUNICATION. It therefore follows the laws of communication. [HCOB 30 Aug '65 Art.) Print a format that can be read. A bad one is an ARC break. Too fancy a one disburbs the text. [HCO P/L 24 Nov '58 Magazine policy - I A good presentation is not necessarily an expensive one. It means having the intention there to communicate and taking care that every detail, every letter and line, is right, and assists in getting the message across with the proper impact. Take the care necessary to do a good job. POLICY CONCERNING MAG LAYOUT HCO P/L 8 Oct 1968 Artistic Presentation 23 Dec 1958 Quality of Presentation 8 Aug 1966 Compilations Section, Dept 2 1, Office of LRH 24 Nov 1958 Magazine Policy 28 July 1965 Handling of Photographs HCO B 30 Aug 1965 ART Jeff Hawkins Dir Production Activities Pubs Org for Exec Council Pubs Org for Exec Council WW DEFINITIONS: LAYOUT: To plan in detail, arrange, or place all the parts of any material to be reproduced. Also means the finished plan, arrangement or placement of these. PASTEUP: Means to actually paste or stick the different parts of the artwork down in finished form. HALF-TONE: Means having shades of grey as in a photograph. Photographs are printed by photographing them through a screen and reducing them to a pattern of dots. LINE: In reproduction, any part of the artwork that has no shades of grey-just black and white. Copyright (c) 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 146 NOT HCO POLICY LETTER CORRECT COLOUR FLASH GREEN ON SALMON HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Dissem Sec SH Hat DISSEM ADVICE LETTER OF I APRIL 1970 Dir Prom SH Hat Issue Authority SH Hat Issue Authority WW Hat PAB MAGAZINES 1. PABs (Professional Auditor's Bulletin) cover the library record of levels, (HCO Bulletin of 30th November 1965 LIBRARY RECORD OF LEVELS). The bulletins are published consecutively, by date, and per level. Any new bulletins which may come out for a certain level, are published when the PAB reaches that date. Example: PAB 243 publishing bulletins on Level I consecutively would not publish a new 1969 bulletin issued for that level. The new bulletin would be issued when the PAB reached the year 1969, along with other new bulletins regardless of the level it is for. 2. PABs also contain: (a) Book Ad (b) E-Meter Ad (c) Membership Ad (d) Power Processing Ad (e) Special Briefing Course Ad (f) Tape Ad (lectures of LRH) (g) Order Forms able to be torn out. As well as: Cover consisting of good training photo from edge to edge with the PAB symbol on it in the upper right band comer, the PAB blurb telling which level the particular PAB is covering and which issue the PAB is, of that level, under this description of the cover photo. A Glossary of Terms, List of org addresses and the masthead an the back. 3. The PAB magazine is very standard. The only variety there is, is different books being promoted in each issue, different tapes, bulletins of course as they are published consecutively. All the rest is standard. The masthead stays exactly the same, except where there may be a change by the Guardian's Office in the text of the masthead which is done only on their authority. The org addresses only change when an org moves its quarters. The number of the issue changes with each issue, consecutively, the PAB blurb stays the same except where it says "This is - Issue of PAB covering the Level (c) series of (c) (c) (c) The number of the issue and the number of the level. 4. FORMAT: Always standard. Format always stays the same. Just as the AUDITOR has a standard format from month to month, minor to minor-major to major, the PAB has a standard format. PLACEMENT OF CONTENTS OF THE PAB as format: Cover: Training photo which bleeds off edges, PAB symbol top right hand corner. Inside Front Cover: Book Ad, PAB blurb, short description of cover photo. (Also the Public Notice for the UK edition of the PAB.) Page I through to 6: HCO Bulletins consecutively per level. Page 7 through to 10: E-Meter Ad, Membership Ad, Power Processing Ad, SHSBC Ad, Tape Ad, tear out order forms, Page I I through to 16: Continuation of HCO Bulletins. Inside Back Cover: GLOSSARY. Back Cover: Half page for org addresses (Churches of Scientology) other half page for the masthead. These are vertical, the masthead on the inside edge, the addresses on the outside edge. Refer to PABs 243 and 244 for standard format. 5. TEXT: The Ads are written per standard original mag policy by LRH, using the seven points of an ad and hard sell. The E-Meter ad must have the E-Meter note in it. The Glossary defines any abbreviations contained in the bulletins and other technical terms, needing defining, if not done so already in the bulletins. 6. The PAB Magazine must be done within one Central Office as it is an 147 international issue and has standard format. The Saint Hill Services (Power Processing and SHSBC) are promoted in it. This is a Saint Hill Magazine. And now that there are three Saint Hills, all three addresses are to be promoted throughout the mag. 7. POLICIES CONCERNING THE PAB: HCO P/L 20 Oct 1964 Stickers for PABs Wanted I Sept 1965 Publications 18 Apr 1965 All Scientology - Prices lowered Because New Organization Streamline (section on PAB) 20 Sept 1960 PAB Magazine Supplies 15 June 1959 Hat Write-up PAB Liaison 8. POLICIES CONCERNING MAGS IN GENERAL APPLICABLE TO THE PAB: HCO P/L 8 May 1959 Policy on Signatures in Publications 10 Feb 1965 Text of Ads 17 Mar 1968 Important - Boom Formula 16 Apr 1965 Handling the Public Individual 23 Dec 1958 Quality of Presentation 8 Oct 1964 Artistic Presentation 22 Apr 1965 Booklets, Handouts, Mailing Pieces 31 Dec 1964 Use of Dianetics, Scientology, Applied Philosophy 7 Apr 1965 Book Income 12 Feb 1969 Religion 29 Oct 1962 Religion 14 Feb 1966 Doctor Title Abolished 28 July 1965 Handling of Photographs 16 Dec 1965 Copyright USA 15 Nov 1958 Outstanding Copyrights and Marks 22 Mar 1965 Current Promotion and Org Programme Summary - Membership Rundown International Annual Membership 27 Apr 1965 Planning and Design - Book Promotion Design 9. PHOTOS: As per the Boom Formula policy, book ads always contain the cover as the cut, that is, a photo of the book with its cover is shown in the ad along with the text. Photos can be used with the training and processing ads as well. A good action photo of training along with the SHSBC ad, or a good photo of an auditing session (mock-up) along with the Power Processing ad. The cover photo should be a good action photo highlighting training, could be someone operating the E-Meter, two people doing TRs (any of them), listening to tapes, doing practical on a course, doing theory on a course, it could be of a whole class or of just a few, or one or two people. But it should highlight training, and be a good action shot. The photo on the cover tells a lot to the person about to open the mag up. 10. The ads make the person GET trained or processed, get him to buy the book, and get him to renew his expired membership. Every membership ad which goes to persons already having a membership should promote to him or her to get their membership RENEWED, as well as listing the benefits of the International Membership. Keeping the PAB STANDARD and following the above policy will make a good PAB magazine which will bring in income to the Saint Hills. Proposed by Tina Hawkins Production Secretary Pubs Org for Exec Council Pubs Org for Exec Council WW Copyright (c) 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 148 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 MARCH 1966 Sthil (c) WW only All Executives PROMOTION OF SAINT HILL AUDITOR ISSUE FREQUENCY The way I got Saint Hill off the launching pad in '64 when its statistic ended its down cycle and started up was: ISSUING SPECIAL ISSUES OF THE AUDITOR HEAVILY IN EARLY SPRING AND FALL. This must not be overlooked as it was the turning point. Also the early format and idea of the Auditor as outlined in despatches of early '64 must not be overlooked. It was a magazine that carried lots of photos, stressed field auditors, vital statistics and was full of non-org names-names-names. When in December of '63 1 "crystal balled" a '64 slump, I designed "The Auditor". It did not get mailed until April. This was a trifle late in mailing but caught the summer and gave us real volume. In the early autumn I got out more Auditors. In 1965 we more or less followed the same plan and "A Student Comes to Saint Hill" shot the statistics high. In '66 we got out a magazine issue, 90,000 at the end of Feb, another at the end of March. And will get out a real heavy issue to total list at end of August or early Sept to get our winter business. So this is the key to the basic promotion of Saint Hill. Those Auditors must be excellent in early Spring and early autumn and must go out to the whole list. They are essentially special issues. (Sec "A Student Comes to Saint Hill" and "The East Grinstead Story" and Auditor 14.) They have a brilliant promotion idea in them. Auditors of a lighter weight and more varied vein can be issued through the rest of the year but the important ones are early spring and early autumn. Then one must back it up with excellent top drawer service delivery. The formation and spectacular early results (Power Processing) of the Saint Hill HGC played a heavy part in our beginning boom in '65. And finally, remember that the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course is the main dish at Saint Hill. It was the founding of this course in May 1961 which was the first increased statistic of Saint Hill. Also, when we ceased to stress this course in 1965 we had a prompt slump for a short while. So Saint Hill's prosperity depends on the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course and issuing Auditors of great interest and vitality in early spring and early autumn to the whole list and giving wonderful service consisting of spectacular technical results in training and processing. The Field Staff Member programme, and many other promotions and technical actions have their place and are very important but the above are the cornerstones of prosperity at Saint Hill. Only one other point - I find year after year that one has to plan and (c) assemble a big important Auditor at least 4 months in advance of its issue date. So the spring ones have to be started in December and the material has to be all there in December. And the autumn issue material has to be assembled in May for any deadline to be met. This promotion could fail if not begun in time. LRH:ml.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 149 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 OCTOBER 1967 Remimeo AUDITOR MAGAZINE SUCCESS The way the editor of the Auditor, in a period of high stats, ran her office and staff "Mat Sec WW Ed of the And. Dear David, Report on Success of The Auditor 1. All staff know their duties and wear their hats properly. 2. Work-line material goes directly to person handling it, who knows what to do with it. 3. Deadlines are known so material and work gets completed on time. 4. 1 leave my staff alone to get on with their work. S. Formulas are applied on a weekly basis. 6. There is a spirit of team work generated. 7. 1 keep my staff informed on what is happening. 8. There is a free flow of ARC. 9. Policy is very important and referred to when we get a problem. My staff don't Dev-T me. 11. All of us are prepared to do anything to get the job done which is our only interest. Love, Judy" L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:jp.rd Copyright (c) 1967 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 150 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 NOVEMBER 1968 Remimeo Promotion Hats Auditor Correspondent Hat Dissem Sec Hat HCO Exec Sec Hat Auditor journal Hats AUDITOR CORRESPONDENTS (STANDARD AUDITOR JOURNAL POLICY) The hat of the Auditor Correspondent is definite and precise. It is covered in policy, specifically, by HCO Policy Letter of 7 July, 1965 (revised 9 July, 1967) "Photos, News and Statistics For Mags and Auditor" and HCO Policy Letter of 28 July, "Handling of Photographs"; and, generally, by standard Scientology promotion policy. It is amplified herein. The purpose of the Auditor Correspondent is "TO HELP RON PROMOTE SCIENTOLOGY BY PROVIDING AMPLE MATERIALS FOR USE IN THE AUDITOR SO THAT THE AUDITOR CAN SHOW THE WORLD SUCCESSFUL SCIENTOLOGY AND SCIENTOLOGISTS AND MAKE THEM WANT MORE SCIENTOLOGY." The principal, vital type of materials required are as follows: feature news stories, feature news shots (photos), vital statistics and lists of names. FEATURE NEWS STORY The definition given in the Webster's New Collegiate Dictionary for "feature" is a distinctive article, story or special department in a newspaper or magazine; something offered to the public or advertised as particularly attractive; a prominent part or characteristic". News means "a report of recent events". Story means "an account of incidents or events; a news article". A feature news story shows how a Scientologist is changing his environment and applying Scientology-it shows success with Scientology. Ideally, it is accompanied by a photograph showing the fellow doing it. A feature news article is not generalized comments about someone or a biography; neither is it identical to a success letter. A feature news story is written for the readers of The Auditor, containing time, place, form and event which may also have biographical details to increase reality. Here is an example of an Auditor news story. "SCIENTOLOGIST WINS GOLF CHAMPIONSHIP "Joe Goodfellow, the young South African professional and recent Grade IV Release won the South African Open Golf Championship, on I November, 1968 at Cape Town after a sudden death playoff with Peter Wind. This was Joe's first ever pro tournament victory. "Both players finished with 72 hole totals of 282. In the exciting playoff Joe sank a tremendous 40 ft putt on the first green to take the first prize of f 2000. "Joe's win occurred only a week after he was audited to Grade IV Release in the Johannesburg Hubbard Guidance Centre. His auditor was Beatrice Sea. "Joe Goodfellow says, 'My score has improved by 5 strokes since I first began studying Scientology only two months ago and in that time I have won over L5000 in prize money.' "Joe is entered in the important U.S. Masters tournament next month and he has already interested the famous American golfer, Arnold Palmtree, in the application of Scientology to golfing." (A feature news photo, recreating Joe, winning the sudden death playoff could accompany this article.) Auditor 9 on page 6 has an excellent example of a feature news story, describing a traffic accident assist in the middle of a London street. Auditors 24 and 26 are models for such material. Study them. A news item could also be brief. For example: "SECOND HIT RECORD" "Singer Jose Blanco, Scientology Clear (no (c) makes another hit record and has won his second golden Disc Award of 1968 for his song 'My Loving Understanding'. His first Golden Disc (received for a record selling more than a million copies) was won for his hit song 'Freedom Is Here To Stay'." The Auditor mainly deals in individuals and mainly publicizes auditors and preclears who have been trained or processed. Show how they are changing or how they are changing their environment and applying Scientology. (You may send in "org news" for the "org news column". This should also be kept interesting to the public. But don't specialize in local org names or org news.) NAMES, NAMES, NAMES The Auditor requires names, names, names; names of persons trained, names of persons processed, lists of persons coming to Saint Hill, lists of persons completing services with the services named; but particularly lists of graduates are required. The Auditor specializes in vital statistics, in names and faces of people, graduates from Academies, etc.; long lists, lots of lists of names, even in tiny type, as provided by correspondents in orgs. VITAL STATISTICS More names. Births, marriages, engagements, christenings, and occasionally deaths (but not divorces), come under this heading. Make it known in your area that if it isn't reported in The Auditor it didn't happen. Make that known. FEATURE NEWS SHOTS (PHOTOS) Feature News shots are covered in detail by HCO Policy Letter of 21 November, 1968 "Photo Policy For Magazines". Study photopolicy as one of the specialities of The Auditor is "faces" and you are required to provide usable photos per photopolicy for The Auditor. You can get someone to take them for you if you can't. Good quality prints (copies of photos) that communicate are what's wanted. Make sure the photo communicates but if the quality is too poor for good communication to occur in its reproduction in The Auditor it can't be used. Clear, sharp prints that really communicate are more likely to reproduce well and be effective than underexposed (too dark) or overexposed (too light, giving a washed-out effect) or out-of-focus photos which don't communicate anything but the back of someone's head. A good photograph can sometimes be more real to the public than a 100 words. Photography is an important tool of dissemination. Therefore, excellent feature shots are very much part of the Standard Auditor format. SUCCESS LETTERS Signed success stories have their own place and use in The Auditor. Auditor 152 Correspondents weekly collect the best success letters from their local Success Officers and send them to the Auditor Office. ADDITIONAL TYPES OF MATERIALS Any material which reinforces the basic purpose of the Auditor Correspondent is valid. Secondary materials could include poems (very welcome), cartoons, crossword puzzles, etc. But The Auditor runs on the primary types of materials described above. ADMINISTRATION The production (quantity of useful materials received by the Office of The Auditor) of each Auditor Correspondent must be graphed weekly at the Office of The Auditor and in the local org. Any correspondent who isn't active is quickly handled with standard Ethics on lines or removed and replaced with someone effective. It is the responsibility of the HCO Exec Sec of each org to see that the Auditor Correspondent action is in for that org. SAINT HILL AUDITOR CORRESPONDENT By actual experience, the Auditor Correspondent post has been very difficult to keep manned at Saint Hill, having been entirely handled by the WW Auditor Office before it moved to Edinburgh. Accordingly, the following is NECESSARY AS POLICY: The Auditor Correspondent post must be a full time post (may hold no other hats) at Saint Hill and its occupant must be checked out on the specific policies that pertain to the hat (as all Auditor Correspondents should be). Neglect of this policy may result in a Comm Ev on the HCO Exec Sec SH on the charge of the crime of allowing SH's prime promotion line to be unmocked. SUMMARY Newspapers of the wog press almost exclusively deal in entheta as their "news" specializes in sexual degradation, disasters, violence, crime, failure, etc. Scientology news stories are theta news. Only groups with very low awareness levels put out "bad" news continually. A high tone group or civilization is interested in "good news" and puts out good news. The Auditor is the report line of the most important news in this universe: the news Scientology is winning, the daily truth of Man's progress through Scientology to magnitudes greater than stars. Don't cut this line by failing to send in usable lists, feature news stories, feature news shots, vital stats and other useful materials. I'm sure you won't. Compiled by CS6 Staff LRH:ei.rd Approved by Copyright (c) 1968 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard Founder ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 153 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 NOVEMBER 1968 Gen. Non-Remimeo SH WW Auditor Journal Hats SAINT HILL INCOME PEAKS REINFORCEMENT OF AUDITOR PROMOTION (Reissue of LRH ED 249 SH, of 28 December, 1966) As income peaks. follow an issue of an Auditor by about one month, the Auditor must therefore be mailed monthly as follows: A) An Auditor Minor is to be sent out to the entire list we have every two months and so timed that it is mailed on Jan 1, Mar 1, May 1, July 1, Sept 1, Nov 1. This is a thinner, more elementary, Auditor. Twice each year the Minor Issue must contain a magazine supplement of from 16 to 24 pages of photos illustrating some phase of Saint Hill or Scientology actions, properly scripted and photographed. This is to go on Sept I and Mar 1. B) An Auditor Major Issue is to be issued on Feb 1, April 1, June 1, Aug 1, Oct 1, Dec 1. It is the vital statistics motif of the original Auditor, containing proper ads and specializing in the names and faces of people, graduates from SH and Academies, etc.; long lists, lots of lists of names, even in tiny type, as provided by correspondents in orgs and by SH. This issue is a fat Auditor and goes to the SH list only which also receives the Minor Issue. Special editorial staff and provisions must exist for this magazine, not a mish-mash with other publication matters. Failure to make these deadlines and follow policy of issue shall be considered an Ethics matter. Bonuses exist for The Auditor staff for every issue mailed exactly on or within a Week before the deadline for it. The HCO Exec Sec WW is to see that this staff exists and that it has correspondents in all orgs to send in names and pictures. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:rw.rd Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 154 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 NOVEMBER 1968 Gen. Non-Remimeo SH WW Auditor Journal Hats THE ORIGINAL AUDITOR JOURNAL POLICY A correspondent for The Auditor must be appointed in each Central Organization. This correspondent should keep the Editor of The Auditor informed of all Academy enrollees and graduates and data concerning them, local news, reports on Congresses and various meetings and plans. Photos when available should be forwarded. Wherever possible a correspondent should send not only a person's name but also his or her address. The heart of a good story of The Auditor is lots of names and what they are doing. DUMMIES Dummies are never the size of the finished product. A dummy is merely a lay-out with the required page foldings so copy can be planned. If you omit this stage, you can't plan an issue. It is sometimes very small. One often makes dummies out of stationery paper. POLICY ON NAMES You can vary your type size in The Auditor. Lots of rosters such as "Academy Students Washington" should be in very small type with endless numbers of names. Policy is, if you get yourself a list of names, print every name, small type, on and on. VITAL STATISTICS I want The Auditor to do vital statistics on this motto "If it isn't reported in The Auditor it didn't happen." Births, marriages, etc. So make a section for Vital Statistics. The response will be good if it's known you want it so. Vital Statistics or The Auditor Announces or some such heading should be followed by a lot of announcements, marriages, births, all in small type, then at the bottom in big script "If it isn't announced in The Auditor it didn't happen." Then smaller type, "Send it in and make it a fact." TECHNICAL ARTICLES Go wary on technical articles by people. These absolutely sank Elizabeth and Wichita. The publications there got to be squirrel heaven. Stress articles and letters about doingness. "Went to Sydney and gave a PE." Scrub-"the way to give a PE is." Aside from technical inaccuracy, these ideas from auditors about how to audit will only bring grief. Just blue pencil the technical "tips" out of your letters and print the rest. It's part of controlling the line. Really, Wichita shattered only on this one point: printing the obsessive create of the squirrels which destroyed the idea there was a right way to do it. We can't afford to or we wreck our discipline and thence our results. And there goes Scientology. So it's everybody's name, activities and pictures and only my technical articles. Make it a rigid rule. 155 CLASSIFIED ADS Then also sell classified ads but no professional cards or centre ads. Example of ok classified, "House for rent for some Scientologist on our farm." Examples of not ok to publish classified: "Pdnuk Scientology Centre, 1312 9th Street" or "Benjamin J. Spooner will audit you to glory 810 10th Street, Spodane." Student notice boards are our idea of classified. The telephone directory is not. Charge so much per three lines, for example $1.50 or 10/-. Head your classified "Personal Notices." Put "Professional and Centre ads not printed. Only personal arrangements, requirements and advices, items for sale or rent, etc. are accepted." BY-LINES Articles by me have by-lines under the title and at the end of the article, usually my written signature. The public buys my articles. SALESMANSHIP The salesmanship of The Auditor, by policy, is not to sell the materials to auditors solely as the only interested ones. Speak to them as though they have others to speak to, always. SUMMARY A planned, repeated format such as things given above will standardize and popularize the magazine. Hat checking on agreed upon policy and administration grooves in needed material so we don't get bumpy admin and new bits all the time. It's all set up for maximum simplicity, minimal variation. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:rw.rd Copyright (c) 1068 'by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 156 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 NOVEMBER 1968 Gen. Non-Remimeo SH WW Auditor journal Hats THE STANDARD AUDITOR JOURNAL Definition of the Auditor: The Journal of Scientology. Journal means: "a daily newspaper; a periodical dealing esp. with matters of current interest". (Webster's Seventh New Collegiate Dictionary) The following becomes Auditor Journal policy: Any issue of the Auditor publicly commended by the Founder is an example of standard Auditor promotion and must be studied by subsequent Editors and referred to as a model. Auditors No. 22, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 34 and 41, are such Auditors. Auditors 22, 24, 26 and 28 are models for major issues and Auditor 25, 27 (including the supplement "A Student Goes Through Saint Hill"), 34 (including the supplement "The Saint Hill Story"), and Auditor 41 are models for minor issues. The earlier two supplements, Auditor Supplement No. 1, "A Student Comes To Saint Hill" and Supplement No. 2, "The East Grinstead Story" are also models of standard supplements. These Auditors give the standardized repeating Auditor format. Each resulted in upsurged statistics for Scientology. Standard promotion invariably works. There is nothing in Auditor policy that forbids issuing the Auditor more frequently or expanding its number of pages. But any increased frequency of issue or expanded number of pages, may not result in a break with the standard format. It's standard right down to paper quality and width of the margins. Just as there is Standard Tech there is a standard Auditor, part of the subject known as Standard Promotion, a branch of Standard Admin. SAMPLE AUDITOR, MAJOR The following is an example of a standard Auditor, major issue. Page 1: LRH article, major news item such as International amnesty or SH Field Staff Member Awards. Photo of LRH. Page 2: Continuation of articles from page one. General news or information release of interest or article on service. Large Power Processing ad, book ad. Page 3: Next most important page after page 1. Not used to continue columns from pages I or 2. Can have LRH article or major feature(s) of great general interest reinforcing theme of issue. Large, SHSBC ad. Page 4 and 5: Banner head across both pages: NEWS FROM AROUND THE WORLD, containing lists of names of releases and graduates (particularly Academy grads) and feature news stories showing successes with Scientology by individual application with feature news photographs. Page 6: Contains Org news column, Franchise news column, SH news column, more lists of names, list of Congress dates, large book ad, membership ad. Page 7.- Vital Statistics column, Classified ads, Success Letters (Focus on Success), Letters to the Editor, Saint Hill Release Tally, Poet's Corner, LRH Standing Orders (Communications to Ron), E-Meter ad, ad for records. Page 8: Clear list in upper left hand corner (Now There Are Clears), lists of SH releases, SHSBC graduates, persons coming to the SHSBC, tape ad, Clearing Course ad, list of orgs (bottom quarter of page) and Auditor masthead in right hand bottom corner. Photos are used throughout as appropriate. Once a year the routing sheet which appeared on the back of Auditor 10, "What To Do In Scientology", devised by Mary Sue Hubbard, and updated and reissued on the back page of Auditor 22, is reissued on the top half of the back page. EXAMPLE OF A CLASSIC MINOR Page 1: Headline article by LRH, appropriate large striking photo. Page 2: Article pushing training route through Academies. List of all SHSBC grads. Membership ad. Book ad. Page 3: Brilliant feature on SHSBC grads, illustrated with photos. SHSBC ad. Page 4: Clear fist, Clearing Course ad, SH Release Tally, vital stats, E-Meter ad, tape ad, Power Processing ad. List of orgs and masthead. Once a year there is a Christmas issue. POLICY ON ADS IN THE AUDITOR The following ads are the minimal types of ads that can appear each issue in the Auditor: SHSBC, Power, books, books, books, Clearing Course, E-Meter, membership, tapes. From time to time a Solo Course ad should appear, also ad for records. Ads for staff are not part of the standard Auditor format. Ads must be hardsell per policy. MORE THAN ONE SAINT HILL Except for special issues such as Auditor 41, don't issue the exact same Auditor for SH (UK) and ASHO putting both their addresses in the same ads and attempt to strike a happy medium between the image of the two. In trying to serve two "masters" at once you will get a dulled promotion. The more standard action is to do, instead, one basic issue, same number, same theme, same layout and LRH articles, etc. but have a separate SH (UK) and ASHO edition in that each would have ads with their own addresses and show its own image in any promotional photographs of the premises. You do the same Auditor but edit it for another SH and then send shooting boards of ASHO's edition to the US for printing. Thus the magazine which traditionally was the showpiece of Saint Hill, remains loyal to the original org and doesn't lose its image, yet the magazine expands by editions to serve other orgs of similar rank. Only those items that make the Auditor identify SH as its origin org would be edited where necessary: image items such as front page photo of the org (put in front page photo of ASHO), release tally, prices and addresses of ads, service articles, and local news column. It's the same issue, same suit of clothes, only tailored to different orgs. Where an Auditor has been successful it has avoided complexities and additives and stuck to the basic simplicities of policy. An Auditor is basically simple to handle. Where an Auditor has failed in other hands it has failed on the following points: I (c) No theme or issue not organized with theme. 2. Dummy of issue too complicated and cluttered, causing distraction of attention and dispersal. 3. No main LRH article. 4. Contains tech articles by others. 5. No ads or lack of one or more required ads or ads not in proper form per HCO Policy Letter of 10 Feb, 1965, Ad and Book Policies. 6. Not emphasizing SHSBC and Power ads. 7. Insufficient book advertisement. 8. Advertising speed of training not thoroughness of training. 9. Getting in a rut on ad copy. For example, using "Get such and such now" on three different ad heads on the same page. 10. Giving all services equal importance in ads, filling an entire page with ads (9 in all) of uniform size and headlines with no photographs or other copy on the page! 11. Not stressing the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course. 12. Losing sight of LRH as source. 13. Out-tech and out admin in issue, or editorial opinion, or blatant untruths. 14. Issue out of PT-not pushing the right promotion at the right time. 15. Not emphasizing training. 16. Using poor quality or off-image photos of LRH. 17. Soft sell, vague headlines or headlines too small which underplay the promotion. 18. Printing on such lousy paper that important photographs don't reproduce well or are spoiled. 19. Placing front page photos of LRH or MSH so that crease of the fold falls across the face (Points 16. and 17. ruined Auditor issue 20). 20. Photos too small or lousy quality. 21. Not enough copy leaving huge blanks or requiring every line become headline size to fill up the space. 22. Violation of byline policy. 23. Not issuing an Auditor at all or allowing it to get months behind schedule (catastrophic to SH income). 24. Forgetting about supplements or not following standard supplement format. 25. Dispensing with standard format items or alterising them. 26. Going modern and softsell, not following Auditor policy. 27. Not following direct LRH instructions on an issue. 28. Not doing it as Ron would do it. CHECKSHEET A checksheet consisting of theory and practical sections including clay table demos and all relevant promotion policy letters must exist. Editors and Asst. Editors must complete the checksheet and pass exam in Qual to be considered qualified for post but may hold posts as temporary for one month in which period the checksheet must have been completed and exam passed with, at least, an 85% mark. The following policy letters must be starrated on the checksheet and their application to doing the Auditor 100% understood. BASIC AUDITOR POLICY LETTERS I (c) 7 July, 1965, Photos, News and Statistics for Mags and Auditor (Revised 9 July, 1967) 2. 17 April, 1965, Additional Mag Policy 3. 17 March, 1966, Promotion of Saint Hill/Auditor Issue Frequency 4. 25 Nov, 1968, Saint Hill Income Peaks/Reinforcement of Auditor Promotion 5. 26 Nov, 1968, The Original Auditor Journal Policy 6. 27 Nov, 1968, The Standard Auditor Journal 7. 29 Nov, 1968, Standard Actions, Office of the Auditor Journal 8. 15 Oct, 1967, Auditor Magazine Success 9. 21 Nov, 1968, Photopolicy For Magazines 10. 24 Nov, 1968, Auditor Correspondents PHOTOGRAPHIC POLICY LETTERS I (c) 28 July, 1965, Handling of Photographs 2. 31 October, 1968, Photographers, of Interest to OTHER ESSENTIAL KNOW-HOW POLICY LETTERS I (c) 10 Feb, 1965, Ad and Book Policies 2. 23 Sept, 1964, Policies: Dissemination and Programmes (Section entitled Magazines, Page 2 and 3) 159 OTHER BASIC THEORY POLICY LETTERS I (c) 17 Nov, 1965, The Basic Principles of Promotion 2. 16 April, AD 15, Handling the Public Individual 3. 21 Jan, 1965, Revised 5 April 1965, Vital Data on Promotion 4. 16 Sept, Issue If, 1965, Foundation 5. 8 Oct, 1964, Artistic Presentation HCO BULLETINS 1. 30 Aug, AD IS, Art 2. 19 Aug, 1967, The Supreme Test In addition to the above, the checksheet must contain the following other requirements. 1. Study all Auditors from number I to present time, particularly those listed as commended by the Founder. 2. Do dummies for majors 22, 24, 26 and minors 25, 27, 34 and 41. Then go to file and compare your dummies to original dummies. 3. Do dummies for the sample Auditors given in this policy letter. 4. Mock up other on-policy dummies. 5. Demonstrate in clay the editorial purpose of the Auditor. 6. Write feature news stories and draw feature news shots for them. 7. Write up on-policy ads for each required ad, at least 3 of each. 8. Define the following words: printing, leading, type, type style, times roman, gils sans, head, masthead, sub-head, point, letterpress, photolitho, blocks, plates, communication promotion, engraving, offset litho, set to fill, linotypist, engraver, proof, page, sheet, proofreader, galley proof, page proof, layout, dummy, shooting board, repropull, byline, margin, theme, supplement, photo-montage, minor, major. 9. Show relationship of width of column, size of type and amount of leading to readability. 10. Mock up a cluttered, shotgun dummy (for a minor). 11. Do flow lines of Auditor office in clay. 12. Demonstrate in clay how comm formula applies to the Auditor; also demonstrate in clay how the ARC Triangle applies to promotion. 13. Demonstrate in clay relationship of L. Ron Hubbard to the Auditor. 14. Demonstrate in clay who the Auditor goes to, major and minor issue. 15. What type styles and sizes are used in Auditors 26 and 34? Do a complete written analysis listing every type style and type size used in each issue (26 and 34). 16. Do a dummy run of handling an Auditor in its entirety from setting its theme to completion. 17. Study of other relevant policy letters. (List on checksheet.) 18. Any other needful items, either theory or practical. CHECKLIST A checklist which is checked off action by action as an issue is done arid which is filed when completed, with the dummy, original material and a copy of the printed issue, must exist. LRH:ei.rd Compiled by CS6 Staff Copyright (c) 1968 Approved by by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder 160 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 NOVEMBER 1968 Gen. Non-Remimeo Issue 11 SH WW Auditor journal Hats STANDARD ACTIONS, OFFICE OF THE AUDITOR JOURNAL THE OFFICE OF THE AUDITOR The Office of the Auditor has a minimum of 4 to 5 staff. Editor: Runs the office. Directs the Auditor in all its aspects, plans issues, and is responsible for producing on-policy Auditors on time. Asst. Editor: Assists the Editor, acts for the Editor in latter's absence. Next most senior person in the office after the Editor. Auditor News Officer: The executive who handles and supervises all correspondents for the Editor, responsible to see that the Editors are supplied with more than enough onpolicy materials for issues. Auditor Typist: Types all copy neatly and double spaced for the printer, does filing and general clerk work. TARGET BOARD There is a large target board in the office subdivided into the following vertical columns THEME/DUMMY/COPY/GALLEY PROOFS/PAGE PROOFS/PRINTED/MAILED. There are at least 6 horizontal columns. A card with the number of issue of the Auditor, its deadline (date it's due to be mailed out) and the theme of the issue on it is posted under the theme column. Auditors are planned at least 6 issues in advance, so one would have several cards in the theme column representing future Auditors. Then when the dummy is done the card is moved into the "dummy" column to show that the dummy stage is completed and so on until the card sits in the "mailed" column indicating the issue has been mailed out from Saint Hill. The date the card arrives in the "mailed" column should fall on or within 7 days of the date deadline on the card. The above target board also gives us the cycle of action of the Auditor when it is typeset and printed letter press at the printers. By the target board are placed any commendations the current Editor has received and any particular items of interest. Photos of the Founder as have appeared in the Auditor are displayed in the office near the target board. The Auditor office must have a separate space of its own which it keeps in good order. As it promotes and deals in good news the Auditor staff maintain excellent personal images and the Editor sets an aura of high tone efficiency. STANDARD OPERATING ACTIONS THE THEME 1. One plans an Auditor months in advance. Themes for Auditors should be planned at least 6 issues in advance. That way one is at cause over the tide of events but can stay alert and change a theme to suit new circumstances as required. (By theme is meant a recurring pattern, the unifying factor of the issue, the basic push, "sell", goal or communications of the issue.) 2. Put the theme on a card with issue number and deadline and place under THEME on the target board. Get a folder made for the issue and let it collect material. DUMMIES 3. Within ample time, get all the material collected for the issue and do a dummy. On the dummy you mark down what goes where-it's the "blueprint" or diagram of the issue. Dummy also shows approximate size of headlines. This is where you plan the issue. 161 4. Training route is always stressed hardest of all. Thoroughness of training is a keynote of promotion. One promotes the orgs as duplicating standard technology exactly. The SHSBC is the prime Saint Hill service. 5. L. Ron Hubbard is very much part of the Auditor format as the source of Scientology, a very standard action in Scientology promotion. Articles by the Founder are either sent directly by him for an issue or are newly edited into written English from his tape transcriptions. Articles by the Founder are a standard part of the Auditor format. 6. When doing the dummy pay attention to where the folds of the Auditor will fall so as to avoid allowing a crease to fall across the face of a photo of an important personage on the front page or of LRH or MSH anywhere in the issue. Just use good judgement on this matter. 7. Once the theme of an issue has been established don't lose it in your layout or headlines. Loss can result in soft sell. Soft sell can occur if one is not quite sure what one is doing or is dispersed in any way, which results in weak material which is soft sell. 8. Intelligent planning and correct evaluation of importances are mainstays of an effective editor. 9. Keep a dummy simple and don't be afraid to try lots of different ways of doing it in order to get it right. The fastest way isn't necessarily the right way. The dummy is planned per the theme and available or potentially available material. 10. In planning a dummy (involving the sequence of significances and utilization of the spaces of the pages) one has to grasp the fundamental that an Auditor is an exercise in the control of a reader's interest and attention toward achieving the editorial purpose of the Auditor ("To show the world successful Scientology and Scientologists and make them want more Scientology"). The reader's attention is controlled through the interplay of significances (importances) on the physical layout of the dummy plus size of the headlines. (Note page one begins a cycle of action, pages 2-7 continue it, and the bottom of page 8 ends it. There are other cycles of actions within pages I to 8; and of course there is the larger cycle of action involving the purpose of the Auditor.) Study previous Auditors closely, particularly theories commended by the Founder, and notice how the layout and sizes of the headlines direct the reader's attention. A trained Auditor understands what control of attention is about. An artist understands it as the "attraction" of attention. These principles of layout are relevant to any promotion. The physical layout and type size assist the communications of importances so that while a pleasing balance is achieved the view is directed to importances in the order you wish it. Mock up some large sign and you'll get the idea. The positive direction of attention has a lot to do with hardsell. It's smooth. It's very simple. 11. A Major issue shows the image of Scientology (it's 100% successful, puts standard Scientology technology there, shows where Scientology is going, what Scientology is doing, what Scientologists are doing, how Scientology and Scientologists are expanding. (See definition of "Major" in HCO Pol Letter of September 23, 1964, "POLICIES: DISSEMINATION AND PROGRAMMES" and HCO Pol of 25 November, 1968, "SAINT HILL INCOME PEAKS".) 12. A Minor issue reaches the broad Scientology population of the world, as compared to a Major which addresses the trained Auditors and more advanced Scientologists of the world. A Minor more than a Major tends to have more emphasis on lower levels, on pushing a person through their local org to Saint Hill. It is very much more simple in construction and approach. It also, like a Major, holds high the banner of standard tech wherever it goes. All supremely important news is put in a Minor or a special Minor issue is sent out. (See definition of "Minor" in HCO Pol Letter of September 23, 1964, "POLICIES: DISSEMINATION AND PROGRAMMES" and HCO Pol of 25 November, 1968, "SAINT HILL INCOME PEAKS/Reinforcement of Auditor Promotion".) 13. ANY PHOTOGRAPHS USED OF L. RON HUBBARD MUST BE CORRECT IMAGE. NO PHOTOS OF L. RON HUBBARD MAY BE PUBLISHED OF HIM WHICH HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED BY L. RON HUBBARD OR AN AUTHORIZED AIDE. COPY 14. Copy means the significances of the issue, what's in words. 162 15. Once the dummy is completed the material is now prepared in its final version per the dummy. Any editing of success letters, writing up of feature news stories, captions for photos, editing of tape transcription, etc., are now done. 16. When writing copy, always address one person because only individuals read the Auditor. Never refer to the org as "we". Resist attempts by staff to promote themselves. Apply HCO Policy Letter of 17 April, 1965, "ADDITIONAL MAG POLICY". 17. Articles on organization services can appear in an issue of the Auditor. These are clearly and interestingly written and show the role that service plays on the Bridge. (These are not tech articles, but actually a genre of advertisement. See examples of such in commended issues.) 18. Auditors are described by the Founder as "serene" and "dignified" and also hard sell. Communication is very direct and no tricks of any kind are made. Do not accept any comments from any sources to change to a more "modern" layout or format-this only results in soft sell and disaster. 19. When writing data, watch for specifics. A story can appear dull if all the interesting specifics are not included. This also applies to ads-specifics on the steps of writing an ad can really add life into the ad. One has to have a great reality on who or what one is writing about. Do a CSW whenever required. Confront your material. 20. Always read and reread copy several times before sending to the printer. One must have a critical viewpoint when doing this and is purely looking for anything off policy or nonstandard, conflicting, incomplete or incorrect. The right things will remain because they are right and you have looked. Get your own Div 5 function in on your own work. 21. Out tech can occur not only in material submitted but in photos, so a tech or qual hat must always be worn when compiling an issue. Examples of out tech photos-clay table demos with no labels, auditor using hair spray cans in a session, complete with a plastic lid, poor TR's, etc. 22. Use of headlines and size of type face used can make or break a page layout. Use of the same size and same type face can be monotonous. Differentiation of type faces and size (size being more important than style) with good judgement can really highlight important sections and create the desired effect. 23. The headline of an article should vividly reflect the article itself and is very important. A poor headline can result in dispersal of the reader's attention. 24. When an article is reasonably long, it is sometimes a good idea to break it up with sub-headings which describe each section in turn. The fundamental here is again the smooth control of the reader's attention. 25. Ron is source. Stress Ron as source always. No one else is source. As per policy, no tech is written by anyone else. Only services, applications, use or results may be compiled or written. Success letters and materials sent in must be carefully edited. 26. Make sure the Auditor communicates well, that any Scientology words that need to be defined in Minors or even Majors are defined. Just follow the policy of 23 September 1964 on Dissemination and Programmes, pages 2 and 3. PRINTED MATERIALS MUST BE COMPREHENSIBLE. 27. Quality of photos. A print usually has to look really good and clear to reproduce well. The attitude is always communication first, technique second. You aren't running photo contests. But if the technique is too poor for good communication to occur and when it's reproduced, it can't be used. Insist mainly on feature photos which show action with reality. 28. Always write a photo caption with the photo in front of you. Look at the photo. What is it? And you have your answer-that's your caption. 29. The way that one approaches the Auditor is that it's Ron's comm line and not an org's. Ron's comm line always. As one perfects an issue, one is putting the right particles on Ron's comm line. 30. After the copy has been written, it is typed up very neatly and double spaced for the printer-make it pro looking. Then start in from page I and do the typography for the issue by marking the type styles and sizes on the typed copy, including headlines, that is going to the printer. 163 30. (a) Doing typography consists of selecting type sizes and styles for headlines and text. The type size of the text depends upon the dummy and text; you have so much space to fill with so much text. If you aren't sure what type size the text should be to fill the space for it you can write on the copy "set to fill", which means the linotypist will select the correct typesize and amount of leading to evenly fill the space. (Given "so much copy" two factors determine how many words will fit a given space: type size and leading [the amount of space between lines of type].) The photos, the typed copy and the dummy all go in a folder marked "Auditor no. such and such" with your address. The dummy goes in front, then the copy, then the photographs are properly packaged. GALLEY PROOFS 31. Galley proofs are the next step. 31. (a) Always insist on galley proofs and page proofs of an issue. A galley proof is the material for an issue which has been typeset but not yet placed into pages-it comes in long strips. First rule up the page size of the issue on large pieces of white board (card or paperboard) each page correctly numbered. One normally has two pages on one piece of board corresponding to a single sheet of the dummy. Then take your dummy and cut up the galleys into their correct order per the dummy and place the material (galleys) in their correct position on the paperboard pages. But don't paste anything down until you have correctly placed all the copy in the issue. Don't be afraid to change the placement of photos or articles at this stage. Move the copy around until you find the right placement on the pages. When every page looks right, then do the paste down. NOTE: IF YOU HAVE ALREADY DONE A PROPER DUMMY AND ACCURATELY ESTIMATED YOUR MATERIAL YOUR FINAL PAGE LAYOUT WILL EXACTLY CORRESPOND TO YOUR DUMMY LAYOUT. That's good planning. But the rule is: don't paste it down until you have seen all is well. 32. While the galleys are being put into pages, the other copies of the galleys are proofed and any misduplications by the printers are indicated on the proofreader's copies. 33. The Auditor, now in the form of pages, the exact size of the issue, along with the proofed galleys, are returned to the printer. PAGE PROOFS 34. The next step is to receive page proofs back from the printers. Page proofs are the printed impressions of the pages as they will appear in the printed copies. This is your final check to see that the printer has duplicated the material, photographs and layout exactly and incorporated the corrections you sent him on the galley proofs. In actual practice, one can keep sending back "page proofs" to the printer to be corrected until he duplicates the issue as supplied. When satisfied that the printer has duplicated the issue it's okay for him to actually print it. SUPPLEMENTS 35. Planning a supplement. This should be started immediately after the last one was completed. It takes considerable planning and preparation before anything is even vaguely commenced on it. Decide on what the supplement is going to be about and then go about collecting all and any data on the subject and much much more than you will ever use. Then set about and write a photoscript. A photoscript is a print by print description of the sequence of actions of the issue, the story line which is to be photographed. The photos are the story. (See the LRH photoscript done for "A Student Goes Through Saint Hill".) When the photoscript is right, then plan the dummy and continue the issue from there. 36. A Supplement usually contains one or more photo montages, but this is not mandatory. A photo montage is a compilation of several photos which have been cut out and pasted down onto a sheet. A photo montage is placed where one wants to represent photographically a lot of ideas and actions. The placing of the photos in relation to each other must be done with proper consideration. If you find you are missing a certain piece, almost like a puzzle, order the exact photo from the photographer. 37. The spaces planned for photos are numbered on the dummy in consecutive order from page 1. The backs of the photographic mounts are then numbered identically in pencil so the printer can match up which photos go where. (If the photos aren't mounted put each one in an envelope and number each envelope accordingly. 164 Make sure you follow HCO Policy Letter of 28 July, 1965 "Handling of Photographs".) This procedure is followed with Auditors or supplements. You don't paste the photos in on the dummy. LIAISON WITH SAINT HILL 38. The Editor should use the SH Correspondent to liaise with the Dir Comm SH re the ordering of envelopes and stuffing of each issue (the Editor just makes sure it's done). The Dir Comm SH should advise the Auditor Correspondent SH once a month of the total SH mailing list so that the correct number of Auditors is printed. IMPORTANCE OF THE AUDITOR 39. The importance of the Auditor derives from the following: (a) It is the international journal of Scientology. (b) It's SH's biggest promotion line. (c) SH's public image depends upon it. (d) On-policy issues have been found to be a main factor in SH affluences. THE EDITOR 40. The Editor of the Auditor must perceive what is happening in the expansion of Scientology and must be able to reinforce that expansion fast. The Auditor pushes expansion. The Editor must have his thumb on the pulse beat of Scientology. When L. Ron Hubbard wants to reach broadly on comm lines, he often uses the Auditor. It is the international journal of Scientology and could be described as the intercontinental promotional missile. It must be straight and true and communicate with great reality and directness. Its lines are, after all, Ron's comm lines and this should never be forgotten. 41. The Editor must keep his intelligence and prediction factor high. He must therefore insist on getting copies for his office of HCOB's, HCO Policy Letters, International Ethics Orders, WW Eds and International EDs as they are issued from WW. Proper promotion requires good information lines. The Editor mustn't be isolated on the periphery or get out of touch. 42. One has to keep really up on current Scientology events and changes and be on the ball on this. Sometimes a change may affect an issue. It's better to have an issue a few days late, if necessary, and right than early and wrong. So don't be afraid to hold up a printing or change an issue or part thereof, if it's command intention. Just do what Ron would do. In fact, whenever in doubt over some point in the Auditor, always ask yourself "What would Ron do?" and then find the policy the answer is on. It's always there. 43. The Editor of the Auditor is a live being who can confront the 3rd, 4th dynamics and make things go right, plus a total certainty on the soaring workability of standard promotion and all the technical services of Scientology, and their results. Good luck. Compiled by CS6 Staff for L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:rw.rd Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 165 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 AUGUST 1970 Remimeo Auditor journal Hats HCO Hats Promotion Hats LRH Comm Hat THE AUDITOR Org Magazines and Comm Lines In HCO Policy Letter of November 24, 1958 "Magazine Policy" it is stated that: "All magazines are my communication lines, never an organization's. Organizations don't talk, the public doesn't listen. If you want to know how it should sound and look ask yourself how I'd want it-you will have the answer that's being bought throughout the world." This basic statement was re-interpreted in HCO Policy Letter of 29 November, 1968 Issue 11 "Standard Actions, Office of the Auditor Journal" page 4, paragraph 29, as follows: "The way that one approaches the Auditor is that it's Ron's comm line and not an org's. Ron's comm line always. As one perfects an issue, one is putting the right particles on Ron's comm line." As the latter statement is liable to misinterpretation to the effect that a magazine has little or nothing to do with an org's comm lines, or that Ron's comm lines must be segregated from org comm lines, the following statement is made to clarify the matter. It replaces para 29 of HCO P/L 29 November, 1968 Issue 11. Magazines, LRH and Org Comm Lines Clarification: In that an organization has as one of its major purposes to deliver Ron's technology to individuals in its community in accordance with his intention to clear the planet and with other intentions expressed by him, any theta communication line used by the org to forward the major purpose of clearing the planet is a communication line of Ron's either directly or by extension. A magazine which forwards Ron's purposes and policies, whether the magazine is originated wholly and solely, partly, or not at all, by Ron himself is a comm line of his, provided in the last two cases, his name and image are prominent in text photos and ads. An org producing such a magazine has the comm line of the magazine as its comm line, maintained and run for Ron, from the org to its publics as a relay point in one of Ron's communication lines-which is via orgs in general to the publics of the planet. There is no restriction or limit imposed arbitrarily by policy on the degree to which an org may successfully strengthen or forward Ron's comm lines, as the successful way to do so is to do what he says. The degree of exactness with which Ron's communications are duplicated and forwarded by relay points and receipt points determines the success and power of those relay and receipt points. HCO Policy Letter of November 24, 1958 "Magazine Policy" stands. If you ask yourself how would Ron want it, how does he say he wants it, and do that in Auditor, Continental and Area magazines, you will be on and forwarding Ron's comm lines, as you should be. LRH:KU:rr.aap LRH Pers Comm Copyright (c) 1970 for by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder 166 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 JULY 1965 (Reissued on 9 July 1967) Remimeo Dissem Secs Franchise Auditor PHOTOS, NEWS AND STATISTICS Correspondents FSMs FOR MAGS AND AUDITOR We need lots of Feature News Shots for our Magazines and for The Auditor, and also Feature News stories. A feature news photograph is by definition a posed manipulated picture that tells a story. It is not just a record of an event. It may be, but it is also a made event. Example: Student A reading with delight a letter, which the caption states, tells her she has 29 preclears lined up when she gets back from Saint Hill. That is a Feature News Shot. One had to get the idea, go find a student who had some preclears waiting, get hold of the photographer and get the shot properly done. The absolute minimum of group shots, where the group each faces the camera like a high school graduating class, should be used. When you shoot a group, show it in ACTION, doing something. Directed, planned or redone news is more interesting for our purpose, than groups facing the camera in "Napoleons". So we mainly do Feature. We want pictures of Releases after they are made. We want before and after pictures of spectacular results. We want Joe Smuts, Standard Oil Executive, shown hard at work on his HQS course, or using Scientology in his job. We want photos of successful Scientologists and people using Scientology, done in the Feature News Photo Style. We need these for many Scientology Publications and for future planning. Also send in stories and news items of successful Scientologists or stories and news items of successes with Scientology. Be on the look out for such, and send them in. Try to get a Feature News Shot hi-lighting the story, if you can. Also send in statistics (vital statistics or personal success statistics-not org staff statistics). Lots and lots of statistics. Indoctrinate your local members to send you their statistics as they arise, and then route them on to Editor of The Auditor at Saint Hill. Plan and get feature news shots, news items and statistics. Route or send them to: Editor of The Auditor WW, Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex, England. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:ml.jp.rd Copyright (c) 1965, 1967 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 167 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 JULY 1965 Remimeo All Dissem Hats All Dist Hats All Communications Hats HANDLING OF PHOTOGRAPHS Photographs when sent through the communication line either by mail or through the Comm Centre must always be routed either in boxes for such or between two sturdy pieces of cardboard which will not bend. NEVER put a paper clip on any photograph, either to keep several together or to attach dispatches to. JUST NEVER PUT A PAPER CLIP ON ANY PHOTOGRAPH FOR WHATEVER REASON! The reason for such protection of photographs is simple. If any photograph has the least bend or break in it, it cannot be used for photolithograph reproduction in magazines or printed matter as the bend or break causes a white streak to appear in the reproduction which cannot be corrected or used. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 168 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 OCTOBER 1968 (Reissued from Flag Order 1534, same date) Remimeo PHOTOGRAPHERS, OF INTEREST TO There are only 2 points which make a photographer a professional. Hardly any "Pro" knows this. 1. TO BE 100% FAMILIAR WITH YOUR CAMERAS, ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES AND NOT BE INTROVERTED INTO THE OPERATION OF THEM. By 100% means you could locate any switch, attachment, change films, operate and attach accessories in total blackness. This degree of familiarity needs to be worked on.. You need to practise, practise, practise with a camera using date expired film, all the actions concerning loading, unloading and shooting film in any circumstance. You cannot hope to take a good picture if you are worried about which clicker to click. This cuts your reach. You must be able to look, see there is a picture to be taken, and take it-SNAP! If it takes you as little time as 2 minutes to set up your camera, then you've had it, your picture will be lost. You must be familiar with your equipment to take a photo NOW. The way to get this familiar is to DRILL DRILL DRILL until you totally extrovert from the camera. Then you can see pictures to take. 2. A PICTURE MUST COMMUNICATE. Forget the idea that a picture is a record-it's not-it's a communication. You don't stand in one spot and take photo after photo-you get yourself in various positions and take shots; eventually you'll find the position/angle which communicates best and that will be your best picture. A photographer looks for something to shoot-something that says something and then shoots it in such a way (the best way) as to portray that the scene does say something. You don't just take nebulous pictures of Sea, Sky, People, etc. Make your pictures talk. These 2 points go hand in hand-you could happen upon a perfect scene, get yourself in the right position to shoot it and then forget which button to press. By the time you work it out you've lost *your picture. Similarly, you can shoot a perfect scene, perfect range, colour, depth, etc., but it doesn't say anything-it's dead. A picture must say something without captions of any kind. It must communicate. You want to become a professional photographer? - These are the only rules you need to know. Good luck. Irene Dunleavy LRH:ei.rd CS 7 Copyright (c) 1968 for by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder 169 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 NOVEMBER 1968 Issue 11 Remimeo PHOTO-POLICY FOR MAGAZINES (Of great interest to any photographer. Note: the term "Auditor" in the text refers to "The Auditor", the International Journal of Scientology.) A great deal of interest is shown in our Auditor photos. Therefore, the interest must not be permitted to go stale. How to go stale on photos: Use RECORD shots only. Record shots are head-on dull group pictures, or single faces with no spark. Using standard events over and over, always shot from the same angle, always similarly lighted. The absolute minimum of group shots should be used where the group each faces the camera like a high school graduating class. Using the same dramatic personnae continually is poor. What we want is Feature News shots By definition, a feature news shot means a posed, manipulated picture that tells a story. This is also called a "genre" in the old pictorial school. It is not just a record of an event. It may be but it is also a made event. These, then, are two different types of pictures-the Record shot and the Feature News Shot. We have to do some of the former, as it's all we'll get. We must then make up for it by mainly deriving the latter. A Feature News Shot requires imagination and direction. Example: Student A reading with delight a letter which the caption states tells her she has 29 preclears lined up when she gets back from Saint Hill. That is a Feature News Shot. One had to get the idea, go find a student who had some preclears waiting, get hold of the photographer and get the shot properly done. Example of a record shot: no imagination; somebody with a camera shoots George Brown being handed his classification. Record shots are really harder to do as one has to be on the ground at the time of event. This is all right for fires and train wrecks but we don't have them often. To get a volume of pictures requires a lot of dream up, based, it is true, on what really is going on, but planned and reformed to make better presentation. If you will notice in a local weekly newspaper, the staff photographers fill up a lot of pages with group shots and record shots. Cast of "Ophelia" on stage at High School, showing a lot of lined up people facing the camera or a basketball team all lined up facing the camera, etc. Then one of these photographers does two little girls threading a needle painfully at a sewing class and lands front page. You can turn a record shot into a news feature shot by having the basketball team actually simulate playing or the cast do the scene. Or have the team "get word Malborn challenges them to play", or have a cast member who twisted her ankle yesterday twist her ankle again for you in front of the cast in a "scene at rehearsal". Directed, planned or redone news is more interesting for our purposes than groups facing the camera in "Napoleons". So we mainly do Feature. Strikingly lighted portraits and feature and landscapes should be what we do in The Auditor. Posed groups doing "Napoleons" are all but taboo, and only used because we can't get anything else from Auckland. But even then, I would be more likely to do a photomontage of them or with cut-out faces scattered through an article on Auckland. A photomontage would be the Auckland new quarters with faces pasted around it in some rhythmic pattern in the modern mode. Don't put pictures on things with paper clips. The picture ripples and won't copy or photo-litho. Polaroids can't be blown down with the print as they're only 31/2" x 4%" in the first place. And ranking them in neat blocks of pictures went out in 19 10. While it's less work to do it this way, magazine appearance depends upon industrious formulation of artistic patterns. Following the easiest way doesn't produce a good magazine. And that's photo-policy for magazines. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:ei.rd Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 171 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 NOVEMBER ADS Issue III OUTSTANDING COPYRIGHTS AND MARKS No book issued on Dianetics and Scientology by any other author than myself has received my permission to copyright in any name but L. Ron Hubbard. If any book or pamphlet has been so copyrighted or any design trademarked it is illegal- The holder must be persuaded to assign or made to assign or sued until assignment is made. We never close such a case and never falter in expending money to accomplish this. A simple request is ordinarily enough. To leave one copyright outstanding anywhere is unthinkable. All copyrights are made to L. Ron Hubbard, then after "my demise" it says in the franchise, to L. Ron Hubbard, Founder. But all copyrights, marks and rights, by blanket assignment are the property of and will remain the property of HCO Ltd. the main office. Although the copyright is to L. Ron Hubbard it becomes by that the property of HCO with no further administrative action by reason of existing contracts and franchises. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:rd Copyright (c) 19 5 8 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 JANUARY 1959 Issued at Washington (This is to correct and replace HCO Policy Letter of January 15, 1959) All HCO Secretaries All HCO Personnel When in doubt about copyrighting it, copyright it. Copyright and Trademark anything and everything. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:mp.aap.rd Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 172 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 DECEMBER 1965 Gen Non Remimeo Applies SH (c) FCDC Dis Div Hats Dissem Div Hats Dept Insp (c) Repts Hats Dept Comm Hats No other Orgs COPYRIGHT: U.S.A. In order to protect our copyright property in books, periodicals and printed matter that are sold or distributed generally, interim copyrights should be obtained by the continental organization (FCDC) within six months of the date of United Kingdom publication. As this interim copyright lasts for only five years, a completely American edition must be done of those published works for which it is intended to secure a 28 year-term. To comply with the present law all materials used, even the very stencil must be done in America and manufactured in America and the American org address used. Before applying for renewal of copyright, The Copyright Officer, D.C. should obtain and send a list of interim copyright due to expire in the next six months to Copyright Officer, WW who would ascertain from LRH Issue Authority, WW those for which a 28 year term renewal application should be made. As under the present law, only a maximum number of 1500 copies of works published abroad and given a 5-year interim copyright can be legally imported into the USA during those 5 years, The Dissemination Secretary should be alerted to this provision of the American law and ensure that an American edition of good sellers is ready to hand before the Customs prohibit further importation. Addresso WW should have a plate made and addressed as follows: "Copyright Officer, For Registration of U.S. copyright, Founding Church of Scientology, 1812, 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C. United States," so that he receives an extra copy of all general mailing, mailings to members, and of books as they are published. As the registration of copyright is expensive (6 dollars per item), only books, periodical publications and such policy letters and bulletins that are widely disseminated and of intrinsic value, i.e. those not already covered by previous policy letters or bulletins, should be registered. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:emp.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 173 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 OCTOBER 1969 Issue 11 Remimeo GO Pacific Station SO Div II's Supercargos SO Div VI's Orgs for Info REGISTRATION OF SO INSIGNIA The star and leaves insignia of the SO has been registered in the U.S. Patent OfficeRegistration No. 877,948, on Sept 30, 1969. Our patent attorney in Washington, DC has stated: "As you know, now that this trademark has been registered in the U.S. Patent Office you are legally entitled to and should use an expression such as (R) in conjunction with this trademark wherever the same is used." The Registration Certificate bears the following notice: "This Registration will be cancelled by the Commissioner of Patents at the end of six years following the date of registration, unless within one year next preceding the expiration of such six years, the registrant file in the Patent Office an affidavit showing the said mark is still in use or showing that its nonuse is due to special circumstances which excuse such nonuse and is not due to any intention to abandon the mark. A fee of $10.00 for each class must accompany the affidavit." Supercargo of the senior SO unit in the U.S. is charged with the duty of ensuring compliance with both the above statements. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:rs.ldm.ei.rd Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 174 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 SEPTEMBER 1958 (Issued at Washington) (Replaces HCO Policy Letter of I June 1957) 1 each staff member WHO CAN ORDER PRINTING field offices The following persons can originate copy for printing: Association Secretary or Organization Secretary Treasurer Registrar Central Files In Charge Director of Training Director of Processing Director of Administration All material to be printed and its price must be okayed by the Director of Administration before order is placed. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:gn.rs.cden Copyright (c) 1958 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HASI POLICY LETTER OF 31 OCTOBER 1958 1 ea staff member field offices for info Washington USE OF MIMEO RESTRICTED Only 75 copies of any given item may be run off on mimeo machines. Any item to be run further than this number must be well done on Photo-litho or photo offset. All general releases of data go out in Certainty and in no other printed way. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:rs.cden Executive Director Copyright (c) 1958 HASI by L. Ron Hubbard 175 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 FEBRUARY 1959 BOOK ADMINISTRATOR (previous printing hat) DEPARTMENT HEAD: HCO CONTINENTAL SECRETARY Purpose: To handle the printing of promotional and disseminating materials for the Organization. To secure good prices and fast service on printed matters. Duties: To be a terminal for finished copy that is ready to go to the printers. To check finished copy for approvals and make sure a proper amount is being ordered. To get copy to printers, either by calling them for pick up or taking it to them or mailing it to them. To get an estimated date of completion, and to notify the originating department when it can be expected back. To get proofs if required. To follow the directions of handling material on arrival from printers. I (c) Initial delivery slip when received satisfactorily and attach to approval and send to Disbursements. 2. Send 2 copies of material to Legal (for copyrights). 3. Send I copy to Public Relations. 4. Send I copy to Assoc Sec. 5. Send 10 copies to HCO. 6. If book for bookstores send copy to Reviews list. 7. If new books, or one that has been out of print for some time, advertise in Ability/Certainty. To keep a record of what is at printers at all times. To make certain that all material is copyrighted. To keep printing plates in good order. To handle re-printing along the same routine as for printing new materials, supplying printer with plates where necessary. To check book advertisements in Ability/Certainty magazine. To follow up on all books and printed matters. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:mp.gh.rd Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 176 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 MAY 1964 HCO Cont Dirs HCO Secs Org Secs RIGHTS TO PRINT OR RE-PRINT SCIENTOLOGY BOOKS AND MATERIALS As from this date, all established works on Scientology and Dianetics will only be printed and supplied by Book Dept, of Scientology Library and Research Ltd., at Saint Hill, and no permission will be given to any Scientology Organization to print such works locally. Further, no new works on Scientology or Dianetics may be printed and published except by Scientology Publications Ltd., at Saint Hill. Issued by: HCO Technical Materiel Secretary WW for L. RON HUBBARD LRH:dr.rd Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 177 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 DECEMBER 1969 Issue 11 Remimeo HCO Exec Sec Dissem Sec Dir Pubs Printer Liaison GUIDE TO THE FUNCTION OF PRINTER LIAISON (Sources: Basic LRH Policy, MSH directives on printer liaison admin and procedure, MSH verbal info given to me, my experience in four countries of the world and data from Leon Steinberg and Herbie Parkhouse.) The function of the Printer Liaison found in Dissem Div, Dept 5, on the modern org board needs some explanation. When an org uses an outside printing firm to print a magazine, flyer, etc, the following data concerning the function of printer liaison should be known and used. Excellent printer liaisoning as contrasted to poor printer liaisoning, can save an org a lot of money and, at the same time, enhance org PRO by ensuring an adequate printing quality is achieved within funds allocated. In one area printing bills were cut by half with improvement of quality through the introduction of standard printer liaison procedures. Given the same budget a good PL can get better quality and increased quantity through cheaper prices per particle than a careless PL. All of the above can contribute to an org's solvency and future prosperity. NOTE: This data is applicable mainly where an org does not have its own printing facilities for a given job and uses a commercial printing firm. THE BASIC SYSTEM Standard Scientology P Liaison procedure is based upon the 3 quotes (or more) system. A quote is singly a price estimate only but, considered more broadly, it is a complete estimate (CSW) by a printer on the service he can render. It includes: I (c) An exact total cost (including any tax) 2. How long it will take to begin and complete delivery 3. Examples of printer's previous work (this gives estimate of quality). One gets a quote as above from at least 3 printers and compares them within one's predicted budget, production deadline and quality expectation. The perfect quote will be a printer who combines the lowest price with professional, clean quality with a satisfactory speed of particle flow. Certain printers, because of the types of machines and labour available (mechanical and experiential specialization) may be found to do some types of jobs faster and more cheaply than others. Anyone holding the printer liaison hat (or function from above) should become familiar with the basic printing tech so as to recognize and isolate which printers are most suited or technically specialized for various types of work required. One can learn by asking the printers to explain and 178 being interested in what each can do and why. A good P Liaison by comparing prices and being inquisitive, can actually reduce printing prices through increasing demand for his work and introducing competitiveness (without 3rd partying) amongst printers. It has worked to say, for example, "Printer X can do the job for V 00. You can do it for V 10. How come you are higher? Can you reduce your price? I'm sure we will be having a lot more work coming up, We expect to expand, you know, at an even more rapid rate." The keynote of P Liaison's activities in handling printers or their representatives is ARC, professional attitude and positiveness. A good P Liaison, as he is handling the public can be an effective PRO point for his org. The P Liaison uses the following senior stable datum: "A Scientologist who fails to use Scientology technology and its administrative and Ethics procedures on the world around him will continue to be too enturbulated to do his job." I An excellent P Liaison once handled a suppressive manager of a company who was cheating the org with sabotaged service and false promises by writing his boss with the full facts. The boss immediately realized the manager had been doing the entire company in with false reports and bad service, saw he was a psychotic and instantly fired him. A successful Ethics action for poor service has been to drop the firm for a while indicating with good ARC why he is being dropped and who goofed. Given another chance at a later date, a printer has made amends with exceptionally low bids. THE CYCLE I (c) It's quite essential the P Liaison gives the printing firm exact specifications for the job so you and he know exactly what he is quoting on. Make sure there is an understanding on the type and weight of paper to be quoted on. The P Liaison should also understand how the printer would do the job-by what printing methods and on what machines. Always break the job down into parts-does the printer intend to farm any part of the work out because he isn't equipped to do it all himself? Recognize that folding usually comes after printing and is not usually an integral part of the printing procedure. An org can, therefore, save money by hand-folding in an all-hands folding and mailing party or borrow a folding machine or whatever. The point is each step of the job should be known or cleared with the printer during the quote stage so there aren't unknowns about it and points where unnecessary expenditure can be curtailed aren't overlooked. 2. The P Liaison doesn't actually place the order. He gets the quotes. A PO for the job is then presented on standard FP lines with all relevant CSW. 3. When the exact PO is approved by FP the official order for the job with an order number is then placed by Disbursement in writing with the printer. 4. A quote from the printer via the printer's rep to the P Liaison should be officially in writing. "If it's not written it's not true" is our policy. 5. After the above is done the P Liaison now ensures rapid compliance is achieved to his org's order. Presumably an agreed upon estimate of completion was given with the quote. A printer has usually a lot of other orders. He doesn't have a time machine or policy on priority of orders. A P Liaison keeps an active account of his org's order. He keeps checking on the progress of the job. The maxim is he bugs the printer to get his job done more than anyone is bugging the printer for their job so the printer does it just to get you off his back. That works-and it's done with ARC and 179 good PRO. You become a real stable terminal to him in his confusion of which job to do next and when. 6. The cycle continues when the job is checked on delivery for accuracy, correct quantity and quality. The org gets, at least, what it's paying for per the approved written quote. If a job isn't acceptable (not what the org agreed to pay for, for example, it's below a professional printing standard), it is not accepted but redone by the printer as required. Why it's unacceptable is indicated with reality. An honest printer will concur and redo it or make amends. 7. Finally, the job is used by the org and its users and the printing bill is paid. When a printer does a good job, thank him. When he does something special, commend him. Honest, hard working printers can stay up all night for you and be an asset to an expanding org which uses them. QUALITY Quality does not necessarily mean "expensive" by a long shot. The basis of all pro quality printing is the production of accurate, clean and properly inked work. When your Promo Dept does the original art work, quality begins with whether the material is attractively designed, well written, typed neatly and laid out straight. Therefore, a basic quality image is achieved through promo's competence and standard layout and a printer's standard work. NONE OF THESE COST MORE. ADMIN A P Liaison logs each job and devises an accurate record to tally the following data for reference: job, number of copies, firm, price, delivery record, quality, any comments. This gives a P Liaison a guide to who's who amongst printers and provides a history for comparing new and old quotes. The P Liaison also keeps an address book with the names of firms, their addresses, telephone numbers and the name of each firm's representative. The above data can also be used by anyone doing manufacturing liaison. Written by David Ziff Flag Org for L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:DZ:rs.ei.rd Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 180 NOT HCO POLICY LETTER CORRECT COLOUR FLASH BLUE ON WHITE EXECUTIVE DIRECTIVE FROM L. RON HUBBARD LRH ED 98 INT 19 April 1970 To: HCO ES From: Ron Subject: MIMEO As you will hear, you are about to get all local promotion make up in your org. Pubs will cease to do it. This brings up MIMEO and/or PHOTOLITHO machines. About 15 years ago I examined this subject and found that no org could prosper or even function without a MIMEO machine. This could be interpreted as one of these small photolitho machines or as a mimeograph. We have never had any trouble running mimeo sections. When WW started mailing out already cut stencils for HCOBs and PLs it was just being accommodating. It did however tend to reduce the local mimeo sections. Over several years the final result has been scarcity of materials. This makes an outness in courses, in staff know how and has obviously cut deeply into income. Now that orgs will be doing their own local promotion a MAKE UP SECTION in Div 2 will take on new importance. If you have a mimeo or photolitho you can promote quickly. You can reach people like FSMs easily. You can issue mimeo orders for students and staff. And most importantly you can make up HCO B and HCO PL deficiencies. This doesn't mean you never get anything (like a mag or prom piece) printed. It does mean you can fill in the dead spots promotionally with mimeo. If Address is plated and in some kind of shape you can do a lot with specialized promotion like to all past students or all past pcs, etc. You can offer them special things. Personally I don't think I could run an org without a mimeo or photolitho machine. Routing forms, bits and pieces of admin, if lacking can tie the place in knots. HCO, if it has a mimeo and an address file can always set wheels in motion when stats go down. I have been having a spot of trouble the last half year trying to reach to some org staffs because the mimeo-bulletin-Ed-PL lines were stumbling across all absence of a make-up, mimeo section in several orgs. This points out a larger outness. If you don't have make-up mimeo under your direct control and in an org you tend to lose out in a number of ways. A Roneo Stencil Cutter and a Roneo mimeograph machine and file cabinets and mimeo typewriters are not all that expensive. Other brands and types are quite good. There are also photolitho systems, the only drawback is that they require more skill, are more expensive and work turned out on them, when used for general magazines is not all that good. Looking back over the years, I can't see how an org could run without a make-up, mimeo section. Thought I'd just pass it on to you as a tip. [seal] Love, Ron L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:dz.rd 181 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 MARCH 1971 Remimeo HCO Hats MIME0 SECTION The Mimeo Section has been transferred to HCO Dept 2, Comm Department. The Mimeo Section is composed of two Units-MIMEO and MIMEO FILES. It will be found that HCO cannot hat and pack unless it has a Mimeo Section. The MIMEOGRAPH OFFICER is in charge of all Mimeo activities. Under him and answerable to him is MIMEO FILES IN CHARGE, which must be a separate manned unit. Full Policy, HCO B and ED files should exist in Mimeo Files. Other mimeo issue types are also filed in Mimeo. Routing Forms and other forms are run off in Mimeo itself. Spare or replacement issues are also run off by the Mimeo Unit. At one time this was a Mimeo Files action but was found to impede filing. Where a Continental Liaison Office has two or more orgs in the same city it may at local option take over all Mimeo activities and files of that City. Otherwise orgs are responsible for their own Mimeo Section. The Org Board of an org when Mimeo Files is delegated to a CLO, is marked "Mimeo Section, Liaison to CLO". In this case also the CLO charges the org for issues and packs, providing only that it does furnish them and that "FP" and other actions do not forbid an org hats and materials. HOWEVER THIS IS ARRANGED IT DOES NOT RELIEVE THE ORG OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR HAVING COURSE MATERIALS AND HATS TO ISSUE. Tape ordering to make up Course Materials goes to Dept 16. But if Publications does not get in tapes to be used on Courses, it is Mimeo Files that is ultimately Responsible as these are also a COMMUNICATION. Promotion Mimeo does NOT belong in Promotion as it gets USED for Promotion which is NOT a correct use of Mimeo. Only Emergency meetings or offers when no time exists are ever put on Mimeo as it is unsightly. A print type typewriter such as an IBM Executive (not their typesetting unit) and an office type photo offset machine (definitely different than Mimeo) is the traditional magazine and promotion set up, shoddy mimeoed magazines are forbidden, both because of awful appearance and excessive cost. Large magazine issues can sometimes be typeset and printed BUT THIS IS ONLY DONE WHEN LESS COSTLY THAN ORG COPY PHOTOLITHOED. A Magazine may be sent out to be photo-lithoed. It may NEVER be mimeographed. Mimeo Files .The extent of stencils and cabinets needful for a complete Mimeo Files Unit if too much for a small org may be done by Liaison to a Continental Liaison Office. 182 An org of any size, however, will find that it cannot operate without access to Mimeo Files. Mimeo Use The orders of an org are a usual use of a Mimeo activity. The duplication of EDs, new P/Ls and HCO Bs is another vital use. Two Choices An org must have (a) a Mimeo Section of its own or (b) a positive rapid liaison with an efficient and complete Mimeo Section in a larger org or a CLO. There is no third choice. The entire form of the org, the work calibre of the staff member, the readiness of full course materials depend utterly on a Mimeo Section, Many orgs, deprived of use of files, have almost vanished. Even an HCO cannot form unless it has the policies relative to its duties and functions. Mimeo and Mimeo Files are important. LRH:sb.mes.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1971 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 19 12 19th street N.W., Washington, D.C. HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 DECEMBER 1958 (to all HCO staff only) HCO London for dist. to sterling HCOs QUALITY OF PRESENTATION HCO is hereby given the authority and responsibility to ensure high quality presentation of all tapes, books, mailings, film showings, tape shows, Congresses, etc. This is the right to demand high quality, not to do it all. HCO must pass on all such showings or printings as to equipment and styling. You always lose money with poor presentation so why try to save money that way. Motto for all presentations: Get the best. Have it professionally done in accordance with stiff specifications. Let's put quality in Scientology presentation! LRH:mg.aap.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1958 by L. Ron Hubbard 183 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 APRIL 1965 Remimeo Sthil All Orgs URGENT All Scn Staffs Dissem Hats HCO Hats Office of LRH Design (c) Planning All Promotion Functions in an Org All Mailing Activities in an Org BOOKLETS, HANDOUTS, MAILING PIECES (Effective at once Saint Hill Effective June 1, 1965, other Orgs) No mailing may be made without a complete sample of the entire mailing being okayed by myself at Saint Hill. No booklet or brochure may be given or handed out without being okayed for that specific purpose by myself. No Letter Registrar may mail bits or pieces in letters without their being specifically okayed for that purpose by myself, No insert may be placed in Certificate mailings such as a pamphlet or brochure without my specific okay for that purpose. Previously Letter Registrars and Dir Prom Reg have chosen out bits and pamphlets to mail people at their own discretion. This is cancelled. Any such presentation must first be okayed for that purpose. That a booklet exists or has been printed is not an okay for its general use. Any printed booklet or book must be okayed before being used for a specific purpose. This means that booklets and handouts may not be indiscriminately released. One may not place them in with certificates or mailings unless they are okayed to be used for that purpose. Booklets, etc may not be handed around at Congresses or in pcs. unless they have been okayed. SUBMISSION FOR OKAY The entire packet that is to be mailed or handed out or put in with a certificate must be packaged up the way it will be assembled and passed to me via the Office of LRH Saint Hill. Mark it-Office of LRH Saint Hill-Issue Authority Section. Do not send a pamphlet and ask if it is okay to release it. State what it is to be released with or how it is to be released. All permissions granted are for a specific use of the material. That an item has 184 been given a specific permission for a specified use does not grant permission to use it as anything else. If it is to be used for anything else, a new permission must be asked. All permissions granted will be issued as SECEDs and expire, like all SECEDs, in one year. MAGAZINES Every issue of a magazine must be passed upon in Dummy Form. Two dummies must be submitted. One is kept, the other returned. A copy of the finished magazine must be sent to the Office of LRH, Issue Authority Section. BOOKS Books which may be advertised and sold must first be passed upon by the Issue Authority Section. This includes all books, those by myself and others. REPRINTING BOOKS Any book to be reprinted must have an authority from the Issue Authority Section. On requesting a reprint authority, sales data on the book during the past year must be included, Several new books are to be issued and they may replace some old ones. Some old books are to be rewritten. "Unauthorized issue" means that the material does not have an authority for that purpose and is a misdemeanour. Co-ordination of issue makes it possible to assess values of various materials and bring greater effectiveness of presentation. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:wmc.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 185 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 JULY 1965 Issue 11 Gen Non Remimeo HCO Dissem Sec DISSEMINATION MATERIALS TO SAINT HILL As per the Policy Letter of 22 April 1964, before its printing or copy, any publication, mailing piece or hand-out of any Central Org, City Office or Franchise Centre, has to be passed by the Office of LRH, Saint Hill-Issue Authority. A copy of each actual material then printed or otherwise reproduced is then sent to the HCO Dissemination Secretary WW Saint Hill. It is accompanied with a despatch stating what it is being used for and a record or copy of the LRH authorization for that use. The only Org that publishes books is Saint Hill. Only Saint Hill cares for the reprinting of books or the printing of new books. At times in the past, other Scientology orgs have printed books. If your org has ever printed a book on Dianetics or Scientology, whether in English or another language, please send 8 copies (or fewer, if 8 copies aren't available) of that book(s) to the Archives Officer WW, HCO Dissemination Division, Saint Hill. If you know of any books or materials of Dianetics or Scientology which have been translated into any other language, please secure, similarly, copies of these and send them to the Archives Officer WW, Saint Hill. If you know of or come across any unpublished translations, have a copy or the manuscript sent to the Director of Compilations WW, Saint Hill. Only Saint Hill will publish translations of Scientology books or materials. Important: Each individual package or article sent to Archives WW must have a slip with it (inserted) stating what it is, how many, and who is sending it. This is written in usual despatch form. This is in addition, of course, to the mailing address. An unpublished translation sent to the Director of Compilations should have the address of the translator included. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.kd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 186 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I (Issued at Washington, DC) HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 AUGUST 1958 1 each staff member Field Offices The Washington DC central organization fills book and tape cash orders for dollar areas only. HASI London fills sterling area orders. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:rs.rd HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 MARCH 1959 BOOK POLICY All areas including New Zealand, South Africa, Melbourne, Los Angeles, Washington and London should send as soon as possible a list of all books, Pabs and Tapes in stock to HCO WW. From this Master Inventory we can begin to allocate books and reprint those we are lacking. L RON HUBBARD LRH:mp.gh.cden Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 187 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 APRIL 1959 DEFACING BOOKS AND PROPER ADDRESSES ON THEM Books shall not be defaced by ugly rubber stamps. Price alterations in books and modernized Central Organizations' addresses should be changed by overpasting old data or address with a neat printed sticker. No book should be released with an improper address or price in it or lacking a Central Organization address. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:mp.eden Copyright (c) 195 9 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 JUNE 1959 CenO UK only SALE AND HANDOUT OF CERTAINTY MINORS I (c) People coming in to Reception may take Certainty minors as free handouts. 2. People ordering copies by post in addition to the copy they receive because they are on our mailing list, and people making quantity orders (e.g. Field Auditors ordering 50 or 100 for their own use) must pay 1/6d a copy, less any discount they may have as a member. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:gh.cden Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 188 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 NOVEMBER 1959 CenOCon RE-ORGANIZATION OF BOOK SUPPLIES The purpose of this new scheme is to simplify the present situation regarding supply of books to HCO Book Departments from HCO WW and DCI, to relieve other offices apart from these two of the burden of having to carry stocks of great diversity, and to make it financially possible for other offices to re-print or obtain the following 7 items by centralizing "odd" titles. All book sales offices should have or obtain the following as their only stock (any titles not listed and still in stock should be sold in the usual way, but will not be re-supplied, either by HOD WW or DCI, to your office). I. Problems of Work 2. Fundamentals of Thought 3. Summary of Scientology 4. Evolution of a Science 5. Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health 6. Science of Survival. (HCO WW being notified of any re-printing plans and 6 copies forwarded to them.) 7. Any new book which appears. (These will be produced either by HCO WW or DCI, quantities allocated and shipped to each office, and when this initial supply is exhausted the book will only be available from either of these 2 offices in the manner outlined later in this Policy Letter.) If any of these titles have to be obtained from either HCO WW or DCI (applies mainly to the expensive titles) by any other office they should be ordered direct in fairly large quantities (to keep shipping costs low) and not through another office. There is little profit to be made in one office buying from HCO WW or DCI at 50% and supplying another office at the same discount. However, it is advised that the main HCO office on each continent prints all of the above 6 and distributes them amongst the smaller offices for which it is responsible. All other titles not listed above will be obtainable only from HCO WW (for Sterling Areas) or DCI (Dollar Areas). They will be obtainable by General Public, Booksellers, etc., in either of the two following ways: I (c) By writing direct to HCO WW or DCI enclosing price of item/s plus postage. 2. By paying the local HCO Office the price of the item/s plus postage. In either case the item/s will be shipped direct to the person requiring. Procedure for ordering will be as follows: I (a) Person writes direct to either office and includes the local currency equivalent of the Sterling and Dollar prices and postage rates listed below. 2(a) Person requiring item/s through any other office pays that office the local equivalent of the prices listed below plus postage. Any discounts must be calculated at this time, not later. The person taking the order then advises HCO WW (in Sterling Areas) or DCI (in Dollar Areas). The information that should be sent to these two offices is: 189 1. Name of person ordering. 2. Address of person ordering. 3. Name/s and quantity of item/s required. Upon receipt of this, HCO WW or DCI then debits your office with the cost of the item/s less 50% plus postage (in Sterling or Dollars). (Note for HCO WW and DCI: The invoice doing this should be headed with the name and address of the office who sent the order, and the name and address of the person requiring put below the actual calculations on the invoice. The copy which remains in the Book Section for records should be filed under the name of the office but in alphabetical order). After invoicing, the material is sent direct to the person requiring and not to the office which ordered them. It is up to the office taking the order to ensure that it takes the correct money as HCO WW or DCI will debit them for the amount required less 50% plus postage. Orders from all Sterling Area offices can only be sent to HCO WW and in Dollar Areas to DCI. In the event of the book being out of stock at one of these two offices, the office unable to supply will debit the office ordering (as above) and advise the other central office of the order. This central office will then send the item/s and debit the office who passed the order. e.g. Melbourne forwards an order to HCO WW for a book. HCO WW has no stock, but DCI has. HCO WW debits Melbourne with cost, less 50%, plus postage, in Sterling and passes the details to DCI. DCI sends the book to the person and debits HCO WW with cost, less 50%, plus postage, in Dollars. If the order is being passed in this way, the invoice should be marked "Order passed to (c) (c) (c) (c) (HCO WW or DCI, whichever the case may be), by the office which passes it over. The customer only receives one white copy of the invoice and that is the one he receives when he actually pays for the item/s at his local office. At the end of every week, each office (apart from HCO WW and DCI who have a separate arrangement) will forward a cheque paying for the items ordered, to the office the item/s were ordered from, unless other arrangements are in force. The onus is on each office to see that this cheque is forwarded and any office that is late or neglects these payments will have their orders dealt with after all others. Right now each office should list all their back orders of items listed below and forward these to either HCO WW or DCI (whichever area they are in) except "Have You Lived Before?" which is considered a "new" book (see No. 7 at beginning of Policy Letter). Any back orders for books which are now not obtainable, i.e. "Creative Education", "Sex in the Basic Personality", etc., should not be forwarded. Any payments to you for these should be credited to the account of the orderer and that person notified. Initially there may be delays on certain items until both DCI and HCO WW have comparable stocks, but once this balance is achieved things will go smoothly. By the way, air mail rates for books are being worked out and will be announced at a later date. Advanced Procedure and Axioms 12/6 $2.50 Dianetics 1955 10/- 83.00 Scientology 8-80 5/- $1.25 Scientology 8-8008 12/6 $3.50 History of Man 15/- $3.00 Creation of Human Ability 17/6 $5.00 PAB Books, 1, 2, 3, 4 (c) 5 6/- $1.25 ACC Manual 5/- $1.25 190 Child Dianetics 12/6 $2.75 Creative Learning 10/- $3.00 Self Analysis (US edition available only in America) $2.50 Self Analysis 12/6 $3.00 Fortress in the Sky 51- $ .50 All about Radiation 7/6 $3.25 Key to Tomorrow (Scientology: Its. contribution to Knowledge) 15/- $2.50 Clear Procedure-Issue 1 10/- $2.00 Control (c) Mechanics of SCS 5/- $1.25 HAS Training Manual 51- $1.25 ACC Clear Procedure 9/- $1.25 How to Live Though an Executive (Communications Manual) 12/6 $2.00 Handbook for Preclears 15/- $2.50 Intentions (Poems by Julian Cooper) 6/- $2.00 Tone Scale (Black and White) 7/- $1.00 Tone Scale (Coloured) 10/6 $1.00 Chart of Attitudes 5/6 $ .50 Chart of Human Evaluation 5/6 $1.00 Rights of a Field Auditor 5/6 $1.00 Church Greed 9/- $I.25 Photo of L. Ron Hubbard (bust) 2/6 $1.50 The Great Religions 3/6 $ .35 This is Scientology (Science of Certainty) 5/- $1.25 Dianetics: The Original Thesis 12/6 $2.50 London Clearing Congress Records 8 gns. $24.00 (Each office should keep a sample of the above for display and promotion.) Postage rates as follows: Items up to and including 6/- (1.25) - 6d or 10c. Items from 6/- up to and including 17/6 (3.50) - 9d or 15c. Items above 17/6 - I/- or 20c. Postage prices for other items (the one above refers mainly to books) are being calculated and will be issued at a later date. And please note the following discounts etc., London Clearing Congress Album-Life Members only 4 gns. $12.00 no other discounts. International Members - 10% (see Policy Letter October 26, 1959) - only on books, etc. over 5/- or $1.25 Life members or Shareholders-20% on all items. (Records see above). Peter Stumbke Book Administrator HCO WW for L. RON HUBBARD LRH.js.cden Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 191 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 MARCH 1960 CenOCon "HAVE YOU LIVED...." SALES Sales of "Have You Lived Before This Life?" of the first edition are limited to members of the Hubbard Association of Scientologists, International. An expurgated edition at a lower price will be made available to the public if it is ever placed on public sale. It is called to HASI attention that this is a HASI book. L. RON HUBBARD President HASI LRH:js.mm.cden Copyright (c) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 192 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 JULY 1960 HCO Sec Info Assoc Secs Info HCO Communicators BOOK ADMINISTRATION Due to the importance of the role of books in dissemination, the following policies are laid down: 1. The Book Administrator shall be an executive of HCO and HCO Ltd. (a) He or she may not be newly appointed or transferred or dismissed without approval from HCO WW. If appointed the appointment shall be provisional until confirmed. (b) Minimum staff requirement graph and IQ are prerequisite after Jan 1st 1961. (c) Graph and IQ shall be forwarded with request for confirmation. (d) Dismissal may occur only after a confirmation is received from HCO WW. 2. The Book Administrator shall follow the administration procedures to be laid down and agreed upon in a future policy level to sharply standardise administration. 3. The Book Administrator may hire his/her own clerk and dismiss his/her clerk with consultation with the HCO Secretary in immediate supervision of the Book Administration. 4. All stocks and quarters relating to books are the full responsibility of the Book Administrator. 5. All book supplies are the responsibility of the Book Administrator. 6. All income report sheets are to be done by or for the Book Administrator, and submitted by each following Monday directly to the highest officer of a Central Organisation via the HCO Secretary. 7. All Advisory Committee reports on books shall be made out and submitted by the Book Administrator and every such report shall show: (a) The five current best sellers. (b) The number of back orders extant. 8. E-Meters, their supply, financing and sale, shall be the whole responsibility of the Book Administrator. 9. All insignia, badges and such materials shall be the responsibility of the Book Administrator. 10. All tapes shall be the responsibility of the Book Administrator. 11. That books are or are not being sold in an area, are or are not being advertised, are or are not being sold to book stores, shall be the full responsibility of the Book Administrator. 12. In addition to his pay, the Book Administrator shall receive 2% weekly of the cash mail order sales and sales to book stores, and in particular all books sold in PE or to PE Courses. This shall include badges, insignia, meters and tapes. 13. The Book Administrator may communicate directly with the Book Administrator at HCO WW, or with any other Book Administrator, without vias or forwardings, and may use telex and cable when vitally necessary. (a) It is preferred that all communications about books and stocks, prices and sales are made to HCO WW directly by the Book Administrator. 193 (b) The Book Administrator should furnish information copies of despatches to the HCO Secretary and Association Secretary if required. The purposes of this policy letter and these policies are to increase book dissemination, increase stocks, and to handle books and book matters without disturbing or overcrowding the lines of the Association Secretaries and the HCO Secretaries. The action being taken herein is first to establish firm terminals in all organisations for book matters, and then to provide easy direct communication lines to HCO WW. The existence of terminals and lines for matters relating to books and related materials should increase dissemination markedly. Where the book stocks and sales of an organisation are too small to warrant any book personnel, this hat shall be worn by the HCO Secretary. But where book traffic warrants a single person, that person shall be appointed Book Administrator, even though he is also shipping clerk. L. RON HUBBARD Executive Director LRH:rf.rd Copyright (c) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JANUARY 1961 HCO Secs Info Assoc Sea Info HCO Communicators BOOK ADMINISTRATION (Cancels HCO Policy Letter of July 28, 1960) HCO Policy Letter of July 28, 1960, "Book Administration", is cancelled. The Book Administrator in a Central Org or HCO Office is an HCO personnel, and comes under the supervision of the local HCO Secretary or HCO Executive Secretary. No percentage of sales of books or other supplies will be paid to the Book Administrator. Issued by: Peter Hemery HCO Secretary WW for L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright (c) 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 194 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 JULY 1960 CenOCon Re-issued from Sthil LT MEMBERSHIP PRIVILEGES Some confusion may exist with regard to the privileges entailed in a Lifetime Membership. The purpose of this Policy Letter is to clarify the situation after review of this problem in various areas. It is possible that the details as indicated here will not coincide with the actual position in your area, or it may conflict with existing privileges which have actually been granted hitherto to the Life Members. However, since the advantages and privileges must be the same in any area of the world it will be necessary for all Scientology Orgs, in all areas to conform eventually to the rundown as shown here. Life Members in your area should be informed of any changes which may affect them as soon as possible. A Lifetime Member gets 20% discount on Processing, Training and Books. He does not get a discount on tapes or E-Meters or any other materials which may be supplied by a Book Department, but on books only. He does not get a discount on ACC fees, as the ACC is a specialized HCO activity. The discount on Training is given on any training taken in an Academy, including the Extension Course. If a LT Member is also an International Member, he receives a 30% discount on books instead of 20% (so long as he retains both memberships). The 30% discount applies only to books, not Processing or Training. If an International Member becomes a LT Member, he receives a refund of the unused portion of his International Membership (unless he wishes to retain the Int Membership). Neither an International Member nor a LT Member receives any discount on Congress entrance fees. A LT Member gets the HPA/HCA portion of the Extension Course free, but pays the normal fee for the B.Scn/HCS portion of the Extension Course (less discount). The LT Membership does keep a Certificate in force. A professional Scientologist who is a LT Member does riot need to take out an International Membership in order to keep his certificate valid. The LT Member receives the area magazine (Certainty, Ability, etc) as he is on the mailing list (not because he is a LT Member). He does not receive the PAB magazine. The PAB magazine is sent only to the International Members. Addresso Departments should therefore not include the LT Members in the addressed envelopes or stickers which they send to HCO WW for the PAB mailings. All discounts are for cash purchases only. This Policy Letter does not countermand the usual rule that book discounts are not allowed on books costing 5/- or less. HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 JULY 1960 CenOCon Re-issued from Sthil INTERNATIONAL MEMBERSHIP PRIVILEGES The privileges and discounts entailed in an International Membership at present are as follows: International Members receive the PAB Magazine monthly, and also the Continental Magazine (Certainty, Ability, etc) monthly. International Members receive a discount of 20% on all books, charts and scales except those priced at 5/- ($1.25) or less. There is no discount on testing materials. International Members receive a 20% discount on tapes, and also 20% discount on EMeters supplied by HCO WW. If an International Member also holds a Lifetime Membership, he receives a 30% discount on books, charts and scales instead of 20%. The 30% discount applies only to books, charts and scales, not to tapes and E-Meters. International Members do not receive any discount on Congresses. All discounts are given on cash purchases only. This Policy is not intended to affect the discounts already in force for Lifetime Members and Franchise Holders, which remain unchanged. Peter Hemery LRH:rf.gh.rd HCO Secretary WW Copyright (c) 1960 195 for by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 AUGUST 1960 CenOCon BOOK SUPPLIES (Cancels previous directives) In order to facilitate the supply of books, and to ensure that people all over the world can easily obtain them, it is now policy that every Scientology Org should carry stocks of all Scientology books. It should be our aim to ensure that a person can go into any reception office, pay his cash, and walk out with the book of his choice. At the same time, it is considered advisable that the Orgs should principally display, advertise and push the sales of only the six leading titles, and also any newly published books. Small stocks of other titles may be carried, so that they may be supplied to people who enquire for them. But it is still envisaged that the main sales of books from the Central Orgs should consist of the six leading titles, which are at present: 1. Problems of Work 2. Fundamentals of Thought 3. Summary of Scientology 4. Dianetics: The Evolution of a Science 5. Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health 6. Science of Survival plus at present, the newly published "Have You Lived Before This Life" (sold only to members, including Associate Members). The other titles may now be supplied to the Central Orgs by HCO WW Book Dept (Sterling Area) and D.C. L in Washington (Dollar Area). If a book is asked for which is out of stock at the Central Org, it is correct to accept the person's money and send the order, with remittance, to HCO WW or D.C. I., as at present; or tell the person to send his order and remittance direct to HCO WW or D.C.I. Issued by: Peter Hemery HCO Secretary WW for L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright 0 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 196 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Sthil HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 OCTOBER 1960 Central Orgs HCOs BOOK DEPARTMENT PROCEDURE The purpose of this Policy Letter is to clarify exact procedure to be followed by Book Department of HCO WW at Saint Hill in its dealings with the Book Department of HCO London, and with the other HCOs and Central Orgs. The Book Department of HCO WW is regarded simply as a book department-its sole purpose being to supply books and other materials to individuals, bookstores and the HCOs throughout the world. It is not directly concerned with the dissemination of Scientology, and it does not deal with any correspondence whatsoever apart from that entailed in the supply of books, etc. It does not answer any queries on Scientology itself or the contents of books. In order to implement this policy and at the same time to ensure that such queries from interested persons do get answered, the following procedure will be carried out. I (c) All orders for books which the HCO office in London cannot fill must be invoiced to HCO London and the money banked in the HCO Acct. Thus, HCO London sends down to HCO WW the orders, and also sends the money for them to HCO WW. This applies equally to books sold for HCO London by the HASI receptionist. In this way, HASI is left out of the book line entirely. The Book Department of HCO WW routinely fills the order, sends the book or books, and debits the amount to HCO London, every time that a yellow copy of an invoice for books is received from HCO London. Since HCO London (and the other HCOs) are now allowed by policy to carry stocks of all books, the necessity for this should arise less often now. 2. All book correspondence received by Book Department of HCO WW is kept and filed at HCO WW. No correspondence of any kind is sent to the Org in London or elsewhere, as it has been in the past. 3. All requests for credit on books, etc, ordered from HCO WW, on account of having credit with any other HCO or HASI, are refused by HCO WW. In such cases the person must first get the credit back from the Org or HCO concerned, or pay HCO WW the correct amount and obtain the credit later from the Org or HCO concerned. The same would apply to people who ask for a credit from any other HCO or Org, on account of having a credit with HCO WW. This will then do away with any need for complicated queries from HCO WW as to the state of a person's credit at London or some other Org or HCO, and vice versa. 4. If letters received by the Book Department of HCO WW do contain queries on Scientology or the content of books, the Book Administrator at HCO WW will send to the Department of Promotion and Registration of the Central Org concerned, a slip, stating that the person had queries on Scientology, and that it is up to the PrR Dept to write to the person and find out what the queries were and follow it up. It is the responsibility of the Book Administrator WW to see that such a slip is sent every time that such a query is found in a letter, and to make sure that the person's name and address are legibly written on the slip. He takes no other action in the matter, except to include a similar slip with the book order and receipt, telling the person that his queries can be answered by the appropriate Central Org, and that he will hear from them in due course. 5. It should be explained to people in all Magazines (Certainty, Ability, etc, and PAB) that all queries on Scientology should be addressed to the Dept of Promotion and Registration of the Central Org in their area, and that enquiries about the supply of books and other materials, but not their contents, may be addressed to the Book Department of HCO WW. NOTE TO HASI LONDON: Although correspondence will be kept and filed at HCO WW, Book Administrator WW will continue to send copies of all book invoices to HASI London for their information and use in dissemination, as before. MSH:js.rd Issued by: Peter Hemery Copyright (c) 1960 HCO Secretary WW by L. Ron Hubbard for ALL RIGHTS RESERVED MARY SUE HUBBARD 197 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 OCTOBER 1960 HCOs Central Orgs PAB MAGAZINE SUPPLIES The PAB Magazine is sent monthly to the International Membership list, and is part of the service to which the International Members are entitled. Single copies of the PAB magazine are available from the Book Department of HCO WW at Saint Hill. The price is 8s. 6d. ($1.25) per copy plus postage. No arrangements will be made for an annual subscription to the PAB magazine, and the other HCOs and Central Orgs will not normally carry stocks of the PAB magazine in their book depts. Please disseminate this information to enquirers in your area. MSH:js.rd Issued by: Peter Hemery Copyright Q 1960 HCO Secretary WW by L. Ron Hubbard for ALL RIGHTS RESERVED MARY SUE HUBBARD HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 AUGUST 1961 CenOCon BOOK SALES All book sales of whatever nature are handled by HCO and none are handled by any Central Organization. This Policy Letter, therefore, strictly prohibits the sale of books in Reception by any Central Organization. All Reception book sales shall be done by HCO and HCO only. This changes the Proportionate Income Breakdown Work Sheet to the degree that all books sold in Reception are now added in with the HCO Area 5%. if this policy is not in effect in your area, please put it into effect immediately. No Central Organization is exempt from this ruling. LRH:jl.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 198 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 APRIL 1962 HCO Secs Org Secs SUPPLIES OF BOOKS FROM HCO WW As from now, all bulk deliveries of books and materiel to Central Organizations will be despatched in larger-sized consignments, i.e., cartons of 50 or more books, instead of small parcels of half a dozen or so. HCO WW has been laboriously making up small parcels of books in order to save on shipping and Customs dues: as Central Orgs receive a 50% discount on Books, etc, it should be possible for them to make a profit even if costs are somewhat higher by the new method. These larger-sized consignments will be sent by surface-freight, and all handling, Insurance and freight charges will be collected from the consignee by the shippers. Customs declarations will show just what is being paid for the materiel, and it is hoped that Customs lues will not exceed 2 1/5%. Issued by: HCO Technical Materiel LRH:jw.rd Secretary WW Copyright (c) 1962 for by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 14UBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 JUNE 1962 CenOCon AUTOGRAPHED FREE BOOKS The system whereby a person could present Z50 worth of white invoice/receipts and obtain a free book autographed by L. Ron Hubbard, is discontinued herewith. The notice announcing this service may be omitted from future printings of invoices. Requests for books should still be honoured, so long as the invoices presented bear the printed notice. LRH:dr.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1962 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 199 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 MAY 1963 HCO Secs Book Administrators SUPPLIES OF BOOKS TO SCIENTOLOGY ORGANIZATIONS As from this date, the following policies will apply concerning the supply of books and other dissemination materials to Scientology Organizations of all types. Any order sent to Book Dept, HCO WW, must be accompanied by cash in payment for the materials ordered, at Org discounts. In the event that cash does not accompany the order, a Pro-Forma Invoice will be sent to the Org concerned, and the order will only be filled when the cash demanded upon that Pro-Forma Invoice has been received at HCO WW. Each Central Org should carry a stock of at least 50 (preferably about 200) of each title published by HCO WW, and City Offices should carry at least 20 (preferably 100) of each title. Immediate efforts are to be made to build up book-stocks to these figures. Each Org should maintain a cash reserve with which to buy books etc, from HCO WW, particularly so as to be able to immediately stock up with forthcoming new works. A weekly report is to be made by Book Admin at EVERY Scientology Org addressed to HCO Technical Materiel Secretary WW, showing the numbers of each item sold in the previous seven days ending at 2.00 p.m. on Thursdays; this report must also show the total quantity of each work left in stock; in other words, this report will constitute an itemized running record of your total stocks. The weekly report top copy is to be posted to HCO WW on the Friday of each week, i.e. one day only later than the week to which it relates. This weekly book report is to be made by the Book Administrator of EVERY Scientology Org, and the Form of report must be mimeoed exactly as on the attached specimen, the Org's location to appear at the head of the Form. Upon receipt of these weekly book reports, the Book Dept at HCO WW will send out a Pro-Forma Invoice to each Org, offering replacements of the materials sold according to the previous week's report: upon receipt of the cash requested, the materials will be despatched. Postages (or freight charges) and packing materials will be charged. Books are a very important dissemination medium, therefore it is imperative that every effort be made to sell them and to maintain stocks at every Org in sufficient quantities to meet any demand. Your co-operation is invited in order to operate this system which can so easily and continuously replenish your book-stocks. A quarterly stock-taking report-from an actual count-must still be furnished to HCO Technical Materiel Secretary WW, the next such report being due on 1st June, 1963, to be posted to HCO WW not later than 4th June, 1963. Attached is the specimen copy of the weekly book report, which must be mimeoed and provided for Book Administrators' use. N.B.: HEAD THE FORM WITH YOUR ORG'S LOCATION. THIS REPORT MUST BE MIMEOED BLUE ON GOLD, AND SENT SEPARATELY FROM ALL OTHER REPORTS TO HCO WW. THE LOCAL PRICE OF EACH ITEM IS TO BE MIMEOED INTO THE FORM'S PRICE COLUMN. Issued by HCO Technical Materiel Sec WW for L. RON HUBBARD LRH:gl.cden Authorized by L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1963 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Note: An updated version of the Weekly Book Report Form appears on page 209.] 200